Академический Документы
Профессиональный Документы
Культура Документы
Stackable Switches
Configuration Guide
Firmware Version 5.00.xx
P/N 9033991-12
Notice
EnterasysNetworksreservestherighttomakechangesinspecificationsandotherinformationcontainedinthisdocumentand itswebsitewithoutpriornotice.ThereadershouldinallcasesconsultEnterasysNetworkstodeterminewhetheranysuch changeshavebeenmade. Thehardware,firmware,orsoftwaredescribedinthisdocumentissubjecttochangewithoutnotice. INNOEVENTSHALLENTERASYSNETWORKSBELIABLEFORANYINCIDENTAL,INDIRECT,SPECIAL,OR CONSEQUENTIALDAMAGESWHATSOEVER(INCLUDINGBUTNOTLIMITEDTOLOSTPROFITS)ARISINGOUTOF ORRELATEDTOTHISDOCUMENT,WEBSITE,ORTHEINFORMATIONCONTAINEDINTHEM,EVENIFENTERASYS NETWORKSHASBEENADVISEDOF,KNEWOF,ORSHOULDHAVEKNOWNOF,THEPOSSIBILITYOFSUCH DAMAGES. EnterasysNetworks,Inc. 50MinutemanRoad Andover,MA01810 2006EnterasysNetworks,Inc.Allrightsreserved. PartNumber: 903399112 December2006 ENTERASYSNETWORKS,NETSIGHT,WEBVIEW,andanylogosassociatedtherewith,aretrademarksorregistered trademarksofEnterasysNetworks,Inc.intheUnitedStatesandothercountries. Allotherproductnamesmentionedinthismanualmaybetrademarksorregisteredtrademarksoftheirrespectivecompanies. DocumentationURL:http://www.enterasys.com/support/manuals DocumentacionURL:http://www.enterasys.com/support/manuals DokumentationimInternet:http://www.enterasys.com/support/manuals
Version:
(ii) Incorporate the Program, in whole or in part, in any other product or create derivative works based on the Program, in whole or in part. (iii) Publish, disclose, copy, reproduce or transmit the Program, in whole or in part. (iv) Assign, sell, license, sublicense, rent, lease, encumber by way of security interest, pledge or otherwise transfer the Program, in whole or in part. (v) Remove any copyright, trademark, proprietary rights, disclaimer or warning notice included on or embedded in any part of the Program. 3. APPLICABLELAW. ThisAgreementshallbeinterpretedandgovernedunderthelawsandinthestateandfederalcourts oftheCommonwealthofMassachusettswithoutregardtoitsconflictsoflawsprovisions.Youacceptthepersonal jurisdictionandvenueoftheCommonwealthofMassachusettscourts.Noneofthe1980UnitedNationsConventionon ContractsfortheInternationalSaleofGoods,theUnitedNationsConventionontheLimitationPeriodintheInternational SaleofGoods,andtheUniformComputerInformationTransactionsActshallapplytothisAgreement.
ii
4.
EXPORTRESTRICTIONS. YouunderstandthatEnterasysanditsAffiliatesaresubjecttoregulationbyagenciesofthe U.S.Government,includingtheU.S.DepartmentofCommerce,whichprohibitexportordiversionofcertaintechnical productstocertaincountries,unlessalicensetoexporttheProgramisobtainedfromtheU.S.Governmentoranexception fromobtainingsuchlicensemayberelieduponbytheexportingparty. IftheProgramisexportedfromtheUnitedStatespursuanttotheLicenseExceptionCIVundertheU.S.Export AdministrationRegulations,YouagreethatYouareacivilenduseroftheProgramandagreethatYouwillusetheProgram forcivilendusesonlyandnotformilitarypurposes. IftheProgramisexportedfromtheUnitedStatespursuanttotheLicenseExceptionTSRundertheU.S.Export AdministrationRegulations,inadditiontotherestrictionontransfersetforthinSections1or2ofthisAgreement,Youagree notto(i)reexportorreleasetheProgram,thesourcecodefortheProgramortechnologytoanationalofacountryin CountryGroupsD:1orE:2(Albania,Armenia,Azerbaijan,Belarus,Bulgaria,Cambodia,Cuba,Estonia,Georgia,Iraq, Kazakhstan,Kyrgyzstan,Laos,Latvia,Libya,Lithuania,Moldova,NorthKorea,thePeoplesRepublicofChina,Romania, Russia,Rwanda,Tajikistan,Turkmenistan,Ukraine,Uzbekistan,Vietnam,orsuchothercountriesasmaybedesignatedby theUnitedStatesGovernment),(ii)exporttoCountryGroupsD:1orE:2(asdefinedherein)thedirectproductofthe Programorthetechnology,ifsuchforeignproduceddirectproductissubjecttonationalsecuritycontrolsasidentifiedon theU.S.CommerceControlList,or(iii)ifthedirectproductofthetechnologyisacompleteplantoranymajorcomponent ofaplant,exporttoCountryGroupsD:1orE:2thedirectproductoftheplantoramajorcomponentthereof,ifsuchforeign produceddirectproductissubjecttonationalsecuritycontrolsasidentifiedontheU.S.CommerceControlListorissubject toStateDepartmentcontrolsundertheU.S.MunitionsList.
5.
UNITEDSTATESGOVERNMENTRESTRICTEDRIGHTS. TheenclosedProgram(i)wasdevelopedsolelyatprivate expense;(ii)containsrestrictedcomputersoftwaresubmittedwithrestrictedrightsinaccordancewithsection52.22719 (a)through(d)oftheCommercialComputerSoftwareRestrictedRightsClauseanditssuccessors,and(iii)inallrespectsis proprietarydatabelongingtoEnterasysand/oritssuppliers.ForDepartmentofDefenseunits,theProgramisconsidered commercialcomputersoftwareinaccordancewithDFARSsection227.72023anditssuccessors,anduse,duplication,or disclosurebytheGovernmentissubjecttorestrictionssetforthherein. DISCLAIMEROFWARRANTY. EXCEPTFORTHOSEWARRANTIESEXPRESSLYPROVIDEDTOYOUINWRITING BYENTERASYS,ENTERASYSDISCLAIMSALLWARRANTIES,EITHEREXPRESSORIMPLIED,INCLUDINGBUTNOT LIMITEDTOIMPLIEDWARRANTIESOFMERCHANTABILITY,SATISFACTORYQUALITY,FITNESSFORA PARTICULARPURPOSE,TITLEANDNONINFRINGEMENTWITHRESPECTTOTHEPROGRAM.IFIMPLIED WARRANTIESMAYNOTBEDISCLAIMEDBYAPPLICABLELAW,THENANYIMPLIEDWARRANTIESARE LIMITEDINDURATIONTOTHIRTY(30)DAYSAFTERDELIVERYOFTHEPROGRAMTOYOU. LIMITATIONOFLIABILITY. INNOEVENTSHALLENTERASYSORITSSUPPLIERSBELIABLEFORANY DAMAGESWHATSOEVER(INCLUDING,WITHOUTLIMITATION,DAMAGESFORLOSSOFBUSINESS,PROFITS, BUSINESSINTERRUPTION,LOSSOFBUSINESSINFORMATION,SPECIAL,INCIDENTAL,CONSEQUENTIAL,OR RELIANCEDAMAGES,OROTHERLOSS)ARISINGOUTOFTHEUSEORINABILITYTOUSETHEPROGRAM,EVEN IFENTERASYSHASBEENADVISEDOFTHEPOSSIBILITYOFSUCHDAMAGES.THISFOREGOINGLIMITATION SHALLAPPLYREGARDLESSOFTHECAUSEOFACTIONUNDERWHICHDAMAGESARESOUGHT. THECUMULATIVELIABILITYOFENTERASYSTOYOUFORALLCLAIMSRELATINGTOTHEPROGRAM,IN CONTRACT,TORTOROTHERWISE,SHALLNOTEXCEEDTHETOTALAMOUNTOFFEESPAIDTOENTERASYSBY YOUFORTHERIGHTSGRANTEDHEREIN.
6.
7.
8.
AUDITRIGHTS. YouherebyacknowledgethattheintellectualpropertyrightsassociatedwiththeProgramareofcritical valuetoEnterasysand,accordingly,Youherebyagreeto maintaincompletebooks,recordsandaccountsshowing(i)license feesdueandpaid,and(ii)theuse,copyinganddeploymentoftheProgram.YoualsogranttoEnterasysanditsauthorized representatives,uponreasonablenotice,therightto auditandexamineduringYournormalbusinesshours,Yourbooks, records,accountsandhardwaredevicesuponwhichtheProgrammaybedeployedtoverifycompliancewiththis Agreement,includingtheverificationofthelicensefeesdueandpaidEnterasysandtheuse,copyinganddeploymentof theProgram.Enterasysrightofexamination shallbeexercisedreasonably,ingoodfaithandinamannercalculatedtonot unreasonablyinterferewithYourbusiness.IntheeventsuchauditdiscoversnoncompliancewiththisAgreement, includingcopiesoftheProgrammade,usedordeployedinbreachofthisAgreement,YoushallpromptlypaytoEnterasys theappropriatelicensefees.Enterasys reservestheright,tobeexercisedinitssolediscretionandwithoutpriornotice,to terminatethislicense,effectiveimmediately,forfailuretocomplywiththisAgreement.Uponanysuchtermination,You shallimmediatelyceasealluseoftheProgramandshallreturntoEnterasystheProgramandallcopiesoftheProgram. OWNERSHIP. Thisisalicenseagreementandnotanagreementforsale.YouacknowledgeandagreethattheProgram constitutestradesecretsand/orcopyrightedmaterialofEnterasysand/oritssuppliers.Youagreetoimplementreasonable securitymeasurestoprotectsuchtradesecretsandcopyrightedmaterial.Allright,titleandinterestinandtotheProgram shallremainwithEnterasysand/oritssuppliers.AllrightsnotspecificallygrantedtoYoushallbereservedtoEnterasys.
9.
iii
10. ENFORCEMENT. YouacknowledgeandagreethatanybreachofSections2,4,or9ofthisAgreementbyYoumaycause Enterasysirreparabledamageforwhichrecoveryofmoneydamageswouldbeinadequate,andthatEnterasysmaybe entitledtoseektimelyinjunctiverelieftoprotectEnterasysrightsunderthisAgreementinadditiontoanyandallremedies availableatlaw. 11. ASSIGNMENT. Youmaynotassign,transferorsublicensethisAgreementoranyofYourrightsorobligationsunderthis Agreement,exceptthatYoumayassignthisAgreementtoanypersonorentitywhichacquiressubstantiallyallofYourstock orassets.EnterasysmayassignthisAgreementinitssolediscretion.ThisAgreementshallbebindinguponandinuretothe benefitoftheparties,theirlegalrepresentatives,permittedtransferees,successorsandassignsaspermittedbythis Agreement.Anyattemptedassignment,transferorsublicenseinviolationofthetermsofthisAgreementshallbevoidand abreachofthisAgreement. 12. WAIVER. AwaiverbyEnterasysofabreachofanyofthetermsandconditionsofthisAgreementmustbeinwritingand willnotbeconstruedasawaiverofanysubsequentbreachofsuchtermorcondition.Enterasysfailuretoenforceaterm uponYourbreachofsuchtermshallnotbeconstruedasawaiverofYourbreachorpreventenforcementonanyother occasion. 13. SEVERABILITY. IntheeventanyprovisionofthisAgreementisfoundtobeinvalid,illegalorunenforceable,thevalidity, legalityandenforceabilityofanyoftheremainingprovisionsshallnotinanywaybeaffectedorimpairedthereby,andthat provisionshallbereformed,construedandenforcedtothemaximumextentpermissible.Anysuchinvalidity,illegalityor unenforceabilityinanyjurisdictionshallnotinvalidateorrenderillegalorunenforceablesuchprovisioninanyother jurisdiction. 14. TERMINATION. EnterasysmayterminatethisAgreementimmediatelyuponYourbreachofanyofthetermsand conditionsofthisAgreement.Uponanysuchtermination,YoushallimmediatelyceasealluseoftheProgramandshall returntoEnterasystheProgramandallcopiesoftheProgram.
iv
Contents
About This Guide
Using This Guide ............................................................................................................................................ xxv Structure of This Guide ................................................................................................................................... xxv Related Documents ...................................................................................................................................... xxvii Conventions Used in This Guide .................................................................................................................. xxvii Getting Help ..................................................................................................................................................xxviii
Chapter 1: Introduction
SecureStack C2 CLI Overview ....................................................................................................................... 1-1 Switch Management Methods ........................................................................................................................ 1-2 Factory Default Settings ................................................................................................................................. 1-2 Using the Command Line Interface ................................................................................................................ 1-6 Starting a CLI Session ............................................................................................................................. 1-6 Logging In ................................................................................................................................................ 1-7 Navigating the Command Line Interface .................................................................................................. 1-8
show system lockout .......................................................................................................................... 3-7 set system lockout .............................................................................................................................. 3-8 Setting Basic Switch Properties ...................................................................................................................... 3-9 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................... 3-9 Commands ............................................................................................................................................... 3-9 show ip address................................................................................................................................ 3-10 show ip protocol................................................................................................................................ 3-10 set ip address ................................................................................................................................... 3-11 clear ip address ................................................................................................................................ 3-11 show system..................................................................................................................................... 3-12 show system hardware..................................................................................................................... 3-13 show system utilization..................................................................................................................... 3-14 set system enhancedbuffermode ..................................................................................................... 3-15 show time ......................................................................................................................................... 3-15 set time ............................................................................................................................................. 3-16 show summertime ............................................................................................................................ 3-16 set summertime ................................................................................................................................ 3-17 set summertime date ........................................................................................................................ 3-17 set summertime recurring ................................................................................................................. 3-18 clear summertime ............................................................................................................................. 3-19 set prompt......................................................................................................................................... 3-19 show banner motd ............................................................................................................................ 3-20 set banner motd................................................................................................................................ 3-20 clear banner motd............................................................................................................................. 3-21 show version..................................................................................................................................... 3-21 set system name .............................................................................................................................. 3-22 set system location ........................................................................................................................... 3-23 set system contact............................................................................................................................ 3-23 set width ........................................................................................................................................... 3-24 set length .......................................................................................................................................... 3-24 show logout ...................................................................................................................................... 3-25 set logout ......................................................................................................................................... 3-25 show console .................................................................................................................................... 3-26 set console baud .............................................................................................................................. 3-26 Configuring Power over Ethernet (PoE) ....................................................................................................... 3-28 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 3-28 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 3-28 show inlinepower .............................................................................................................................. 3-29 set inlinepower threshold.................................................................................................................. 3-29 set inlinepower trap .......................................................................................................................... 3-30 show port inlinepower ....................................................................................................................... 3-30 set port inlinepower .......................................................................................................................... 3-31 Downloading a New Firmware Image ........................................................................................................... 3-32 Downloading from a TFTP Server .......................................................................................................... 3-32 Downloading via the Serial Port ............................................................................................................. 3-32 Reviewing and Selecting a Boot Firmware Image ........................................................................................ 3-35 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 3-35 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 3-35 show boot system ............................................................................................................................. 3-35 set boot system ................................................................................................................................ 3-36 Starting and Configuring Telnet .................................................................................................................... 3-37 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 3-37 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 3-37 show telnet ....................................................................................................................................... 3-37 set telnet ........................................................................................................................................... 3-38 telnet................................................................................................................................................. 3-38
vi
Managing Switch Configuration and Files .................................................................................................... 3-39 Configuration Persistence Mode ............................................................................................................ 3-39 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 3-39 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 3-39 show snmp persistmode ................................................................................................................... 3-40 set snmp persistmode ...................................................................................................................... 3-40 save config ....................................................................................................................................... 3-41 dir...................................................................................................................................................... 3-41 show config....................................................................................................................................... 3-42 configure ........................................................................................................................................... 3-43 copy .................................................................................................................................................. 3-44 delete................................................................................................................................................ 3-44 show tftp settings.............................................................................................................................. 3-45 set tftp timeout .................................................................................................................................. 3-45 clear tftp timeout ............................................................................................................................... 3-46 set tftp retry....................................................................................................................................... 3-46 clear tftp retry.................................................................................................................................... 3-47 Configuring CDP ........................................................................................................................................... 3-48 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 3-48 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 3-48 show cdp .......................................................................................................................................... 3-48 set cdp state ..................................................................................................................................... 3-50 set cdp auth ...................................................................................................................................... 3-50 set cdp interval ................................................................................................................................. 3-51 set cdp hold-time .............................................................................................................................. 3-52 clear cdp ........................................................................................................................................... 3-52 show neighbors ................................................................................................................................ 3-53 Configuring Cisco Discovery Protocol .......................................................................................................... 3-54 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 3-54 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 3-54 show ciscodp .................................................................................................................................... 3-54 show ciscodp port info ...................................................................................................................... 3-55 set ciscodp status ............................................................................................................................. 3-56 set ciscodp timer............................................................................................................................... 3-57 set ciscodp holdtime ......................................................................................................................... 3-57 set ciscodp port ................................................................................................................................ 3-58 clear ciscodp..................................................................................................................................... 3-59 Clearing and Closing the CLI ........................................................................................................................ 3-61 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 3-61 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 3-61 cls (clear screen) .............................................................................................................................. 3-61 exit .................................................................................................................................................... 3-62 Resetting the Switch ..................................................................................................................................... 3-63 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 3-63 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 3-63 reset.................................................................................................................................................. 3-63 clear config ....................................................................................................................................... 3-64 Using and Configuring WebView .................................................................................................................. 3-65 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 3-65 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 3-65 show webview .................................................................................................................................. 3-65 set webview ...................................................................................................................................... 3-66 show ssl............................................................................................................................................ 3-66 set ssl ............................................................................................................................................... 3-67
vii
viii
set linkflap interval ............................................................................................................................ 4-27 set linkflap action .............................................................................................................................. 4-28 clear linkflap action ........................................................................................................................... 4-28 set linkflap threshold......................................................................................................................... 4-29 set linkflap downtime ........................................................................................................................ 4-29 clear linkflap down ............................................................................................................................ 4-30 clear linkflap...................................................................................................................................... 4-30 Configuring Broadcast Suppression ............................................................................................................. 4-32 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 4-32 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 4-32 show port broadcast ......................................................................................................................... 4-32 set port broadcast............................................................................................................................. 4-33 clear port broadcast.......................................................................................................................... 4-33 Port Mirroring ................................................................................................................................................ 4-35 Mirroring Features .................................................................................................................................. 4-35 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 4-35 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 4-35 show port mirroring........................................................................................................................... 4-36 set port mirroring .............................................................................................................................. 4-37 clear port mirroring ........................................................................................................................... 4-38 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) ................................................................................................... 4-39 LACP Operation ..................................................................................................................................... 4-39 LACP Terminology ................................................................................................................................. 4-40 SecureStack C2 Usage Considerations ................................................................................................. 4-40 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 4-41 show lacp.......................................................................................................................................... 4-42 set lacp ............................................................................................................................................. 4-43 set lacp asyspri................................................................................................................................. 4-44 set lacp aadminkey........................................................................................................................... 4-44 clear lacp .......................................................................................................................................... 4-45 set lacp static.................................................................................................................................... 4-46 clear lacp static ................................................................................................................................. 4-46 set lacp singleportlag........................................................................................................................ 4-47 clear lacp singleportlag..................................................................................................................... 4-48 show port lacp .................................................................................................................................. 4-48 set port lacp ...................................................................................................................................... 4-50 clear port lacp ................................................................................................................................... 4-52 Configuring Protected Ports ......................................................................................................................... 4-53 Protected Port Operation ....................................................................................................................... 4-53 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 4-53 set port protected.............................................................................................................................. 4-54 show port protected .......................................................................................................................... 4-54 clear port protected........................................................................................................................... 4-55 set port protected name.................................................................................................................... 4-56 show port protected name ................................................................................................................ 4-56 clear port protected name................................................................................................................. 4-57
ix
Reviewing SNMP Statistics ............................................................................................................................ 5-4 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................... 5-4 Commands ............................................................................................................................................... 5-4 show snmp engineid........................................................................................................................... 5-4 show snmp counters........................................................................................................................... 5-5 Configuring SNMP Users, Groups, and Communities .................................................................................... 5-8 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................... 5-8 Commands ............................................................................................................................................... 5-8 show snmp user ................................................................................................................................. 5-9 set snmp user ................................................................................................................................... 5-10 clear snmp user ................................................................................................................................ 5-11 show snmp group ............................................................................................................................. 5-11 set snmp group ................................................................................................................................. 5-12 clear snmp group .............................................................................................................................. 5-13 show snmp community ..................................................................................................................... 5-13 set snmp community......................................................................................................................... 5-14 clear snmp community...................................................................................................................... 5-15 Configuring SNMP Access Rights ................................................................................................................ 5-16 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 5-16 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 5-16 show snmp access ........................................................................................................................... 5-16 set snmp access............................................................................................................................... 5-18 clear snmp access............................................................................................................................ 5-19 Configuring SNMP MIB Views ...................................................................................................................... 5-20 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 5-20 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 5-20 show snmp view ............................................................................................................................... 5-20 show snmp context........................................................................................................................... 5-22 set snmp view................................................................................................................................... 5-23 clear snmp view................................................................................................................................ 5-24 Configuring SNMP Target Parameters ......................................................................................................... 5-25 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 5-25 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 5-25 show snmp targetparams ................................................................................................................. 5-25 set snmp targetparams..................................................................................................................... 5-27 clear snmp targetparams.................................................................................................................. 5-28 Configuring SNMP Target Addresses .......................................................................................................... 5-29 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 5-29 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 5-29 show snmp targetaddr ...................................................................................................................... 5-29 set snmp targetaddr.......................................................................................................................... 5-30 clear snmp targetaddr....................................................................................................................... 5-31 Configuring SNMP Notification Parameters ................................................................................................. 5-33 About SNMP Notify Filters ..................................................................................................................... 5-33 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 5-33 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 5-33 show newaddrtrap ............................................................................................................................ 5-34 set newaddrtrap................................................................................................................................ 5-35 show snmp notify .............................................................................................................................. 5-36 set snmp notify ................................................................................................................................. 5-37 clear snmp notify .............................................................................................................................. 5-38 show snmp notifyfilter ....................................................................................................................... 5-38 set snmp notifyfilter........................................................................................................................... 5-39 clear snmp notifyfilter........................................................................................................................ 5-40 show snmp notifyprofile .................................................................................................................... 5-40 set snmp notifyprofile........................................................................................................................ 5-41
x
clear snmp notifyprofile..................................................................................................................... 5-42 Creating a Basic SNMP Trap Configuration ................................................................................................. 5-43 Example ................................................................................................................................................. 5-43
xi
set spantree spanguardtrapenable ................................................................................................... 6-31 clear spantree spanguardtrapenable ................................................................................................ 6-32 show spantree legacypathcost ......................................................................................................... 6-32 set spantree legacypathcost............................................................................................................. 6-33 clear spantree legacypathcost .......................................................................................................... 6-33 Reviewing and Setting Spanning Tree Port Parameters .............................................................................. 6-34 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 6-34 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 6-34 set spantree portadmin..................................................................................................................... 6-35 clear spantree portadmin.................................................................................................................. 6-35 show spantree portadmin ................................................................................................................. 6-36 show spantree portpri ....................................................................................................................... 6-36 set spantree portpri........................................................................................................................... 6-37 clear spantree portpri........................................................................................................................ 6-37 show spantree adminpathcost .......................................................................................................... 6-38 set spantree adminpathcost ............................................................................................................. 6-39 clear spantree adminpathcost .......................................................................................................... 6-39 show spantree adminedge ............................................................................................................... 6-40 set spantree adminedge ................................................................................................................... 6-40 clear spantree adminedge ................................................................................................................ 6-41
xii
Setting the Host VLAN .................................................................................................................................. 7-20 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 7-20 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 7-20 show host vlan.................................................................................................................................. 7-20 set host vlan ..................................................................................................................................... 7-21 clear host vlan .................................................................................................................................. 7-22 Enabling/Disabling GVRP (GARP VLAN Registration Protocol) .................................................................. 7-23 About GARP VLAN Registration Protocol (GVRP) ................................................................................ 7-23 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 7-24 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 7-24 show gvrp ......................................................................................................................................... 7-25 show garp timer ................................................................................................................................ 7-25 set gvrp............................................................................................................................................. 7-27 clear gvrp .......................................................................................................................................... 7-27 set garp timer.................................................................................................................................... 7-28
xiii
clear cos reference ........................................................................................................................... 8-34 show cos unit.................................................................................................................................... 8-35 clear cos all-entries........................................................................................................................... 8-35 show cos port-type ........................................................................................................................... 8-36
ip igmp version ............................................................................................................................... 10-13 show ip igmp interface .................................................................................................................... 10-13 show ip igmp groups....................................................................................................................... 10-14 ip igmp query-interval ..................................................................................................................... 10-15 ip igmp query-max-response-time .................................................................................................. 10-15 ip igmp startup-query-interval ......................................................................................................... 10-16 ip igmp startup-query-count ............................................................................................................10-16 ip igmp last-member-query-interval ................................................................................................ 10-17 ip igmp last-member-query-count ................................................................................................... 10-18 ip igmp robustness ......................................................................................................................... 10-18
clear sntp poll-interval..................................................................................................................... 11-28 set sntp poll-retry ............................................................................................................................ 11-29 clear sntp poll-retry ......................................................................................................................... 11-29 set sntp poll-timeout ....................................................................................................................... 11-30 clear sntp poll-timeout .................................................................................................................... 11-30 Configuring Node Aliases ........................................................................................................................... 11-31 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 11-31 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 11-31 show nodealias config .................................................................................................................... 11-31 set nodealias .................................................................................................................................. 11-32 clear nodealias config ..................................................................................................................... 11-33
xvi
xvii
ip rip authentication-key.................................................................................................................... 16-6 ip rip message-digest-key................................................................................................................. 16-7 no auto-summary.............................................................................................................................. 16-8 split-horizon poison........................................................................................................................... 16-9 passive-interface .............................................................................................................................. 16-9 receive-interface ............................................................................................................................. 16-10 redistribute...................................................................................................................................... 16-11 Configuring OSPF ...................................................................................................................................... 16-12 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 16-12 OSPF Configuration Task List and Commands ................................................................................... 16-12 router id .......................................................................................................................................... 16-14 router ospf ...................................................................................................................................... 16-14 1583compatibility ............................................................................................................................ 16-15 ip ospf enable ................................................................................................................................. 16-16 ip ospf areaid .................................................................................................................................. 16-16 ip ospf cost ..................................................................................................................................... 16-17 ip ospf priority ................................................................................................................................. 16-17 timers spf ........................................................................................................................................ 16-18 ip ospf retransmit-interval ............................................................................................................... 16-19 ip ospf transmit-delay ..................................................................................................................... 16-19 ip ospf hello-interval........................................................................................................................ 16-20 ip ospf dead-interval ....................................................................................................................... 16-21 ip ospf authentication-key ............................................................................................................... 16-21 ip ospf message digest key md5 .................................................................................................... 16-22 distance ospf .................................................................................................................................. 16-23 area range ...................................................................................................................................... 16-24 area stub......................................................................................................................................... 16-24 area default cost ............................................................................................................................. 16-25 area nssa........................................................................................................................................ 16-26 area virtual-link ............................................................................................................................... 16-27 redistribute...................................................................................................................................... 16-28 show ip ospf.................................................................................................................................... 16-29 show ip ospf database.................................................................................................................... 16-30 show ip ospf interface ..................................................................................................................... 16-32 show ip ospf neighbor..................................................................................................................... 16-33 show ip ospf virtual-links................................................................................................................. 16-34 clear ip ospf process....................................................................................................................... 16-35 Configuring DVMRP ................................................................................................................................... 16-36 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 16-36 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 16-36 ip dvmrp.......................................................................................................................................... 16-37 ip dvmrp enable .............................................................................................................................. 16-37 ip dvmrp metric ............................................................................................................................... 16-38 show ip dvmrp ................................................................................................................................ 16-38 Configuring IRDP ........................................................................................................................................ 16-40 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 16-40 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 16-40 ip irdp enable .................................................................................................................................. 16-40 ip irdp maxadvertinterval ................................................................................................................ 16-41 ip irdp minadvertinterval ................................................................................................................. 16-41 ip irdp holdtime ............................................................................................................................... 16-42 ip irdp preference............................................................................................................................ 16-42 ip irdp broadcast ............................................................................................................................. 16-43 show ip irdp .................................................................................................................................... 16-44
xix
Configuring VRRP ...................................................................................................................................... 16-45 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 16-45 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 16-45 router vrrp ....................................................................................................................................... 16-46 create.............................................................................................................................................. 16-47 address........................................................................................................................................... 16-48 priority............................................................................................................................................. 16-49 advertise-interval ............................................................................................................................ 16-50 preempt .......................................................................................................................................... 16-51 enable............................................................................................................................................. 16-52 show ip vrrp .................................................................................................................................... 16-53 Configuring PIM-SM ................................................................................................................................... 16-54 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 16-54 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 16-54 ip pimsm ......................................................................................................................................... 16-55 ip pimsm staticrp............................................................................................................................. 16-55 ip pimsm enable ............................................................................................................................. 16-56 ip pimsm query-interval .................................................................................................................. 16-57 show ip pimsm................................................................................................................................ 16-57 show ip pimsm componenttable ..................................................................................................... 16-58 show ip pimsm interface ................................................................................................................. 16-59 show ip pimsm neighbor ................................................................................................................. 16-61 show ip pimsm rp............................................................................................................................ 16-62 show ip pimsm rphash .................................................................................................................... 16-63 show ip pimsm staticrp ................................................................................................................... 16-63
xx
set macauthentication password .................................................................................................... 17-27 clear macauthentication password ................................................................................................. 17-27 set macauthentication port ............................................................................................................. 17-28 set macauthentication portinitialize................................................................................................. 17-28 set macauthentication portquietperiod............................................................................................ 17-29 clear macauthentication portquietperiod......................................................................................... 17-29 set macauthentication macinitialize ................................................................................................ 17-30 set macauthentication reauthentication .......................................................................................... 17-30 set macauthentication portreauthenticate.......................................................................................17-31 set macauthentication macreauthenticate ...................................................................................... 17-31 set macauthentication reauthperiod ...............................................................................................17-32 clear macauthentication reauthperiod ............................................................................................ 17-33 Configuring Multiple Authentication Methods ............................................................................................. 17-34 About Multiple Authentication Types .................................................................................................... 17-34 Configuring Multi-User Authentication (User + IP phone) .................................................................... 17-34 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 17-34 show multiauth................................................................................................................................ 17-35 set multiauth mode ......................................................................................................................... 17-36 clear multiauth mode ...................................................................................................................... 17-36 set multiauth precedence ............................................................................................................... 17-37 clear multiauth precedence ............................................................................................................17-37 show multiauth port ........................................................................................................................ 17-38 set multiauth port ............................................................................................................................ 17-39 clear multiauth port ......................................................................................................................... 17-39 show multiauth station .................................................................................................................... 17-40 Configuring VLAN Authorization (RFC 3580) ............................................................................................. 17-41 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 17-41 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 17-41 set vlanauthorization....................................................................................................................... 17-42 set vlanauthorization egress ........................................................................................................... 17-42 clear vlanauthorization.................................................................................................................... 17-43 show vlanauthorization ................................................................................................................... 17-44 Configuring MAC Locking ........................................................................................................................... 17-45 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 17-45 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 17-45 show maclock ................................................................................................................................. 17-46 show maclock stations.................................................................................................................... 17-47 set maclock enable......................................................................................................................... 17-48 set maclock disable ........................................................................................................................ 17-49 set maclock..................................................................................................................................... 17-49 clear maclock.................................................................................................................................. 17-50 set maclock static ........................................................................................................................... 17-51 clear maclock static ........................................................................................................................ 17-51 set maclock firstarrival .................................................................................................................... 17-52 clear maclock firstarrival ................................................................................................................. 17-53 set maclock move ........................................................................................................................... 17-53 set maclock trap ............................................................................................................................. 17-54 Configuring Port Web Authentication (PWA) .............................................................................................. 17-55 About PWA ........................................................................................................................................... 17-55 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 17-55 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 17-55 show pwa........................................................................................................................................ 17-56 set pwa ........................................................................................................................................... 17-58 show pwa banner ........................................................................................................................... 17-58 set pwa banner ............................................................................................................................... 17-59 clear pwa banner ............................................................................................................................ 17-59
xxi
set pwa displaylogo ........................................................................................................................ 17-60 set pwa ipaddress........................................................................................................................... 17-60 set pwa protocol ............................................................................................................................. 17-61 set pwa guestname ........................................................................................................................ 17-61 clear pwa guestname ..................................................................................................................... 17-62 set pwa guestpassword .................................................................................................................. 17-62 set pwa gueststatus........................................................................................................................ 17-63 set pwa initialize ............................................................................................................................. 17-63 set pwa quietperiod ........................................................................................................................ 17-64 set pwa maxrequest ....................................................................................................................... 17-64 set pwa portcontrol ......................................................................................................................... 17-65 show pwa session .......................................................................................................................... 17-65 set pwa enhancedmode ................................................................................................................. 17-66 Configuring Secure Shell (SSH) ................................................................................................................. 17-67 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 17-67 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 17-67 show ssh status .............................................................................................................................. 17-67 set ssh ............................................................................................................................................ 17-68 set ssh hostkey............................................................................................................................... 17-68 Configuring Access Lists ............................................................................................................................ 17-69 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 17-69 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 17-69 show access-lists............................................................................................................................ 17-69 access-list (standard) ..................................................................................................................... 17-70 access-list (extended)..................................................................................................................... 17-71 ip access-group .............................................................................................................................. 17-73
Index Figures
1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6 7-1 SecureStack C2 Startup Screen......................................................................................................... 1-7 Sample CLI Defaults Description........................................................................................................ 1-8 Performing a Keyword Lookup ........................................................................................................... 1-9 Performing a Partial Keyword Lookup ................................................................................................ 1-9 Scrolling Screen Output.................................................................................................................... 1-10 Abbreviating a Command ................................................................................................................. 1-10 Example of VLAN Propagation via GVRP ........................................................................................ 7-24
Tables
1-1 1-2 1-3 3-1 3-2 3-3 3-4 3-5 3-6 4-1 4-2 4-3 4-4 4-5 4-6 5-1
xxii
Default Settings for Basic Switch Operation ....................................................................................... 1-2 Default Settings for Router Operation ................................................................................................ 1-5 Basic Line Editing Commands.......................................................................................................... 1-10 show system lockout Output Details................................................................................................... 3-7 show system Output Details ............................................................................................................. 3-13 show version Output Details ............................................................................................................. 3-22 show cdp Output Details................................................................................................................... 3-49 show ciscodp Output Details ............................................................................................................ 3-55 show ciscodp port info Output Details .............................................................................................. 3-56 show port status Output Details.......................................................................................................... 4-5 show port counters Output Details ..................................................................................................... 4-7 show linkflap parameters Output Details .......................................................................................... 4-25 show linkflap metrics Output Details................................................................................................. 4-26 LACP Terms and Definitions ............................................................................................................ 4-40 show lacp Output Details.................................................................................................................. 4-43 SNMP Security Levels........................................................................................................................ 5-2
5-2 5-3 5-4 5-5 5-6 5-7 5-8 5-9 5-10 5-11 6-1 7-1 7-2 7-3 8-1 8-2 8-3 9-1 11-1 11-2 11-3 11-4 11-5 11-6 11-7 12-1 12-2 12-3 12-4 14-1 14-2 15-1 15-2 16-1 16-2 16-3 16-4 16-5 16-6 16-7 16-8 16-9 16-10 16-11 16-12 16-13 17-1 17-2 17-3 17-4 17-5 17-6 17-7 17-8
show snmp engineid Output Details ................................................................................................... 5-4 show snmp counters Output Details ................................................................................................... 5-6 show snmp user Output Details........................................................................................................ 5-10 show snmp group Output Details ..................................................................................................... 5-12 show snmp access Output Details ................................................................................................... 5-17 show snmp view Output Details ....................................................................................................... 5-21 show snmp targetparams Output Details ......................................................................................... 5-26 show snmp targetaddr Output Details .............................................................................................. 5-30 show snmp notify Output Details ...................................................................................................... 5-36 Basic SNMP Trap Configuration....................................................................................................... 5-43 show spantree Output Details ............................................................................................................ 6-6 Command Set for Creating a Secure Management VLAN ................................................................. 7-2 show vlan Output Details.................................................................................................................... 7-4 show gvrp configuration Output Details ............................................................................................ 7-26 show policy profile Output Details ...................................................................................................... 8-3 show policy rule Output Details .......................................................................................................... 8-8 Valid Values for Policy Classification Rules ..................................................................................... 8-12 show port ratelimit Output Details..................................................................................................... 9-13 show logging server Output Details.................................................................................................. 11-2 show logging application Output Details........................................................................................... 11-6 Mnemonic Values for Logging Applications...................................................................................... 11-7 show arp Output Details ................................................................................................................. 11-18 show mac Output Details................................................................................................................ 11-21 show sntp Output Details................................................................................................................ 11-25 show nodealias config Output Details ............................................................................................ 11-32 RMON Monitoring Group Functions and Commands ....................................................................... 12-1 show rmon stats Output Details........................................................................................................ 12-4 show rmon alarm Output Details .................................................................................................... 12-11 show rmon event Output Details .................................................................................................... 12-16 Enabling the Switch for Routing ....................................................................................................... 14-2 Router CLI Configuration Modes ...................................................................................................... 14-3 show ip interface Output Details ....................................................................................................... 15-4 show ip arp Output Details ............................................................................................................... 15-9 RIP Configuration Task List and Commands ................................................................................... 16-2 OSPF Configuration Task List and Commands.............................................................................. 16-12 show ip ospf database Output Details ............................................................................................ 16-31 show ip ospf interface Output Details ............................................................................................. 16-32 show ip ospf neighbor Output Details............................................................................................. 16-34 show ip ospf virtual links Output Details ......................................................................................... 16-34 show ip pimsm Output Detail.......................................................................................................... 16-58 show ip pimsm componenettable Output Detail ............................................................................. 16-59 show ip pimsm interface vlan Output Details.................................................................................. 16-60 show ip pimsm interface stats Output Detail .................................................................................. 16-60 show ip pimsm neighbor Output Detail ........................................................................................... 16-61 show ip pimsm rp Output Detail...................................................................................................... 16-62 show ip pimsm staticrp Output Details ........................................................................................... 16-64 show radius Output Details............................................................................................................... 17-5 show eapol Output Details.............................................................................................................. 17-19 show macauthentication Output Details ......................................................................................... 17-24 show macauthentication session Output Details ............................................................................ 17-26 show vlanauthorization Output Details ........................................................................................... 17-44 show maclock Output Details ......................................................................................................... 17-46 show maclock stations Output Details............................................................................................ 17-48 show pwa Output Details................................................................................................................ 17-57
xxiii
xxiv
Important Notice
Depending on the firmware version used in your SecureStack device, some features described in this document may not be supported. Refer to the Release Notes shipped with your device to determine which features are supported.
Chapter 5,SNMPConfiguration,describeshowtoconfigureSNMPusersandusergroups,access rights,targetaddresses,andnotificationparameters. Chapter 6,SpanningTreeConfiguration,describeshowtoreviewandsetSpanningTreebridge parametersforthedevice,includingbridgepriority,hellotime,maximumagingtimeandforward delay;andhowtoreviewandsetSpanningTreeportparameters,includingportpriorityandpath costs. Chapter 7,802.1QVLANConfiguration,describeshowtocreatestaticVLANs,selectthemodeof operationforeachport,establishVLANforwarding(egress)lists,routeframesaccordingto VLANID,displaythecurrentportsandporttypesassociatedwithaVLANandprotocol,createa securemanagementVLAN,andconfigureportsonthedeviceasGVRPawareports. Chapter 8,PolicyClassificationConfiguration,describeshowtocreate,changeorremoveuser rolesorprofilesbasedonbusinessspecificuseofnetworkservices;howtopermitordenyaccess tospecificservicesbycreatingandassigningclassificationruleswhichmapuserprofilestoframe filteringpolicies;howtoclassifyframestoaVLANorClassofService(CoS);andhowtoassignor unassignportstopolicyprofilessothatonlyportsactivatedforaprofilewillbeallowedto transmitframesaccordingly. Chapter 9,PortPriorityandRateLimitingConfiguration,describeshowtosetthetransmit priorityofeachportandconfigurearatelimitforagivenportandlistofpriorities. Chapter 10,IGMPConfiguration,describeshowtoconfigureInternetGroupManagement Protocol(IGMP)settingsformulticastfiltering. Chapter 11,LoggingandNetworkManagement,describeshowtoconfigureSyslog,howto managegeneralswitchsettings,howtomonitornetworkeventsandstatus,andhowtoconfigure SNTPandnodealiases. Chapter 12,ConfiguringRMON,describeshowtouseRMON(RemoteNetworkMonitoring), whichprovidescomprehensivenetworkfaultdiagnosis,planning,andperformancetuning informationandallowsforinteroperabilitybetweenSNMPmanagementstationsandmonitoring agents. Chapter 13,ConfiguringDHCPServer,describeshowtoreviewandconfigureDHCPserver parameters,howtoreviewandconfigureDHCPaddresspools,andhowtodisplayDHCPserver information. Chapter 14,PreparingforRouterMode,providesinformationaboutroutermodesandhowto activatealicense. Chapter 15,IPConfiguration,describeshowtoenableIProutingforroutermodeoperation,how toconfigureIPinterfacesettings,howtoreviewandconfiguretheroutingARPtable,howto reviewandconfigureroutingbroadcasts,howtoconfigurePIM,andhowtoconfigureIProutes. Chapter 16,IPv4RoutingProtocolConfiguration,describeshowtoconfigureIProutingand routingprotocols,includingRIP,OSPF,DVMRP,IRDP,andVRRP. Chapter 17,SecurityConfiguration,describeshowtoconfigure802.1Xauthenticationusing EAPOL,howtoconfigureRADIUSserver,SecureShellserver,MACauthentication,MAC locking,PortWebAuthentication,andIPaccesscontrollists(ACLs).
xxvi
Related Documents
Related Documents
ThefollowingEnterasysNetworksdocumentsmayhelpyoutosetup,control,andmanagethe SecureStackdevice: EthernetTechnologyGuide CablingGuide SecureStackC2InstallationGuide(s) SecureStackC2RedundantPowerSystemInstallationGuide
Thefollowingiconsareusedinthisguide:
Note: Calls the readers attention to any item of information that may be of special importance.
Router: Calls the readers attention to router-specific commands and information. Caution: Contains information essential to avoid damage to the equipment. Precaucin: Contiene informacin esencial para prevenir daar el equipo. Achtung: Verweit auf wichtige Informationen zum Schutz gegen Beschdigungen.
xxvii
Getting Help
Getting Help
Foradditionalsupportrelatedtothisswitchordocument,contactEnterasysNetworksusingone ofthefollowingmethods:
World Wide Web http://www.enterasys.com/services/support 1-800-872-8440 (toll-free in U.S. and Canada) or 1-978-684-1000 Phone Internet mail For the Enterasys Networks Support toll-free number in your country: http://www.enterasys.com/services/support/contact/ support@enterasys.com To expedite your message, type [C-SERIES] in the subject line. To send comments or suggestions concerning this document to the Technical Publications Department: techpubs@enterasys.com Make sure to include the document Part Number in the email message.
BeforecallingEnterasysNetworks,havethefollowinginformationready: YourEnterasysNetworksservicecontractnumber Adescriptionofthefailure Adescriptionofanyaction(s)alreadytakentoresolvetheproblem(forexample,changing modeswitchesorrebootingtheunit) TheserialandrevisionnumbersofallinvolvedEnterasysNetworksproductsinthenetwork Adescriptionofyournetworkenvironment(forexample,layout,cabletype) Networkloadandframesizeatthetimeoftrouble(ifknown) Theswitchhistory(forexample,haveyoureturnedtheswitchbefore,isthisarecurring problem?) AnypreviousReturnMaterialAuthorization(RMA)numbers
xxviii
1
Introduction
ThischapterprovidesanoverviewoftheSecureStackC2suniquefeaturesandfunctionality,an overviewofthetasksthatmaybeaccomplishedusingtheCLIinterface,anoverviewofwaysto managetheswitch,factorydefaultsettings,andinformationabouthowtousetheCommandLine Interfacetoconfiguretheswitch.
For information about ... SecureStack C2 CLI Overview Switch Management Methods Factory Default Settings Using the Command Line Interface Refer to page ... 1-1 1-2 1-2 1-6
1-1
TheInstallationGuideforyourSecureStackC2providessetupinstructionsforconnectinga terminalormodemtotheSecureStackswitch.
DHCP server EAPOL EAPOL authentication mode GARP timer GVRP History buffer size IEEE 802.1 authentication
Disabled. Disabled. When enabled, set to auto for all ports. Join timer set to 20 centiseconds; leave timer set to 60 centiseconds; leaveall timer set to 1000 centiseconds. Globally enabled. 20 lines. Disabled.
1-2
Introduction
Table 1-1
Feature
IGMP snooping IP mask and gateway IP routes Jumbo frame support Link aggregation control protocol (LACP) Link aggregation admin key Link aggregation flow regeneration Link aggregation system priority Link aggregation outport algorithm Lockout Logging MAC aging time MAC locking Passwords Password aging Password history Policy classification Port auto-negotiation Port advertised ability
Port broadcast suppression Enabled and set to limit broadcast packets to 14,881 per second on all switch ports Port duplex mode Port enable/disable Port priority Port speed Port trap Power over Ethernet port admin state Priority classification Set to half duplex, except for 100BASE-FX and 1000BASE-X, which is set to full duplex. Enabled. Set to 0. Set to 10 Mbps, except for 1000BASE-X, which is set to 1000 Mbps, and 100BASE-FX, which is set to 100 Mbps. All ports are enabled to send link traps. Administrative state is on (auto). Classification rules are automatically enabled when created.
1-3
Table 1-1
Feature
RADIUS client RADIUS last resort action RADIUS retries RADIUS timeout Rate limiting SNMP SNTP Spanning Tree Spanning Tree edge port administrative status Spanning Tree edge port delay Spanning Tree forward delay Spanning Tree hello interval Spanning Tree ID (SID) Spanning Tree maximum aging time Spanning Tree port priority Spanning Tree priority Spanning Tree topology change trap suppression Spanning Tree version SSH System baud rate System contact System location System name Terminal Timeout User names VLAN dynamic egress VLAN ID Host VLAN
1-4
Introduction
Table 1-2
Feature
Access groups (IP security) None configured. Access lists (IP security) Area authentication (OSPF) Area default cost (OSPF) Area NSSA (OSPF) Area range (OSPF) ARP table ARP timeout Authentication key (RIP and OSPF) Authentication mode (RIP and OSPF) Dead interval (OSPF) Disable triggered updates (RIP) Distribute list (RIP) DVMRP Hello interval (OSPF) ICMP IP-directed broadcasts IP forward-protocol IP interfaces IRDP None configured. Disabled. Set to 1. None configured. None configured. No permanent entries configured. Set to 14,400 seconds. None configured. None configured. Set to 40 seconds. Triggered updates allowed. No filters applied. Disabled. Metric set to 1. Set to 10 seconds for broadcast and point-to-point networks. Set to 30 seconds for non-broadcast and point-to-multipoint networks. Enabled for echo-reply and mask-reply modes. Disabled. Enabled with no port specified. Disabled with no IP addresses specified. Disabled on all interfaces. When enabled, maximum advertisement interval is set to 600 seconds, minimum advertisement interval is set to 450 seconds, holdtime is set to 1800 seconds, and address preference is set to 0. Disabled with no password set. Set to 1500 bytes on all interfaces. Disabled. Set to 10 for all interfaces. None configured. Set to 1. None configured. Enabled on all interfaces. Enabled on all interfaces.
MD5 authentication (OSPF) MTU size OSPF OSPF cost OSPF network OSPF priority Passive interfaces (RIP) Proxy ARP Receive interfaces (RIP)
1-5
Table 1-2
Feature
Retransmit delay (OSPF) Retransmit interval (OSPF) RIP receive version RIP send version RIP offset SNMP Split horizon Stub area (OSPF) Telnet Telnet port (IP) Timers (OSPF) Transmit delay (OSPF) VRRP
1-6
Introduction
Figure 1-1
Username:admin Password: Enterasys SecureStack C2 Command Line Interface Enterasys Networks, Inc. 50 Minuteman Rd. Andover, MA 01810-1008 U.S.A. Phone: +1 978 684 1000 E-mail: support@enterasys.com WWW: http://www.enterasys.com (c) Copyright Enterasys Networks, Inc. 2006 Chassis Serial Number: Chassis Firmware Revision: 041800249041 5.00.xx
C2(su)->
Logging In
Bydefault,theSecureStackC2switchisconfiguredwiththreeuserloginaccountsrofor ReadOnlyaccess,rwforReadWriteaccess,andadminforsuperuseraccesstoallmodifiable parameters.Thedefaultpasswordissettoablankstring.Forinformationonchangingthese defaultsettings,refertoSettingUserAccountsandPasswordsonpage 32.
1-7
1.
2. 3.
ThenoticeofauthorizationandthepromptdisplaysasshowninFigure 11.
Note: Users with Read-Write (rw) and Read-Only access can use the set password command (page 3-4) to change their own passwords. Administrators with Super User (su) access can use the set system login command (page 3-3) to create and change user accounts, and the set password command to change any local account password.
Syntax
show port status [port-string]
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,statusinformationforallportswillbedisplayed
1-8
Introduction
C2(su)->show snmp ? community notify targetaddr targetparams SNMP SNMP SNMP SNMP v1/v2c notify target target community name configuration. configuration address configuration parameters configuration
Enteringaquestionmark(?)withoutaspaceafterapartialkeywordwilldisplayalistof commandsthatbeginwiththepartialkeyword.Figure 14showshowtousethisfunctionforall commandsbeginningwithco: Figure 1-4 Performing a Partial Keyword Lookup
copy
Note: At the end of the lookup display, the system will repeat the command you entered without the ?.
1-9
Figure 1-5
C2(su)->show mac MAC Address FID Port Type ---------------------------------------------------------00-00-1d-67-68-69 1 host Management 00-00-02-00-00-00 1 fe.1.2 Learned 00-00-02-00-00-01 1 fe.1.3 Learned 00-00-02-00-00-02 1 fe.1.4 Learned 00-00-02-00-00-03 1 fe.1.5 Learned 00-00-02-00-00-04 1 fe.1.6 Learned 00-00-02-00-00-05 1 fe.1.7 Learned 00-00-02-00-00-06 1 fe.1.8 Learned 00-00-02-00-00-07 1 fe.1.9 Learned 00-00-02-00-00-08 1 fe.1.10 Learned --More--
C2(su)->sh net Active Internet connections (including servers) Proto Recv-Q Send-Q Local Address Foreign Address ----- ------ ------ --------------------- --------------------TCP 0 0 10.21.73.13.23 134.141.190.94.51246 TCP 0 275 10.21.73.13.23 134.141.192.119.4724 TCP 0 0 *.80 *.* TCP 0 0 *.23 *.* UDP 0 0 10.21.73.13.1030 134.141.89.113.514 UDP 0 0 *.161 *.* UDP 0 0 *.1025 *.* UDP 0 0 *.123 *.*
Key Sequence Ctrl+A Ctrl+B Ctrl+D Ctrl+E Ctrl+F Ctrl+H Ctrl+I or TAB
1-10
Introduction
Table 1-3
Key Sequence Ctrl+K Ctrl+N Ctrl+P Ctr1+Q Ctr1+S Ctrl+T Ctrl+U or Ctrl+X Ctrl+W Ctrl+Y
1-11
1-12
Introduction
2
Configuring Switches in a Stack
ThischapterprovidesinformationaboutconfiguringSecureStackC2switchesinastack.
For information about ... About SecureStack C2 Switch Operation in a Stack Installing a New Stackable System of Up to Eight Units Installing Previously-Configured Systems in a Stack Adding a New Unit to an Existing Stack Creating a Virtual Switch Configuration Considerations About Using Clear Config in a Stack Issues Related to Mixed Type Stacks Stacking Configuration and Management Commands Refer to page ... 2-1 2-2 2-3 2-3 2-4 2-5 2-5 2-6
Onceinstalledinastack,theswitchesbehaveandperformasasingleswitchproduct.Assuch, youcanstartwithasingleunitandaddmoreunitsasyournetworkexpands.Youcanalsomix differentproductsinthefamilyinasinglestacktoprovideadesiredcombinationofporttypes andfunctionstomatchtherequirementsofindividualapplications.Inallcases,astackofunits performsasonelargeproduct,andismanagedasasinglenetworkentity. WhenswitchesareinstalledandconnectedasdescribedintheSecureStackC2InstallationGuides, thefollowingoccursduringinitialization: Theswitchthatwillmanagethestackisautomaticallyestablished.Thisisknownasthe managerswitch. Allotherswitchesareestablishedasmembersinthestack. Thehierarchyoftheswitchesthatwillassumethefunctionofbackupmanagerisalso determinedincasethecurrentmanagermalfunctions,ispowereddown,orisdisconnected fromthestack.
2-1
Onceastackiscreated(morethanoneswitchisinterconnected),thefollowingprocedureoccurs: 1. 2. Bydefault,unitIDsarearbitrarilyassignedonafirstcome,firstservedbasis. UnitIDsaresavedagainsteachmodule.Then,everytimeaboardispowercycled,itwill initializewiththesameunitID.Thisisimportantforportspecificinformation(forexample: ge.4.12isthe12thGigabitEthernetportonUnit#4). Themanagementelectionprocessusesthefollowingprecedencetoassignamanagement switch: a. b. c. Previouslyassigned/electedmanagementunit Managementassignedpriority(values115) Hardwarepreferencelevel
3.
Important
The following procedures assume that all units have a clean configuration from manufacturing. When adding a new unit to an already running stack, it is also assumed that the new unit is using the same firmware image version as other units in the stack.
3. 4. 5.
2-2
3.
Applypowertothenewunit.
2-3
4.
ThefollowingexampleaddsaC2G12424modetoastackasunit2ofthestack.Thefirstporton thatvirtualswitchisthenassociatedwithVLAN555.
C2(su)->show switch switchtype SID --1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Switch Model ID -------------------------------C2G124-24 C2K122-24 C2G124-48 C2G124-48P C2H124-48 C2H124-48P C2G134-24P C2G170-24 C3G124-24P C3G124-48P C3G124-48 C3G124-24 Mgmt Pref ---1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Code Version --------0xa08245 0xa08245 0xa08245 0xa08245 0xa08245 0xa08245 0xa08245 0xa08245 0xa08245 0xa08245 0xa08245 0xa08245
C2(su)->set switch member 2 1 C2(su)->show switch Management Preconfig Plugged-in Switch Switch Status Model ID Model ID Status ------ ------------ ------------- ------------- --------------------1 Mgmt Switch C2G124-48 C2H124-48 OK 2 Unassigned C2G124-24 Not Present C2(su)->set vlan create 555 C2(su)->clear vlan egress 1 fe.2.1 C2(su)->set port vlan fe.2.1 555 untagged C2(su)->show port vlan fe.2.1 fe.2.1 is set to 555
Note: If you preconfigure a virtual switch and then add a physical switch of a different type to the stack as that unit number, any configured functionality that cannot be supported on the physical switch will cause a configuration mismatch status for that device and the ports of the new device will join detached. You must clear the mismatch before the new device will properly join the stack.
2-4
Configuration
Common Firmware Version
MixedstackingisonlysupportedbySecureStackC2firmwareversion5.00.xxandhigher.Inorder tomixSecureStackC3switcheswithC2switches,youmustinstalltheC2firmware(version 5.00.xxorhigher)ontheC3switch.YoucaninstalltheC2firmwarefirst,withtheC3switchin standalonemode,oryoucanaddtheC3switchtothestackandthencopytheC2firmwaretothe C3switchusingthesetswitchcopyfwcommand(page210).AftercopyingtheC2firmwareto theC3switch,youmustresetthestack.
Switch Manager
ItisrecommendedthataSecureStackC3switchbemadethemanagerofamixedstack.Usetheset switchmovemanagementcommand(page211)tochangethemanagerunit.
2-5
Commands
For information about... show switch show switch switchtype show switch stack-ports set switch set switch copy-fw set switch description set switch movemanagement set switch member clear switch member Refer to page... 2-7 2-8 2-9 2-10 2-10 2-11 2-11 2-12 2-13
2-6
show switch
show switch
Usethiscommandtodisplayinformationaboutoneormoreunitsinthestack.
Syntax
show switch [status] [unit]
Parameters
status unit (Optional)Displayspowerandadministrativestatusinformationforone ormoreunitsinthestack. (Optional)Specifiestheunit(s)forwhichinformationwilldisplay.
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,statusandotherconfigurationinformationaboutallunitswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
Afterastackhasbeenconfigured,youcanusethiscommandtophysicallyconfirmtheidentityof eachunit.Whenyouenterthecommandwithaunitnumber,theMGRLEDofthespecified switchwillblinkfor10seconds.ThenormalstateofthisLEDisoffformemberunitsandsteady greenforthemanagerunit.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayinformationaboutallswitchunitsinthestack:
C2(rw)->show switch Management Switch Status ------ -----------1 Mgmt Switch 2 Stack Member 3 Stack Member 4 Stack Member 5 Stack Member 6 Stack Member 7 Stack Member 8 Stack Member Preconfig Model ID ------------C2G124-24 C2G124-24 C2G124-24 C2G124-24 C2G124-24 C2G124-24 C2G124-24 C2G124-24 Plugged-in Model ID ------------C2G124-24 C2G124-24 C2G124-24 C2G124-24 C2G124-24 C2G124-24 C2G124-24 C2G124-24 Switch Status --------------------OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK Code Version -------05.00.xx 05.00.xx 05.00.xx 05.00.xx 05.00.xx 05.00.xx 05.00.xx 05.00.xx
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayinformationaboutswitchunit1inthestack:
C2(ro)->show switch 1 Switch Management Status Hardware Management Preference Admin Management Preference Switch Type Preconfigured Model Identifier Plugged-in Model Identifier Switch Status Switch Description Detected Code Version 1 Management Switch Unassigned Unassigned C2G124-24 C2G124-24 C2G124-24 OK Enterasys Networks, Inc. C2 -- Model C2G124-24 05.00.xx
2-7
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaystatusinformationforswitchunit1inthestack:
C2(ro)->show switch status 1 Switch Switch Status Admin State Power State Inserted Switch: Model Identifier Description Configured Switch: Model Identifier Description 1 Full
C2G124-24 Enterasys Networks, Inc. C2 -- Model C2G124-24 C2G124-24 Enterasys Networks, Inc. C2 -- Model C2G124-24
Syntax
show switch switchtype [switchindex]
Parameters
switchindex Specifiestheswitchindex(SID)oftheswitchtypetodisplay.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayswitchtypeinformationaboutallswitchesinthestack:
C2(ro)->show switch switchtype SID --1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Switch Model ID -------------------------------C2G124-24 C2K122-24 C2G124-48 C2G124-48P C2H124-48 C2H124-48P C2G134-24P C2G170-24 Mgmt Pref ---1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Code Version --------0xa08245 0xa08245 0xa08245 0xa08245 0xa08245 0xa08245 0xa08245 0xa08245
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayswitchtypeinformationaboutSID1:
C2(ro)->show switch switchtype 1 Switch Type 0x56950200
2-8
Model Identifier Switch Description Management Preference Expected Code Version Supported Cards: Slot Card Index (CID) Model Identifier
0 1 C2G124-24
Syntax
show switch stack-ports [unit]
Parameters
unit SpecifiestheswitchunitID,anintegerrangingfrom1to8.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaydataanderrorinformationonstackports:
C2(ro)->show switch stack-ports ------------TX-------------- ------------RX----------Data Error Data Error Stacking Rate Rate Total Rate Rate Total Switch Port (Mb/s) (Errors/s) Errors (Mb/s) (Errors/s) Errors ------ ---------- ------ ---------- ---------- ------ ---------- -------1 Up 0 0 0 0 0 0 Down 0 0 0 0 0 0
2-9
set switch
set switch
UsethiscommandtoassignaswitchID,tosetaswitchspriorityforbecomingthemanagement switchifthepreviousmanagementswitchfails,ortochangetheswitchunitIDforaswitchinthe stack.
Syntax
set switch {unit [priority value | renumber newunit]}
Parameters
unit priorityvalue renumbernewunit Specifiesaunitnumberfortheswitch.Valuecanrangefrom1to8. Specifiesapriorityvaluefortheunit.Validvaluesare1to15withhigher valuesassigninghigherpriority. Specifiesanewnumberfortheunit.
Note: This number must be a previously unassigned unit ID number.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtoassignpriority3toswitch5:
C2(su)->set switch 5 priority 3
Thisexampleshowshowtorenumberswitch5toswitch7:
C2(su)->set switch 5 renumber 7
Syntax
set switch copy-fw [destination-system unit]
Parameters
destinationsystem (Optional)Specifiestheunitnumberofunitonwhichtocopythe unit managementimagefile.
Defaults
Ifdestinationsystemisnotspecified,themanagementimagefilewillbereplicatedtoallswitches inthestack.
2-10
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoreplicatethemanagementimagefiletoallswitchesinthestack:
C2(su)->set switch copy-fw Are you sure you want to copy firmware? (y/n) y Code transfer completed successfully.
Syntax
set switch description unit description
Parameters
unit description Specifiesaunitnumberfortheswitch. Specifiesatextdescriptionfortheunit.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoassignthenameFirstUnittoswitchunit1inthestack:
C2(su)->set switch description 1 FirstUnit
Syntax
set switch movemanagement fromunit tounit
Parameters
fromunit tounit Specifiestheunitnumberofthecurrentmanagementswitch. Specifiestheunitnumberofthenewlydesignatedmanagementswitch.
Defaults
None.
2-11
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtomovemanagementfunctionalityfromswitch1toswitch2:
C2(su)->set switch movemenagement 1 2 Moving stack management will unconfigure entire stack including all interfaces. Are you sure you want to move stack management? (y/n) y
Syntax
set switch member unit switch-id
Parameters
unit switchid Specifiesaunitnumberfortheswitch. SpecifiesaswitchID(SID)fortheswitch.SIDscanbedisplayedwiththe showswitchswitchtypecommand.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
RefertoCreatingaVirtualSwitchConfigurationonpage24formoreinformationabouthowto addavirtualswitchtoastack.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtospecifyaswitchasunit1withaswitchIDof1:
C2(su)->set switch member 1 1
2-12
Syntax
clear switch member unit
Parameters
unit Specifiestheunitnumberoftheswitch.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoremovetheswitch5entryfromthestack:
C2(su)->clear switch member 5
2-13
2-14
3
Basic Configuration
Atstartup,theSecureStackC2switchisconfiguredwithmanydefaultsandstandardfeatures. Thischapterdescribeshowtocustomizebasicsystemsettingstoadapttoyourworkenvironment.
For information about ... Setting User Accounts and Passwords Setting Basic Switch Properties Configuring Power over Ethernet (PoE) Downloading a New Firmware Image Reviewing and Selecting a Boot Firmware Image Starting and Configuring Telnet Managing Switch Configuration and Files Configuring CDP Configuring Cisco Discovery Protocol Clearing and Closing the CLI Resetting the Switch Using and Configuring WebView Refer to page ... 3-2 3-9 3-28 3-32 3-35 3-37 3-39 3-48 3-54 3-61 3-63 3-65
3-1
Commands
Thecommandsusedtoconfigureuseraccountsandpasswordsarelistedbelow.
For information about... show system login set system login clear system login set password set system password length set system password aging set system password history show system lockout set system lockout Refer to page... 3-2 3-3 3-4 3-4 3-5 3-6 3-6 3-7 3-8
Syntax
show system login
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,superuser.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayloginaccountinformation.Inthiscase,switchdefaultshave notbeenchanged:
C2(su)->show system login Password history size: 0 Password aging : disabled
3-2
Basic Configuration
Username admin ro rw
Syntax
set system login username {super-user | read-write | read-only} {enable | disable}
Parameters
username Specifiesaloginnameforaneworexistinguser.Thisstringcanbea maximumof80characters,althoughamaximumof16charactersis recommendedforproperviewingintheshowsystemlogindisplay. Specifiestheaccessprivilegesforthisuser.
Enablesordisablestheuseraccount.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,superuser.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoenableanewuseraccountwiththeloginnamenetopswithsuper useraccessprivileges:
C2(su)->set system login netops super-user enable
3-3
Syntax
clear system login username
Parameters
username Specifiestheloginnameoftheaccounttobecleared.
Note: The default admin (su) account cannot be deleted.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,superuser.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoremovethenetopsuseraccount:
C2(su)->clear system login netops
set password
UsethiscommandtochangesystemdefaultpasswordsortosetanewloginpasswordontheCLI.
Syntax
set password [username]
Parameters
username (Onlyavailabletouserswithsuperuseraccess.)Specifiesasystemdefault orauserconfiguredloginaccountname.Bydefault,theSecureStackC2 switchprovidesthefollowingaccountnames: roforReadOnlyaccess. rwforReadWriteaccess. adminforSuperUseraccess.(ThisaccesslevelallowsReadWriteaccess toallmodifiableparameters,includinguseraccounts.)
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite. Switchcommand,superuser.
3-4
Basic Configuration
Usage
ReadWriteuserscanchangetheirownpasswords. SuperUsers(Admin)canchangeanypasswordonthesystem.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowasuperuserwouldchangetheReadWritepasswordfromthesystem default(blankstring):
C2(su)->set password rw Please enter new password: ******** Please re-enter new password: ******** Password changed. C2(su)->
ThisexampleshowshowauserwithReadWriteaccesswouldchangehispassword:
C2(su)->set password Please enter old password: ******** Please enter new password: ******** Please re-enter new password: ******** Password changed. C2(su)->
Syntax
set system password length characters
Parameters
characters Specifiestheminimumnumberofcharactersforauseraccountpassword. Validvaluesare0to40.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,superuser.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosettheminimumsystempasswordlengthto8characters:
C2(su)->set system password length 8
3-5
Syntax
set system password aging {days | disable}
Parameters
days disable Specifiesthenumberofdaysuserpasswordswillremainvalidbefore agingout.Validvaluesare1to365. Disablespasswordaging.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,superuser.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthesystempasswordagetimeto45days:
C2(su)->set system password aging 45
Syntax
set system password history size
Parameters
size Specifiesthenumberofpasswordscheckedforduplication.Validvalues are0to10.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,superuser.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoconfigurethesystemtocheckthelast10passwordsforduplication
C2(su)->set system password history 10
3-6
Basic Configuration
Syntax
show system lockout
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,superuser.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayuserlockoutsettings.Inthiscase,switchdefaultshavenot beenchanged:
C2(su)->show system lockout Lockout attempts: 3 Lockout time: 15 minutes.
3-7
Syntax
set system lockout {[attempts attempts] [time time]}
Parameters
attemptsattempts timetime Specifiesthenumberoffailedloginattemptsallowedbeforeareadwrite orreadonlyusersaccountwillbedisabled.Validvaluesare1to10. Specifiesthenumberofminutesthedefaultadminuseraccountwillbe lockedoutafterthemaximumloginattempts.Validvaluesare0to60.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,superuser.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetloginattemptsto5andlockouttimeto30minutes:
C2(su)->set system lockout attempts 5 time 30
3-8
Basic Configuration
Commands
Thecommandsusedtosetbasicsysteminformationarelistedbelow.
For information about... show ip address show ip protocol set ip address clear ip address show system show system hardware show system utilization set system enhancedbuffermode show time set time show summertime set summertime set summertime date set summertime recurring clear summertime set prompt show banner motd set banner motd clear banner motd show version set system name set system location set system contact set width set length show logout set logout show console Refer to page... 3-10 3-10 3-11 3-11 3-12 3-13 3-14 3-15 3-15 3-16 3-16 3-17 3-17 3-18 3-19 3-19 3-20 3-20 3-21 3-21 3-22 3-23 3-23 3-24 3-24 3-25 3-25 3-26
3-9
show ip address
show ip address
UsethiscommandtodisplaythesystemIPaddressandsubnetmask.
Syntax
show ip address
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythesystemIPaddressandsubnetmask:
C2(su)->show ip address Name ---------------host Address ---------------10.42.13.20 Mask ---------------255.255.0.0
show ip protocol
UsethiscommandtodisplaythemethodusedtoacquireanetworkIPaddressforswitch management.
Syntax
show ip protocol
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
3-10
Basic Configuration
set ip address
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythemethodusedtoacquireanetworkIPaddress:
C2(su)->show ip protocol System IP address acquisition method: dhcp
set ip address
UsethiscommandtosetthesystemIPaddress,subnetmaskanddefaultgateway.
Syntax
set ip address ip-address [mask ip-mask] [gateway ip-gateway]
Parameters
ipaddress SetstheIPaddressforthesystem.ForSecureStackC2systems,thisisthe IPaddressofthemanagementswitchasdescribedinAboutSecureStack C2SwitchOperationinaStackonpage21. (Optional)Setsthesystemssubnetmask. (Optional)Setsthesystemsdefaultgateway(nexthopdevice).
maskipmask gatewayipgateway
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,ipmaskwillbesettothenaturalmaskoftheipaddressandipgatewaywillbesetto theipaddress.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthesystemIPaddressto10.1.10.1withamaskof255.255.128.0and adefaultgatewayof10.1.0.1:
C2(su)->set ip address 10.1.10.1 mask 255.255.128.0 gateway 10.1.10.1
clear ip address
UsethiscommandtoclearthesystemIPaddress.
Syntax
clearipaddress
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
3-11
show system
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearthesystemIPaddress:
C2(rw)->clear ip address
show system
Usethiscommandtodisplaysysteminformation,includingcontactinformation,powerandfan traystatusanduptime.
Syntax
show system
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaysysteminformation:
C2(su)->show system System contact:John Smith System location:Bldg10 2nd floor East System name:10-2-C2 Switch 1 -------PS1-Status ---------Ok Fan1-Status ----------Ok Uptime d,h:m:s -------------2,19:57:39 Logout ------5 min
Table 32providesanexplanationofthecommandoutput.
3-12
Basic Configuration
Table 3-2
Output
System contact System location System name PS1 and PS2-Status Fan Status Uptime d,h:m:s Logout
Syntax
show system hardware
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythesystemshardwareconfiguration.Pleasenotethatthe informationyouseedisplayedmaydifferfromthisexample.
C2(su)->show system hardware SLOT HARDWARE INFORMATION -------------------Model: Serial Number: Vendor ID: Base MAC Address: Hardware Version: FirmWare Version: Boot Code Version:
3-13
Syntax
show system utilization {cpu | storage | process}
Parameters
cpu storage process Displayinformationabouttheprocessorrunningontheswitch. Displayinformationabouttheoverallmemoryusageontheswitch. Displayinformationabouttheprocessesrunningontheswitch.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythesystemsCPUutilization:
C2(ro)->show system utilization cpu Total CPU Utilization: Switch CPU 5 sec 1 min 5 min ----------------------------------------------1 1 3% 1% 1%
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythesystemsoverallmemoryusage:
C2(ro)->show system utilization storage Storage Utilization: Type Description Size(Kb) Available (Kb) --------------------------------------------------------------RAM RAM device 262144 97173 Flash Images, Config, Other 31095 8094
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayinformationabouttheprocessesrunningonthesystem.Only partialoutputisshown.
C2(ro)->show system utilization process TID Name 5Sec 8d45148 captureTask 0.00% 8e264f8 poe_monitor 0.00% 8ea6d38 poe_read 0.80% 8eb7140 vlanDynEg 0.00% 8f0be10 tcdpSendTask 0.00% 8f1c0e8 tcdpTask 0.00% ... 1Min 0.00% 0.01% 0.22% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 5Min 0.00% 0.05% 0.20% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
3-14
Basic Configuration
Syntax
set system enhancedbuffermode {enable | disable}
Parameters
enable|disable Enablesordisablesenhancedbuffermode.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoenableenhancedbuffermode:
C2(su)->set system enhancedbuffermode enable Changes in the enhanced buffer mode will require reseting this unit. Are you sure you want to continue? (y/n)
show time
Usethiscommandtodisplaythecurrenttimeofdayinthesystemclock.
Syntax
showtime
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythecurrenttime.Theoutputshowsthedayoftheweek, month,day,andthetimeofdayinhours,minutes,andsecondsandtheyear:
C2(su)->show time THU SEP 05 09:21:57 2002
3-15
set time
set time
Usethiscommandtochangethetimeofdayonthesystemclock.
Syntax
settime[mm/dd/yyyy][hh:mm:ss]
Parameters
[mm/dd/yyyy] [hh:mm:ss] Setsthetimein: month,day,yearand/or 24hourformat Atleastonesetoftimeparametersmustbeentered.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthesystemclockto7:50a.m:
C2(su)->set time 7:50:00
show summertime
Usethiscommandtodisplaydaylightsavingstimesettings.
Syntax
show summertime
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaydaylightsavingstimesettings:
C2(su)->show summertime Summertime is disabled and set to '' Start : SUN APR 04 02:00:00 2004 End : SUN OCT 31 02:00:00 2004 Offset: 60 minutes (1 hours 0 minutes)
3-16 Basic Configuration
set summertime
Recurring: yes, starting at 2:00 of the first Sunday of April and ending at 2:00 of the last Sunday of October
set summertime
Usethiscommandtoenableordisablethedaylightsavingstimefunction.
Syntax
set summertime {enable | disable} [zone]
Parameters
enable|disable zone Enablesordisablesthedaylightsavingstimefunction. (Optional)Appliesanametothedaylightsavingstimesettings.
Defaults
Ifazonenameisnotspecified,nonewillbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoenabledaylightsavingstimefunction:
C2(su)->set summertime enable
Syntax
set summertime date start_month start_date start_year start_hr_min end_month end_date end_year end_hr_min [offset_minutes]
Parameters
start_month start_date start_year start_hr_min end_month end_date end_year end_hr_min offset_minutes Specifiesthemonthoftheyeartostartdaylightsavingstime. Specifiesthedayofthemonthtostartdaylightsavingstime. Specifiestheyeartostartdaylightsavingstime. Specifiesthetimeofdaytostartdaylightsavingstime.Formatishh:mm. Specifiesthemonthoftheyeartoenddaylightsavingstime. Specifiesthedayofthemonthtoenddaylightsavingstime. Specifiestheyeartoenddaylightsavingstime. Specifiesthetimeofdaytoenddaylightsavingstime.Formatishh:mm. (Optional)Specifiestheamountoftimeinminutestooffsetdaylight savingstimefromthenondaylightsavingstimesystemsetting.Valid valuesare11440.
SecureStack C2 Configuration Guide 3-17
Defaults
Ifanoffsetisnotspecified,nonewillbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetadaylightsavingstimestartdateofApril4,2004at2a.m.andan endingdateofOctober31,2004at2a.m.withanoffsettimeofonehour:
C2(su)->set summertime date April 4 2004 02:00 October 31 2004 02:00 60
Syntax
set summertime recurring start_week start_day start_month start_hr_min end_week end_day end_month end_hr_min [offset_minutes]
Parameters
start_week start_day start_hr_min end_week end_day end_hr_min offset_minutes Specifiestheweekofthemonthtorestartdaylightsavingstime.Valid valuesare:first,second,third,fourth,andlast. Specifiesthedayoftheweektorestartdaylightsavingstime. Specifiesthetimeofdaytorestartdaylightsavingstime.Formatis hh:mm. Specifiestheweekofthemonthtoenddaylightsavingstime. Specifiesthedayoftheweektoenddaylightsavingstime. Specifiesthetimeofdaytoenddaylightsavingstime.Formatishh:mm. (Optional)Specifiestheamountoftimeinminutestooffsetdaylight savingstimefromthenondaylightsavingstimesystemsetting.Valid valuesare11440.
Defaults
Ifanoffsetisnotspecified,nonewillbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowsetdaylightsavingstimetorecurstartingonthefirstSundayofAprilat 2a.m.andendingthelastSundayofOctoberat2a.m.withanoffsettimeofonehour:
C2(su)->set summertime recurring first Sunday April 02:00 last Sunday October 02:00 60
3-18
Basic Configuration
clear summertime
clear summertime
Usethiscommandtoclearthedaylightsavingstimeconfiguration.
Syntax
clear summertime
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearthedaylightsavingstimeconfiguration:
C2(su)->clear summertime
set prompt
Usethiscommandtomodifythecommandprompt.
Syntax
set prompt prompt_string
Parameters
prompt_string Specifiesatextstringforthecommandprompt.
Note: A prompt string containing a space in the text must be enclosed in quotes as shown in the example below.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthecommandprompttoSwitch1:
C2(su)->set prompt Switch 1 Switch 1(su)->
3-19
Syntax
show banner motd
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythebannermessageoftheday:
C2(rw)->show banner motd O Knights of Ni, you are just and fair, and we will return with a shrubbery -King Arthur
Syntax
setbannermotdmessage
Parameters
message Specifiesamessageoftheday.Thisisatextstringthatneedstobein doublequotesifanyspacesareused.Usea\nforanewlineand\tfora tab(eightspaces).
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthemessageofthedaybannertoreadOKnightsofNi,youare justandfair,andwewillreturnwithashrubberyKingArthur:
C2(rw)->set banner motd "O Knights of Ni, you are just and \n fair, and we will return with a shrubbery \n \t -King Arthur"
3-20
Basic Configuration
Syntax
clear banner motd
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearthemessageofthedaybannertoablankstring:
C2(rw)->clear banner motd
show version
Usethiscommandtodisplayhardwareandfirmwareinformation.RefertoDownloadingaNew FirmwareImageonpage332forinstructionsonhowtodownloadafirmwareimage.
Syntax
show version
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayversioninformation.Pleasenotethatyoumayseedifferent informationdisplayed,dependingonthetypeofhardwareinthestack.
C2(su)->show version Copyright (c) 2004 by Enterasys Networks, Inc. Model -------------C2G124-48P Serial # ----------------04370007900B Versions ------------------Hw:BCM5695 REV 17 Bp:01.00.23
3-21
Syntax
setsystemname[string]
Parameters
string (Optional)Specifiesatextstringthatidentifiesthesystem.
Note: A name string containing a space in the text must be enclosed in quotes as shown in the example below.
Defaults
Ifstringisnotspecified,thesystemnamewillbecleared.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthesystemnametoInformationSystems:
C2(su)->set system name Information Systems
3-22
Basic Configuration
Syntax
set system location [string]
Parameters
string (Optional)Specifiesatextstringthatindicateswherethesystemis located.
Note: A location string containing a space in the text must be enclosed in quotes as shown in the example below.
Defaults
Ifstringisnotspecified,thelocationnamewillbecleared.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthesystemlocationstring:
C2(su)->set system location Bldg N32-04 Closet 9
Syntax
set system contact [string]
Parameters
string (Optional)Specifiesatextstringthatcontainsthenameofthepersonto contactforsystemadministration.
Note: A contact string containing a space in the text must be enclosed in quotes as shown in the example below.
Defaults
Ifstringisnotspecified,thecontactnamewillbecleared.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthesystemcontactstring:
3-23
set width
set width
Usethiscommandtosetthenumberofcolumnsfortheterminalconnectedtotheswitchsconsole port.
Syntax
set width screenwidth [default]
Parameters
screenwidth default Setsthenumberofterminalcolumns.Validvaluesare50to150. (Optional)Makesthissettingpersistentforallfuturesessions(writtento NVRAM).
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
ThenumberofrowsofCLIoutputdisplayedissetusingthesetlengthcommandasdescribedin setlengthonpage324.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosettheterminalcolumnsto50:
C2(su)->set width 50
set length
UsethiscommandtosetthenumberoflinestheCLIwilldisplay.Thiscommandispersistent (writtentoNVRAM).
Syntax
set length screenlength
Parameters
screenlength SetsthenumberoflinesintheCLIdisplay.Validvaluesare0,which disablesthescrollingscreenfeaturedescribedinDisplayingScrolling Screensonpage19,andfrom5to512.
Defaults
None.
3-24
Basic Configuration
show logout
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosettheterminallengthto50:
C2(su)->set length 50
show logout
Usethiscommandtodisplaythetime(inseconds)anidleconsoleorTelnetCLIsessionwill remainconnectedbeforetimingout.
Syntax
show logout
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheCLIlogoutsetting:
C2(su)->show logout Logout currently set to: 10 minutes.
set logout
Usethiscommandtosetthetime(inminutes)anidleconsoleorTelnetCLIsessionwillremain connectedbeforetimingout.
Syntax
set logout timeout
Parameters
timeout Setsthenumberofminutesthesystemwillremainidlebeforetimingout.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
3-25
show console
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthesystemtimeoutto10minutes:
C2(su)->set logout 10
show console
Usethiscommandtodisplayconsolesettings.
Syntax
show console [baud] [bits] [flowcontrol] [parity] [stopbits]
Parameters
baud bits flowcontrol parity stopbits (Optional)Displaystheinput/outputbaudrate. (Optional)Displaysthenumberofbitspercharacter. (Optional)Displaysthetypeofflowcontrol. (Optional)Displaysthetypeofparity. (Optional)Displaysthenumberofstopbits.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,allsettingswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayallconsolesettings:
C2(su)->show console Baud Flow Bits ------ ------- ---9600 Disable 8 StopBits ---------1 Parity -----none
Syntax
set console baud rate
Parameters
rate Setstheconsolebaudrate.Validvaluesare:300,600,1200,2400,4800,5760, 9600,14400,19200,38400,and115200.
Defaults
None.
3-26
Basic Configuration
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosettheconsoleportbaudrateto19200:
C2(su)->set console baud 19200
3-27
Purpose
ToreviewandsetPoEparameters,includingthepoweravailabletothesystem,theusage thresholdforeachmodule,whetherornotSNMPtrapmessageswillbesentwhenpowerstatus changes,andperportPoEsettings.
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoreviewandsetPoEportparametersarelistedbelow.
For information about... show inlinepower set inlinepower threshold set inlinepower trap show port inlinepower set port inlinepower Refer to page... 3-29 3-29 3-30 3-30 3-31
3-28
Basic Configuration
show inlinepower
show inlinepower
UsethiscommandtodisplayswitchPoEproperties.
Syntax
show inlinepower
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayswitchPoEproperties.Inthiscase,units1,3,and5arePoE modules,sotheirpowerconfigurationsdisplay:
C2(su)->show inlinepower Unit ---2 4 8 Status -----auto auto auto Power(W) -------360 360 360 Consumption(W) -------------0.00 0.00 5.20 Usage(%) -------0.00 0.00 1.44 Threshold(%) -----------80 80 80 Trap ---enable enable enable
Syntax
set inlinepower threshold usage-threshold module-number
Parameters
usagethreshold modulenumber SpecifiesaPoEthresholdasapercentageoftotalsystempowerusage. Validvaluesare11to100. SpecifiestheunitonwhichtosetthePoEthreshold.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
3-29
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthePoEthresholdto50onunit1:
C2(su)->set inlinepower threshold 50 1
Syntax
set inlinepower trap {disable | enable} module-number
Parameters
disable|enable modulenumber DisablesorenablesPoEtrapmessaging. Specifiestheunitonwhichtodisableorenabletrapmessaging.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenablePoEtrapmessagingonunit1:
C2(su)->set inlinepower trap enable 1
Syntax
show port inlinepower [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysinformationforspecificPoEport(s).
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,informationforallPoEportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayPoEinformationforFastEthernetports1through6inunit1. Inthiscase,theportsadministrativestate,PoEpriorityandclasshavenotbeenchangedfrom defaultvalues:
3-30
Basic Configuration
C2(su)->show port Port Admin ----------fe.1.1 auto fe.1.2 auto fe.1.3 auto fe.1.4 auto fe.1.5 auto fe.1.6 auto
inlinepower fe.1.1-6 Oper Priority ----------------------searching low searching low searching low searching low searching low searching low
Class ----0 0 0 0 0 0
Syntax
set port inlinepower port-string {[admin {off | auto}] [priority {critical | high | low}] [type type]}
Parameters
portstring adminoff|auto prioritycritical| high|low typetype Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtoconfigurePoE. SetsthePoEadministrativestatetooff(disabled)orauto(on). Setstheport(s)priorityforthePoEallocationalgorithmtocritical (highest),highorlow. Specifiesastringdescribingthetypeofdeviceconnectedtoaport.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenablePoEonportfe.3.1withcriticalpriority:
C2(su)->set port inlinepower fe.3.1 admin auto priority critical
3-31
2.
Beforethebootupcompletes,type2toselectStartBootMenu.Useadministratorfor thePassword.
Note: The above Boot Menu password administrator can be changed using boot menu option 11.
3-32
Basic Configuration
Boot Menu Version 01.00.29 05-09-2005 Options available 1 - Start operational code 2 - Change baud rate 3 - Retrieve event log using XMODEM (64KB). 4 - Load new operational code using XMODEM 5 - Display operational code vital product data 6 - Run Flash Diagnostics 7 - Update Boot Code 8 - Delete operational code 9 - Reset the system 10 - Restore Configuration to factory defaults (delete config files) 11 - Set new Boot Code password [Boot Menu] 2
3.
Type2.Thefollowingbaudrateselectionscreendisplays:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 115200 no change
4.
Type8tosettheswitchbaudrateto115200.Thefollowingmessagedisplays:
Setting baud rate to 115200, you must change your terminal baud rate.
5. 6.
3-33
Image Version Length............0x7 Image Version Bytes.............0x30 0x2e 0x35 0x2e 0x30 0x2e 0x34 (0.5.0.4)
7. 8.
Fromthebootmenuoptionsscreen,type2todisplaythebaudrateselectionscreenagain. Type4settheswitchbaudrateto9600.Thefollowingmessagedisplays:
Setting baud rate to 9600, you must change your terminal baud rate.
9.
Settheterminalbaudrateto9600andpressENTER.
3-34
Basic Configuration
Commands
Thecommandsusedtoreviewandselecttheswitchsbootimagefilearelistedbelow.
For information about... show boot system set boot system Refer to page... 3-35 3-36
Syntax
show boot system
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheswitchsbootfirmwareimage:
C2(su)->show boot system Current system image to boot: bootfile
3-35
Syntax
set boot system filename
Parameters
filename Specifiesthenameofthefirmwareimagefile.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthebootfirmwareimagefiletonewimage:
C2(su)->set boot system newimage
3-36
Basic Configuration
Commands
Thecommandsusedtoenable,startandconfigureTelnetarelistedbelow.
For information about... show telnet set telnet telnet Refer to page... 3-37 3-38 3-38
show telnet
UsethiscommandtodisplaythestatusofTelnetontheswitch.
Syntax
show telnet
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayTelnetstatus:
C2(su)->show telnet Telnet inbound is currently: ENABLED Telnet outbound is currently: ENABLED
3-37
set telnet
set telnet
UsethiscommandtoenableordisableTelnetontheswitch.
Syntax
set telnet {enable | disable} [inbound | outbound | all]
Parameters
enable|disable inbound| outbound|all EnablesordisablesTelnetservices. (Optional)Specifiesinboundservice(theabilitytoTelnettothisswitch), outboundservice(theabilitytoTelnettootherdevices),orall(both inboundandoutbound).
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,bothinboundandoutboundTelnetservicewillbeenabledordisabled.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisableinboundandoutboundTelnetservices:
C2(su)->set telnet disable all Disconnect all telnet sessions and disable now (y/n)? [n]: y All telnet sessions have been terminated, telnet is now disabled.
telnet
UsethiscommandtostartaTelnetconnectiontoaremotehost.TheSecureStackC2switchallows atotaloffourinboundand/oroutboundTelnetsessiontorunsimultaneously.
Syntax
telnet host [port]
Parameters
host port SpecifiesthenameorIPaddressoftheremotehost. (Optional)Specifiestheserverportnumber.
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,thedefaultportnumber23willbeused.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtostartaTelnetsessiontoahostat10.21.42.13:
C2(su)->telnet 10.21.42.13
3-38 Basic Configuration
Purpose
TosetandviewthepersistencemodeforCLIconfigurationcommands,manuallysavethe runningconfiguration,view,manage,andexecuteconfigurationfilesandimagefiles,andsetand viewTFTPparameters.
Commands
For information about... show snmp persistmode set snmp persistmode save config dir show config configure copy delete show tftp settings set tftp timeout clear tftp timeout set tftp retry clear tftp retry Refer to page... 3-40 3-40 3-41 3-41 3-42 3-43 3-44 3-44 3-45 3-45 3-46 3-46 3-47
3-39
Syntax
show snmp persistmode
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheconfigurationpersistencemodesetting.Inthiscase, persistencemodeissettomanual,whichmeansconfigurationchangesarenotbeing automaticallysaved.
C2(su)->show snmp persistmode persistmode is manual
Syntax
set snmp persistmode {auto | manual}
Parameters
auto manual Setstheconfigurationpersistencemodetoautomatic.Thisisthedefault state. Setstheconfigurationpersistencemodetomanual.Inordertomake configurationchangespersistent,thesaveconfigcommandmustbe issuedasdescribedinsaveconfigonpage341.Thismodeisusefulfor revertingbacktooldconfigurations.
Defaults
None.
3-40
Basic Configuration
save config
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosettheconfigurationpersistencemodetomanual:
C2(su)->set snmp persistmade manual
save config
Usethiscommandtosavetherunningconfigurationonallswitchmembersinastack.
Syntax
save config
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosavetherunningconfigurationonallswitchmembersinastack:
C2(su)->save config
dir
Usethiscommandtolistconfigurationandimagefilesstoredinthefilesystem.
Syntax
dir [filename]
Parameters
filename (Optional)Specifiesthefilenameordirectorytolist.
Defaults
Iffilenameisnotspecified,allfilesinthesystemwillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtolistalltheconfigurationandimagefilesinthesystem:
SecureStack C2 Configuration Guide 3-41
show config
C2(su)->dir Images: ================================================================== Filename: C2-series_02.01.30 Version: 5.00.xx Size: 6873088 (bytes) Date: Fri Apr 1 15:23:24 2005 CheckSum: 7eb3dd1118a8ef60cf2c7bb162ac07ee Compatibility: C2G124-24, C2G124-48, C2H124-48, C2G124-48P, C2H124-48P C2K122-24, C2G134-24P Filename: Version: Size: Date: CheckSum: Compatibility: C2-image_02.61.30 (Active) (Boot) 5.00.xx 6883328 (bytes) Tue Apr 5 16:41:50 2005 37cb8761e1761a7a0e24c33e88138d5a C2G124-24, C2G124-48, C2H124-48, C2G124-48P, C2H124-48P C2K122-24, C2G134-24P Size ======== 17509 3173 162833
show config
Usethiscommandtodisplaythesystemconfigurationorwritetheconfigurationtoafile.
Syntax
show config [all | facility] [outfile {configs/filename}]
Parameters
all facility outfile configs/filename (Optional)Displaysdefaultandnondefaultconfigurationsettings. (Optional)Exactnameofonefacilityforwhichtoshowconfiguration.For example,enterroutertoshowrouteronlyconfiguration. (Optional)Specifiesthatthecurrentconfigurationwillbewrittentoatext fileintheconfigs/directory. Specifiesafilenameintheconfigs/directorytodisplay.
Defaults
Bydefault,showconfigwilldisplayallnondefaultconfigurationinformationforallfacilities.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
3-42
Basic Configuration
configure
Usage
Theseparatefacilitiesthatcanbedisplayedbythiscommandareidentifiedinthedisplayofthe currentconfigurationbya#precedingthefacilityname.Forexample,#portindicatesthefacility nameport.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtowritethecurrentconfigurationtoafilenamedsave_config2:
C2(rw)->show config all outfile configs/save_config2
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayconfigurationforthefacilityport:
C2(rw)->show config port This command shows non-default configurations only. Use 'show config all' to show both default and non-default configurations. begin ! #***** NON-DEFAULT CONFIGURATION ***** ! ! #port set port jumbo disable ge.1.1 ! end
configure
Usethiscommandtoexecuteapreviouslydownloadedconfigurationfilestoredontheswitch.
Syntax
configure filename [append]
Parameters
filename append Specifiesthepathandfilenameoftheconfigurationfiletoexecute. (Optional)Appendstheconfigurationfilecontentstothecurrent configuration.Thisisequivalenttotypingthecontentsoftheconfigfile directlyintotheCLIandcanbeused,forexample,tomakeincremental adjustmentstothecurrentconfiguration.
Defaults
Ifappendisnotspecified,thecurrentrunningconfigurationwillbereplacedwiththecontentsof theconfigurationfile,whichwillrequireanautomatedresetofthechassis.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoexecutetheJan1_2004.cfgconfigurationfile:
3-43
copy
C2(su)->configure configs/Jan1_2004.cfg
copy
UsethiscommandtouploadordownloadanimageoraCLIconfigurationfile.
Syntax
copy source destination
Parameters
source destination Specifieslocationandnameofthesourcefiletocopy.Optionsarealocalfile pathintheconfigsdirectory,ortheURLofaTFTPserver. Specifieslocationandnameofthedestinationwherethefilewillbecopied. Optionsareaslotlocationandfilename,ortheURLofaTFTPserver.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtodownloadanimageviaTFTP:
C2(su)->copy tftp://10.1.192.34/version01000 system:image
Thisexampleshowshowtodownloadaconfigurationfiletotheconfigsdirectory:
C2(su)->copy tftp://10.1.192.1/Jan1_2004.cfg configs/Jan1_2004.cfg
delete
UsethiscommandtoremoveanimageoraCLIconfigurationfilefromtheSecureStackC2system.
Syntax
delete filename
Parameters
filename Specifiesthelocalpathnametothefile.Validdirectoriesare/imagesand /configs.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
3-44 Basic Configuration
Usage
Usetheshowconfigcommandasdescribedonpage342todisplaycurrentimageand configurationfilenames.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodeletetheJan1_2004.cfgconfigurationfile:
C2(su)->delete configs/Jan1_2004.cfg
Syntax
show tftp settings
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
TheTFTPtimeoutvaluecanbesetwiththesettftptimeoutcommand.TheTFTPretryvaluecan besetwiththesettftpretrycommand.
Example
Thisexampleshowstheoutputofthiscommand.
C2(ro)->show tftp settings TFTP packet timeout (seconds): 2 TFTP max retry: 5
Syntax
set tftp timeout seconds
Parameters
seconds Specifiesthenumberofsecondstowaitforareply.Thevalidrangeis from1to30seconds.Defaultvalueis2seconds.
3-45
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplesetsthetimeoutperiodto4seconds.
C2(rw)->set tftp timeout 4
Syntax
clear tftp timeout
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearthetimeoutvaluetothedefaultof2seconds.
C2(rw)-> clear tftp timeout
Syntax
set tftp retry retry
Parameters
retry Specifiesthenumberoftimesapacketwillberesent.The validrangeisfrom1to1000.Defaultvalueis5retries.
Defaults
None.
3-46
Basic Configuration
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplesetstheretrycountto3.
C2(rw)->set tftp retry 3
Syntax
clear tftp retry
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtocleartheretryvaluetothedefaultof5retries.
C2(rw)-> clear tftp retry
3-47
Configuring CDP
Configuring CDP
Purpose
ToreviewandconfiguretheEnterasysCDPdiscoveryprotocol.Thisprotocolisusedtodiscover networktopology.Whenenabled,thisprotocolallowsEnterasysdevicestosendperiodicPDUs aboutthemselvestoneighboringdevices.
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoreviewandconfiguretheCDPdiscoveryprotocolarelistedbelow.
For information about... show cdp set cdp state set cdp auth set cdp interval set cdp hold-time clear cdp show neighbors Refer to page... 3-48 3-50 3-50 3-51 3-52 3-52 3-53
show cdp
UsethiscommandtodisplaythestatusoftheCDPdiscoveryprotocolandmessageintervalon oneormoreports.
Syntax
show cdp [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysCDPstatusforaspecificport.Foradetaileddescription ofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLI onpage42.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,allCDPinformationwillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayCDPinformationforportsfe.1.1throughfe.1.9:
C2(su)->show cdp fe.1.1-9 CDP Global Status :auto-enable CDP Version Supported :30 hex
3-48 Basic Configuration
show cdp
CDP Hold Time CDP Authentication Code CDP Transmit Frequency Port Status ----------------fe.1.1 auto-enable fe.1.2 auto-enable fe.1.3 auto-enable fe.1.4 auto-enable fe.1.5 auto-enable fe.1.6 auto-enable fe.1.7 auto-enable fe.1.8 auto-enable fe.1.9 auto-enable
3-49
Syntax
set cdp state {auto | disable | enable} [port-string]
Parameters
auto|disable| enable portstring Autoenables,disablesorenablestheCDPprotocolonthespecifiedport(s). Inautoenablemode,whichisthedefaultmodeforallports,aport automaticallybecomesCDPenableduponreceivingitsfirstCDPmessage. (Optional)EnablesordisablesCDPonspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage42.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,theCDPstatewillbegloballyset.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtogloballyenableCDP:
C2(su)->set cdp state enable
ThisexampleshowshowtoenabletheCDPforportfe.1.2:
C2(su)->set cdp state enable fe.1.2
ThisexampleshowshowtodisabletheCDPforportfe.1.2:
C2(su)->set cdp state disable fe.1.2
Syntax
set cdp auth auth-code
Parameters
authcode SpecifiesanauthenticationcodefortheCDPprotocol.Thiscanbeupto16 hexadecimalvaluesseparatedbycommas.
Defaults
None.
3-50
Basic Configuration
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
TheauthenticationcodevaluedeterminesaswitchsCDPdomain.Iftwoormoreswitcheshave thesameCDPauthenticationcode,theywillbeenteredintoeachothersCDPneighbortables.If theyhavedifferentauthenticationcodes,theyareindifferentdomainsandwillnotbeentered intoeachothersCDPneighbortables. Aswitchwiththedefaultauthenticationcode(16nullcharacters)willrecognizeallswitches,no matterwhattheirauthenticationcode,andenterthemintoitsCDPneighbortable.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheCDPauthenticationcodeto1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8:
C2(su)->set cdp auth 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8:
Syntax
set cdp interval frequency
Parameters
frequency SpecifiesthetransmitfrequencyofCDPmessagesinseconds.Validvalues arefrom5to900seconds.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheCDPintervalfrequencyto15seconds:
C2(su)->set cdp interval 15
3-51
Syntax
set cdp hold-time hold-time
Parameters
holdtime SpecifiestheholdtimevalueforCDPmessagesinseconds.Validvaluesare from15to600.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetCDPholdtimeto60seconds:
C2(su)->set cdp hold-time 60
clear cdp
UsethiscommandtoresetCDPdiscoveryprotocolsettingstodefaults.
Syntax
clear cdp {[state] [port-state port-string] [interval] [hold-time] [auth-code]}
Parameters
state portstateportstring interval holdtime authcode (Optional)ResetstheglobalCDPstatetoautoenabled. (Optional)Resetstheportstateonspecificport(s)toautoenabled. (Optional)Resetsthemessagefrequencyintervalto60seconds. (Optional)Resetstheholdtimevalueto180seconds. (Optional)Resetstheauthenticationcodeto16bytesof00(000000 0000000000).
Defaults
Atleastoneoptionalparametermustbeentered.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresettheCDPstatetoautoenabled:
C2(su)->clear cdp state
3-52 Basic Configuration
show neighbors
show neighbors
ThiscommanddisplaysNeighborDiscoveryinformationforeithertheCDPorCiscoDP protocols.
Syntax
show neighbors [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)SpecifiestheportorportsforwhichtodisplayNeighbor Discoveryinformation.
Defaults
Ifnoportisspecified,allNeighborDiscoveryinformationisdisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
ThiscommanddisplaysinformationdiscoveredbyboththeCDPandtheCiscoDPprotocols.
Example
ThisexampledisplaysNeighborDiscoveryinformationforallports.
C2(su)->show neighbors Port Device ID Port ID Type Network Address -----------------------------------------------------------------------------ge.1.1 00036b8b1587 12.227.1.176 ciscodp 12.227.1.176 ge.1.6 0001f496126f 140.2.3.1 ciscodp 140.2.3.1 ge.1.6 00-01-f4-00-72-fe 140.2.4.102 cdp 140.2.4.102 ge.1.6 00-01-f4-00-70-8a 140.2.4.104 cdp 140.2.4.104 ge.1.6 00-01-f4-c5-f7-20 140.2.4.101 cdp 140.2.4.101 ge.1.6 00-01-f4-89-4f-ae 140.2.4.105 cdp 140.2.4.105 ge.1.6 00-01-f4-5f-1f-c0 140.2.1.11 cdp 140.2.1.11 ge.1.19 0001f400732e 165.32.100.10 ciscodp 165.32.100.10
3-53
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoreviewandconfiguretheCiscodiscoveryprotocolarelistedbelow.Refer alsotoshowneighborsonpage353.
For information about... show ciscodp show ciscodp port info set ciscodp status set ciscodp timer set ciscodp holdtime set ciscodp port clear ciscodp Refer to page... 3-54 3-55 3-56 3-57 3-57 3-58 3-59
show ciscodp
UsethiscommandtodisplayglobalCiscodiscoveryprotocolinformation.
Syntax
show ciscodp
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayglobalCiscoDPinformation.
C2(su)->show ciscodp CiscoDP :Enabled Timer :5 Holdtime (TTl): 180
3-54 Basic Configuration
Timer Holdtime
The number of seconds between Cisco discovery protocol PDU transmissions. The default of 60 seconds can be reset with the set ciscodp timer command. Number of seconds neighboring devices wil hold PDU transmissions from the sending device. Default value of 180 can be changed with the set ciscodp holdtime command. The MAC address of the switch. The time that the last Cisco DP neighbor was discovered.
Syntax
show ciscodp port info [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysCiscoDPinformationforaspecificport.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage42.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,CiscoDPinformationforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayCiscoDPinformationforGigabitEthernetport1inunit1.
C2(su)->show ciscodp port info ge.1.1 port state vvid trusted cos ---------------------------------------------ge.1.1 enable none yes 0
Table 34providesanexplanationofthecommandoutput.
3-55
Table 3-6
Output Port State v vid trusted cos
Syntax
set ciscodp state {auto | disable | enable}
Parameters
auto disable enable GloballyenableonlyifCiscoDPPDUsarereceived. GloballydisableCiscodiscoveryprotocol. GloballyenableCiscodiscoveryprotocol.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtogloballyenableCiscoDP:
C2(su)->set ciscodp state enable
3-56
Basic Configuration
Syntax
set ciscodp timer seconds
Parameters
seconds SpecifiesthenumberofsecondsbetweenCiscoDPPDUtransmissions. Validvaluesarefrom5to254seconds.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheCiscoDPtimerto120seconds.
C2(su)->set ciscodp timer 120
Syntax
set ciscodp holdtime hold-time
Parameters
holdtime SpecifiesthetimetoliveforCiscoDPPDUs.Validvaluesarefrom10to255 seconds.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetCiscoDPholdtimeto180seconds:
C2(su)->set ciscodp hold-time 180
3-57
Syntax
set ciscodp port { [status {disable | enable}] [ vvid {vlan-id | none | dot1p | untagged}] [trusted {yes | no}] [cos value] } port-string
Parameters
status SettheCiscoDPportoperationalstatus. disable DonottransmitorprocessCiscoDPPDUs. enable TransmitandprocessCiscoDPPDUs. vvid SettheportvoiceVLANforCiscoDPPDUtransmission. vlanid SpecifytheVLANID,range14094. none NovoiceVLANwillbeusedinCiscoDPPDUs.Thisisthedefault. dot1p Instructattachedphonetosend802.1ptaggedframes. untagged Instructattachedphonetosenduntaggedframes. trusted Settheextendedtrustmodeontheport. yes Instructattachedphonetoallowthedeviceconnectedtoittotransmit trafficcontaininganyCoSorLayer2802.1pmarking.Thisisthedefault value. no Instructattachedphonetooverwritethe802.1ptagoftraffic transmittedbythedeviceconnectedtoitto0,bydefault,ortothevalue configuredwiththecosparameter. cosvalue Instructattachedphonetooverwritethe802.1ptagoftraffic transmittedbythedeviceconnectedtoitwiththespecifiedvalue,when thetrustmodeoftheportissettountrusted.Valuecanrangefrom0to 7,with0indicatingthelowestpriority. Specifiestheport(s)onwhichstatuswillbeset.
portstring
Defaults
Status:enabled VoiceVLAN:none Trustmode:trusted CoSvalue:0
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Usage
ThefollowingpointsdescribehowtheCiscoDPextendedtrustsettingsworkontheSecureStack switch.
3-58
Basic Configuration
clear ciscodp
ACiscoDPporttruststatusoftrustedoruntrustedisonlymeaningfulwhenaCiscoIPphone isconnectedtoaswitchportandaPCorotherdeviceisconnectedtothebackoftheCiscoIP phone. ACiscoDPportstateoftrustedoruntrustedonlyaffectstaggedtraffictransmittedbythe deviceconnectedtotheCiscoIPphone.Untaggedtraffictransmittedbythedeviceconnected totheCiscoIPphoneisunaffectedbythissetting. IftheswitchportisconfiguredtoaCiscoDPtruststateoftrusted(withthetrustedyes parameterofthiscommand),thissettingiscommunicatedtotheCiscoIPphoneinstructingit toallowthedeviceconnectedtoittotransmittrafficcontaininganyCoSorLayer2802.1p marking. IftheswitchportisconfiguredtoaCiscoDPtruststateofuntrusted(trustedno),thissetting iscommunicatedtotheCiscoIPphoneinstructingittooverwritethe802.1ptagoftraffic transmittedbythedeviceconnectedtoitto0,bydefault,ortothevaluespecifiedbythecos parameterofthiscommand. Thereisaonetoonecorrelationbetweenthevaluesetwiththecosparameterandthe802.1p valueassignedtoingressedtrafficbytheCiscoIPphone.Avalueof0equatestoan802.1p priorityof0.Therefore,avalueof7isgiventhehighestpriority.
Note: The Cisco Discovery Protocol must be globally enabled using the set ciscodp status command before operational status can be set on individual ports.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheCiscoDPportvoiceVLANIDto3onportfe.1.6andenablethe portoperationalstate.
C2(rw)->set ciscodp port status enable vvid 3 fe.1.6
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheCiscoDPextendedtrustmodetountrustedonportfe.1.5and settheCoSpriorityto1.
C2(rw)->set ciscodp port trusted no cos 1 fe.1.5
clear ciscodp
UsethiscommandtocleartheCiscodiscoveryprotocolbacktothedefaultvalues.
Syntax
clear ciscodp [status | timer | holdtime | port {status | vvid | trust | cos} [port-string] } ]
Parameters
status timer holdtime port ClearglobalCiscoDPenablestatustodefaultofauto. ClearthetimebetweenCiscoDPPDUtransmissionstodefaultof60 seconds. ClearthetimetoliveforCiscoDPPDUdatatodefaultof180seconds. CleartheCiscoDPportconfiguration. status Cleartheindividualportoperationalstatustothedefaultofenabled. vvid CleartheindividualportvoiceVLANforCiscoDPPDUtransmissionto 0.
3-59
clear ciscodp
Defaults
Ifnoparametersareentered,allCiscoDPparametersareresettothedefaultsgloballyandforall ports.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearalltheCiscoDPparametersbacktothedefaultsettings.
C2(rw)->clear ciscodp
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheCiscoDPstatusonportfe.1.5.
C2(rw)->clear ciscodp port status fe.1.5
3-60
Basic Configuration
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoclearandclosetheCLIsessionarelistedbelow.
For information about... cls exit Refer to page... 3-61 3-62
Syntax
cls
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheCLIscreen:
C2(su)->cls
3-61
exit
exit
UseeitherofthesecommandstoleaveaCLIsession.
Syntax
exit
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
Bydefault,switchtimeoutoccursafter15minutesofuserinactivity,automaticallyclosingyour CLIsession.Usethesetlogoutcommand(page325)tochangethisdefault.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoexitaCLIsession:
C2(su)->exit
3-62
Basic Configuration
Commands
Thecommandsusedtoresettheswitchandcleartheconfigurationarelistedbelow.
For information about... reset clear config Refer to page... 3-63 3-64
reset
Usethiscommandtoresettheswitchwithoutlosinganyuserdefinedconfigurationsettings.
Syntax
reset [unit]
Parameters
unit (Optional)Specifiesaunittobereset.
Defaults
If no unit ID is specified, the entire system will be reset.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
ASecureStackC2switchcanalsoberesetwiththeRESETbuttonlocatedonitsfrontpanel.For informationonhowtodothis,refertotheSecureStackC2InstallationGuideshippedwithyour switch.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtoresetthesystem:
C2(su)->reset Are you sure you want to reload the stack? (y/n) y Saving Configuration to stacking members Reloading all switches.
Thisexampleshowshowtoresetunit1inthestack:
C2(su)->reset 1 Are you sure you want to reload the switch? (y/n) y
3-63
clear config
Reloading switch 1. This switch is manager of the stack. STACK: detach 3 units
clear config
Usethiscommandtocleartheuserdefinedconfigurationparameters.
Syntax
clear config [all]
Parameters
all (Optional)Clearsuserdefinedconfigurationparametersandstackunit numbersandpriorities.
Defaults
Ifallisnotspecified,stackingconfigurationparameterswillnotbecleared.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Whenusingtheclearconfigcommandtoclearconfigurationparametersinastack,itisimportant torememberthefollowing: UseclearconfigtoclearconfigurationparameterswithoutclearingstackunitIDs.This commandWILLNOTclearstackparametersandavoidstheprocessofrenumberingthe stack. Useclearconfigallwhenitisnecessarytoclearallconfigurationparameters,includingstack unitIDsandswitchpriorityvalues. UsetheclearipaddresscommandtocleartheIPaddress.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearconfigurationparametersincludingstackingparameters:
C2(su)->clear config all
3-64
Basic Configuration
Commands
ThecommandstoconfigureWebViewandSSLaredescribedbelow.
For information about... show webview set webview show ssl set ssl Refer to page... 3-65 3-66 3-66 3-67
show webview
UsethiscommandtodisplayWebViewstatus.
Syntax
show webview
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayWebViewstatus:
C2(rw)->show webview WebView is Enabled.
3-65
set webview
set webview
UsethiscommandtoenableordisableWebViewontheswitch.
Syntax
set webview {enable | disable}
Parameters
enable|disable EnableordisableWebViewontheswitch.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
ItisgoodpracticeforsecurityreasonstodisableHTTPaccessontheswitchwhenfinished configuringwithWebView,andthentoonlyenableWebViewontheswitchwhenchangesneedto bemade.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisableWebViewontheswitch:
C2(rw)->set webview disable
show ssl
UsethiscommandtodisplaySSLstatus.
Syntax
showssl
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySSLstatus:
C2(rw)->show ssl SSL status: Enabled
3-66
Basic Configuration
set ssl
set ssl
UsethiscommandtoenableordisabletheuseofWebViewoverSSLport443.Bydefault,SSLis disabledontheswitch.Thiscommandcanalsobeusedtoreinitializethehostkeythatisusedfor encryption.
Syntax
set ssl {enabled | disabled | reinitialize | hostkey reinitialize}
Parameters
enabled|disabled reinitialize hostkeyreinitialize EnableordisabletheabilitytouseWebViewoverSSL. StopsandthenrestartstheSSLprocess. StopsSSL,regeneratesnewkeys,andthenrestartsSSL.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableSSL:
C2(rw)->set ssl enabled
3-67
set ssl
3-68
Basic Configuration
4
Port Configuration
ThischapterdescribesthePortConfigurationsetofcommandsandhowtousethem.
For information about... Port Configuration Summary Reviewing Port Status Disabling / Enabling and Naming Ports Setting Speed and Duplex Mode Enabling / Disabling Jumbo Frame Support Setting Auto-Negotiation and Advertised Ability Setting Flow Control Setting Port Link Traps and Link Flap Detection Configuring Broadcast Suppression Port Mirroring Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) Configuring Protected Ports Refer to page... 4-1 4-4 4-8 4-11 4-14 4-16 4-20 4-22 4-32 4-35 4-39 4-53
4-1
4-2
Port Configuration
Examples
Note: You can use a wildcard (*) to indicate all of an item. For example, fe.3.* would represent all 100Mbps Ethernet (fe) ports in unit 3 in the stack.
Thisexampleshowstheportstringsyntaxforspecifyingthe100MbpsEthernetports1through10 inunit1inthestack.
fe.1.1-10
Thisexampleshowstheportstringsyntaxforspecifyingthe1GigabitEthernetport14inunit3in thestack.
ge.3.14
Thisexampleshowstheportstringsyntaxforspecifyingthefirst10GigabitEthernetportofunit3 inthestack.
tg.3.25
Thisexampleshowstheportstringsyntaxforspecifyingall1GigabitEthernetportsinunit3in thestack.
ge.3.*
Thisexampleshowstheportstringsyntaxforspecifyingallports(ofanyinterfacetype)inallunits inthestack.
*.*.*
4-3
Commands
Thecommandsusedtoreviewportstatusarelistedbelow.
For information about... show port show port status show port counters Refer to page... 4-4 4-5 4-6
show port
Usethiscommandtodisplaywhetherornotoneormoreportsareenabledforswitching.
Syntax
show port [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysoperationalstatusforspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage42.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,operationalstatusinformationforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayoperationalstatusinformationforfe.3.14:
C2(su)->show port fe.3.14 Port fe.3.14 enabled
4-4
Port Configuration
Syntax
show port status [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysstatusforspecificport(s).Foradetaileddescriptionof possibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIon page42.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,statusinformationforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaystatusinformationforfe.3.14:
C2(su)->show port status fe.3.14 Port Alias (truncated) ------------ -------------fe.3.14 Oper Status ------up Admin Status ------up Speed -------N/A Duplex Type
Speed Duplex
Type
4-5
Syntax
show port counters [port-string] [switch | mib2]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displayscounterstatisticsforspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage42. (Optional)DisplaysswitchorMIB2statistics.Switchstatisticsdetail performanceoftheSecureStackC2device.MIB2interfacestatisticsdetail performanceofallnetworkdevices.
switch|mib2
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,counterstatisticswillbedisplayedforallports. Ifmib2orswitcharenotspecified,allcounterstatisticswillbedisplayedforthespecifiedport(s).
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayallcounterstatistics,includingMIB2networktrafficand trafficthroughthedeviceforfe.3.1:
C2(su)->show port counters fe.3.1 Port: fe.3.1 MIB2 Interface: 1 No counter discontinuity time ----------------------------------------------------------------MIB2 Interface Counters ----------------------In Octets In Unicast Pkts In Multicast Pkts In Broadcast Pkts In Discards In Errors Out Octets Out Unicasts Pkts Out Multicast Pkts Out Broadcast Pkts Out Errors 802.1Q Switch Counters ---------------------Frames Received Frames Transmitted
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0
4-6
Port Configuration
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayallfe.3.1portcounterstatisticsrelatedtotrafficthroughthe device.
C2(su)->show port counters fe.3.1 switch Port: fe.3.1 Bridge Port: 2
0 0
4-7
Commands
Thecommandsusedtoenable,disable,andnameportsarelistedbelow.
For information about... set port disable set port enable show port alias set port alias Refer to page... 4-8 4-9 4-9 4-10
Syntax
set port disable port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)todisable.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleport stringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage42.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisablefe.1.1:
C2(su)->set port disable fe.1.1
4-8
Port Configuration
Syntax
set port enable port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)toenable.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleport stringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage42.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoenablefe.1.3:
C2(su)->set port enable fe.1.3
Syntax
show port alias [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysaliasname(s)forspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntax UsedintheCLIonpage42.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,aliasesforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayaliasinformationforports13onunit3:
C2(rw)->show Port ge.3.1 Port ge.3.2 Port ge.3.3 port alias ge.3.1-3 user user Admin
4-9
Syntax
set port alias port-string [name]
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheporttowhichanaliaswillbeassigned.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntax UsedintheCLIonpage42. (Optional)Assignsanaliasnametotheport.Ifthealiasnamecontains spaces,thetextstringmustbesurroundedbydoublequotes.Maximum lengthis60characters.
name
Defaults
Ifnameisnotspecified,thealiasassignedtotheportwillbecleared.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtoassignthealiasAdmintoge.3.3:
C2(rw)->set port alias ge.3.3 Admin
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearthealiasforge.3.3:
C2(rw)->set port alias ge.3.3
4-10
Port Configuration
Commands
Thecommandsusedtoreviewandsetportspeedandduplexmodearelistedbelow.
For information about... show port speed set port speed show port duplex set port duplex Refer to page... 4-11 4-12 4-12 4-16
Syntax
show port speed [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysdefaultspeedsetting(s)forspecificport(s).Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage42.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,defaultspeedsettingsforallportswilldisplay.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythedefaultspeedsettingfor1GigabitEthernetport14in unit 3:
C2(su)->show port speed ge.3.14 default speed is 10 on port ge.3.14.
4-11
Syntax
set port speed port-string {10 | 100 | 1000}
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtoaspeedvaluewillbeset.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPort StringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage42. Specifiestheportspeed.Validvaluesare:10 Mbps,100 Mbps,or 1000 Mbps.
10|100|1000
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetfe.3.3toaportspeedof10 Mbps:
C2(su)->set port speed fe.3.3 10
Syntax
show port duplex [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysdefaultduplexsetting(s)forspecificport(s). Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,referto PortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage42.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,defaultduplexsettingsforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythedefaultduplexsettingforGigabitEthernetport14in unit 3:
4-12
Port Configuration
C2(su)->show port duplex ge.3.14 default duplex mode is full on port ge.3.14.
Syntax
set port duplex port-string {full | half}
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)forwhichduplextypewillbeset.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntax UsedintheCLIonpage42. Setstheport(s)tofullduplexorhalfduplexoperation.
full|half
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetFastEthernetport17inunit1tofullduplex:
C2(su)->set port duplex fe.1.17 full
4-13
Commands
Thecommandsusedtoreview,enableanddisablejumboframesupportarelistedbelow.
For information about... show port jumbo set port jumbo clear port jumbo Refer to page... 4-14 4-15 4-15
Syntax
show port jumbo [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysthestatusofjumboframesupportforspecific port(s).Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,referto PortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage42.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,jumboframesupportstatusforallportswilldisplay.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythestatusofjumboframesupportforge.1.1:
C2(su)->show port jumbo ge.1.1 Port Number Jumbo Status Max Frame Size ------------- --------------- -----------------ge.1.1 Enable 9216
4-14
Port Configuration
Syntax
set port jumbo {enable | disable} [port-string]
Parameters
enable|disable portstring Enablesordisablesjumboframesupport. (Optional)Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtodisableorenablejumbo framesupport.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues, refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage42.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,jumboframesupportwillbeenabledordisabledonallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenablejumboframesupportforGigabitEthernetport14inunit3:
C2(su)->set port jumbo enable ge.3.14
Syntax
clear port jumbo [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtoresetjumboframe supportstatustoenabled.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossible portstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIon page42.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,jumboframesupportstatuswillberesetonallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresetjumboframesupportstatusforGigabitEthernetport14in unit 3:
C2(su)->clear port jumbo ge.3.14
4-15
Commands
Thecommandsusedtoreviewandconfigureautonegotiationandadvertisedabilityarelisted below:
For information about... show port negotiation set port negotiation show port advertise set port advertise clear port advertise Refer to page... 4-16 4-17 4-17 4-18 4-19
Syntax
show port negotiation [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysautonegotiationstatusforspecificport(s).Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage42.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,autonegotiationstatusforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
4-16 Port Configuration
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayautonegotiationstatusfor1GigabitEthernetport14in unit 3:
C2(su)->show port negotiation ge.3.14 auto-negotiation is enabled on port ge.3.14.
Syntax
set port negotiation port-string {enable | disable}
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtoenableordisableautonegotiation.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage42. Enablesordisablesautonegotiation.
enable|disable
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisableautonegotiationon1GigabitEthernetport3inunit14:
C2(su)->set port negotiation ge.3.14 disable
Syntax
show port advertise [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysadvertisedabilityforspecificport(s).Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage42.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,advertisementforallportswillbedisplayed.
4-17
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayadvertisementstatusforGigabitports13and14:
C2(su)->show port advertise ge.1.13-14 ge.1.13 capability advertised remote ------------------------------------------------10BASE-T yes yes yes 10BASE-TFD yes yes yes 100BASE-TX yes yes yes 100BASE-TXFD yes yes yes 1000BASE-T no no no 1000BASE-TFD yes yes yes pause yes yes no ge.1.14 capability advertised remote ------------------------------------------------10BASE-T yes yes yes 10BASE-TFD yes yes yes 100BASE-TX yes yes yes 100BASE-TXFD yes yes yes 1000BASE-T no no no 1000BASE-TFD yes yes yes pause yes yes no
Syntax
set port advertise {port-string}{10t | 10tfd | 100tx | 100txfd | 1000t | 1000tfd | pause}
Parameters
portstring Selecttheportsforwhichtoconfigureadvertisements.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage42. Advertise10BASEThalfduplexmode. Advertise10BASETfullduplexmode. Advertise100BASETXhalfduplexmode. Advertise100BASETXfullduplexmode. Advertise1000BASEThalfduplexmode. Advertise1000BASETfullduplexmode. AdvertisePAUSEforfullduplexlinks.
Defaults
None.
4-18
Port Configuration
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoconfigureport1toadvertise1000BASETfullduplex:
C2(su)->set port advertise ge.1.1 1000tfd
Syntax
clear port advertise {port-string}{10t | 10tfd | 100tx | 100txfd | 1000t | 1000tfd | pause}
Parameters
portstring Clearadvertisementsforspecificport(s).Foradetaileddescriptionof possibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedinthe CLIonpage42. Donotadvertise10BASEThalfduplexmode. Donotadvertise10BASETfullduplexmode. Donotadvertise100BASETXhalfduplexmode. Donotadvertise100BASETXfullduplexmode. Donotadvertise1000BASEThalfduplexmode. Donotadvertise1000BASETfullduplexmode. DonotadvertisePAUSEforfullduplexlinks.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoconfigureport1tonotadvertise10MBcapabilityforauto negotiation:
C2(su)->clear port advertise ge.1.1 10t 10tfd
4-19
Commands
Thecommandsusedtoreviewandsetportflowcontrolarelistedbelow:
For information about... show flowcontrol set flowcontrol Refer to page... 4-20 4-21
show flowcontrol
Usethiscommandtodisplaytheflowcontrolstate.
Syntax
show flowcontrol
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheportflowcontrolstate:
C2(su)->show flowcontrol Flow control status: enabled
4-20
Port Configuration
set flowcontrol
set flowcontrol
Usethiscommandtoenableordisableflowcontrol.
Syntax
set flowcontrol {enable | disable}
Parameters
enable|disable Enablesordisablesflowcontrolsettings.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoenableflowcontrol:
C2(su)->set flowcontrol enable
4-21
Commands
For information about... show port trap set port trap show linkflap set linkflap globalstate set linkflap portstate set linkflap interval set linkflap action clear linkflap action set linkflap threshold set linkflap downtime clear linkflap down clear linkflap Refer to page... 4-23 4-23 4-24 4-26 4-27 4-27 4-28 4-28 4-29 4-29 4-30 4-30
4-22
Port Configuration
Syntax
show port trap [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displayslinktrapstatusforspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage42.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,thetrapstatusforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaylinktrapstatusforfe.3.1through4:
C2(su)->show port trap fe.3.1-4 Link traps enabled on port fe.3.1. Link traps enabled on port fe.3.2. Link traps enabled on port fe.3.3. Link traps enabled on port fe.3.4.
Syntax
set port trap port-string {enable|disable}
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtoenableordisableporttraps.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage42. Enablesordisablessendingtrapmessageswhenlinkstatuschanges.
enable|disable
Defaults
Sendingtrapswhenlinkstatuschangesisenabledbydefault.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
4-23
show linkflap
Example
ThefollowingexampledisablessendingtraponFastEthernetport1onunit3.
C2(su)->set port trap fe.3.1 disable
show linkflap
Usethiscommandtodisplaylinkflapdetectionstateandconfigurationinformation.
Syntax
show linkflap {globalstate | portstate | parameters | metrics | portsupported | actsupported | maximum | downports | action | operstatus | threshold | interval] | downtime | currentcount | totalcount | timelapsed | violations [port-string]}
Parameters
globalstate portstate parameters metrics portsupported actsupported maximum downports action operstatus threshold interval downtime currentcount totalcount timelapsed violations portstring Displaystheglobalenablestateoflinkflapdetection. Displaystheportenablestateoflinkflapdetection. Displaysthecurrentvalueofsettablelinkflapdetectionparameters. Displayslinkflapdetectionmetrics. Displaysportswhichcansupportthelinkflapdetectionfunction. Displayslinkflapdetectionactionssupportedbysystemhardware. Displaysthemaximumallowedlinkdownsper10secondssupported bysystemhardware. Displaysportsdisabledbylinkflapdetectionduetoaviolation. Displayslinkflapactionstakenonviolatingport(s). Displayswhetherlinkflaphasdeactivatedport(s). Displaysthenumberofallowedlinkdowntransitionsbeforeactionis taken. Displaysthetimeperiodforcountinglinkdowntransitions. Displayshowlongviolatingport(s)aredeactivated. Displayshowmanylinkdowntransitionsareinthecurrentinterval. Displayshowmanylinkdowntransitionshaveoccurredsincethelast reset. Displaysthetimeperiodsincethelastlinkdowneventorreset. Displaysthenumberoflinkflapviolationssincethelastreset. (Optional)Displaysinformationforspecificport(s).
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,informationaboutalllinkflapdetectionsettingswillbedisplayed. Ifportstringisnotspecified,informationforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchmode,readonly.
4-24
Port Configuration
show linkflap
Usage
Thelinkflapdefaultconditionsareshowninthefollowingtable.
Linkflap Parameter Linkflap global state Linkflap port state Linkflap action Linkflap interval Linkflap maximum allowed link downs per 10 seconds Linkflap threshold (number of allowed link down transitions before action is taken) Default Condition Disabled Disabled None 5 20 10
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheglobalstatusofthelinktrapdetectionfunction:
C2(rw)->show linkflap globalstate Linkflap feature globally disabled
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayportsdisabledbylinkflapdetectionduetoaviolation:
C2(rw)->show linkflap downports Ports currently held DOWN for Linkflap violations: None.
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythelinkflapparameterstable:
C2(rw)->show linkflap parameters Linkflap Port Settable Parameter Table (X Port LF Status Actions Threshold -------- --------- ------- ---------ge.1.1 disabled ....... 10 ge.1.2 enabled D..S..T 3 ge.1.3 disabled ...S..T 10 means error Interval ---------5 5 5 occurred) Downtime ---------300 300 300
Number of link down transitions necessary to trigger the link flap action. Time interval (in seconds) for accumulating link down transitions. Interval (in seconds) port(s) will be held down after a link flap violation.
4-25
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythelinkflapmetricstable:
C2(rw)->show linkflap metrics Port LinkStatus CurrentCount -------- ----------- -----------ge.1.1 operational 0 ge.1.2 disabled 4 ge.1.3 operational 3 TotalCount ---------0 15 3 TimeElapsed Violations ----------- ------------241437 0 147 5 241402 0
Syntax
set linkflap globalstate {disable | enable}
Parameters
disable|enable Globallydisablesorenablesthelinkflapdetectionfunction.
Defaults
Bydefault,thefunctionisdisabledgloballyandonallports.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Usage
Bydefault,thefunctionisdisabledgloballyandonallports.Ifdisabledgloballyafterperport settingshavebeenconfiguredusingthelinkflapcommands,perportsettingswillberetained.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtogloballyenablethelinktrapdetectionfunction.
C2(rw)->set linkflap globalstate enable
4-26
Port Configuration
Syntax
set linkflap portstate {disable | enable} [port-string]
Parameters
disable|enable portstring Disablesorenablesthelinkflapdetectionfunction. (Optional)Specifiestheportorportsonwhichtodisableorenable monitoring.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,allportsareenabledordisabled.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoenablethelinktrapmonitoringonallports.
C2(rw)->set linkflap portstate enable
Syntax
set linkflap interval port-string interval-value
Parameters
portstring intervalvalue Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtosetthelinkflapinterval. Specifiesanintervalinseconds.Avalueof0willsettheintervalto forever.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthelinkflapintervalonportfe.1.4to1000seconds.
C2(rw)->set linkflap interval fe.1.4 1000
4-27
Syntax
set linkflap action port-string {disableInterface | gensyslogentry | gentrap | all}
Parameters
portstring disableInterface gensyslogentry gentrap all Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtosetthelinkflapaction. Setsthereactionasdisablingtheinterface. Setsthereactionasgeneratingasyslogentry. SetsthereactionasgeneratinganSNMPtrap. Setsthereactionasalloftheabove.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthelinkflapviolationactiononportfe.1.4togeneratingaSyslog entry.
C2(rw)->set linkflap action fe.1.4 gensyslogentry
Syntax
clear linkflap action [port-string] {disableInterface | gensyslogentry | gentrap | all}
Parameters
portstring disableInterface gensyslogentry gentrap all (Optional)Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtoclearthelinkflapaction. Clearsthereactionasdisablingtheinterface. Clearsthereactionasgeneratingasyslogentry. ClearsthereactionasgeneratinganSNMPtrap. Clearsthereactionasalloftheabove.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,actionswillbeclearedonallports.
4-28
Port Configuration
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearthelinkflapviolationactiononportfe.1.4togeneratingaSyslog entry.
C2(rw)->clear linkflap action fe.1.4 gensyslogentry
Syntax
set linkflap threshold port-string threshold-value
Parameters
portstring thresholdvalue Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtosetthelinkflapactiontriggercount. Specifiesthenumberoflinkdowntransitionsnecessarytotriggerthe linkflapaction.Aminimumof1mustbeconfigured.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthelinkflapthresholdonportfe.1.4to5.
C2(rw)->set linkflap threshold fe.1.4 5
Syntax
set linkflap downtime port-string downtime-value
Parameters
portstring downtimevalue Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtosetthelinkflapdowntime. Specifiesadowntimeinseconds.Avalueof0willsetthedowntimeto forever.
Defaults
None.
SecureStack C2 Configuration Guide 4-29
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthelinkflapdowntimeonportfe.1.4to5000seconds.
C2(rw)->set linkflap downtime fe.1.4 5000
Syntax
clear linkflap down [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Specifiestheportstomakeoperational.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,allportsdisabledbyalinkflapviolationwillbemadeoperational.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtomakedisabledportfe.1.4operational.
C2(rw)->clear linkflap down fe.1.4
clear linkflap
Usethiscommandtoclearalllinkflapoptionsand/orstatisticsononeormoreports.
Syntax
clear linkflap {all | stats [port-string] | parameter port-string {threshold | interval | downtime | all}
Parameters
all|stats parameter Clearsalloptionsandstatistics,orclearsonlystatistics. Clearslinkflapparameters.
4-30
Port Configuration
clear linkflap
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,settingsand/orstatisticswillbeclearedonallports.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearalllinkflapoptionsonportfe.1.4.
C2(rw)->clear linkflap all fe.1.4
4-31
Commands
Thecommandsusedtoreviewandconfigureportbroadcastsuppressionarelistedbelow.
For information about... show port broadcast set port broadcast clear port broadcast Refer to page... 4-32 4-33 4-33
Syntax
show port broadcast [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Selecttheportsforwhichtoshowbroadcastsuppression thresholds.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refer toPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage42.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,broadcaststatusofallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythebroadcastsuppressionthresholdsforports1through4:
C2(su)->show port broadcast ge.1.1-4 Port Total BC Threshold Packets (pkts/s) ---------------------------------------ge.1.1 0 50 ge.1.2 0 50 ge.1.3 0 40 ge.1.4 0 14881
4-32
Port Configuration
Syntax
set port broadcast port-string threshold-val
Parameters
portstring Selecttheportsforwhichtoconfigurebroadcastsuppressionthresholds. Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPort StringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage42. Setsthepacketspersecondthresholdonbroadcasttraffic.Maximum valueis148810forFastEthernetportsand1488100forGigabitports.
thresholdval
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleconfiguresports1through5withabroadcastlimitof50pps:
C2(su)->set port broadcast ge.1.1-5 50
Syntax
clear port broadcast port-string threshold
Parameters
portstring Selecttheportsforwhichtoclearbroadcastsuppressionthresholds.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage42.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
4-33
Example
Thisexampleclearsthebroadcastthresholdlimitto14881ppsforports1through5:
C2(su)->clear port broadcast ge.1.1-5 threshold
4-34
Port Configuration
Port Mirroring
Port Mirroring
Caution: Port mirroring configuration should be performed only by personnel who are knowledgeable about the effects of port mirroring and its impact on network operation.
Mirroring Features
TheSecureStackC2devicesupportsthefollowingmirroringfeatures: Mirroringcanbeconfiguredinamanytooneconfigurationsothatonetarget(destination) portcanmonitortrafficonupto8sourceports.Onlyonemirrordestinationportcanbe configuredperstack. Bothtransmitandreceivetrafficwillbemirrored. Amirroringsessionwhichisconfiguredtobeactive(enabled)willbeoperationallyactive onlyifbothadestinationportandatleastonesourceporthavebeenconfigured. Adestinationportwillonlyactasamirroringportwhenthesessionisoperationallyactive.If themirroringsessionisnotoperationallyactive,thenthedestinationportwillactasanormal portandparticipateinallnormaloperationwithrespecttotransmittingtrafficand participatinginprotocols.
Purpose
Toreviewandconfigureportmirroringonthedevice.
Commands
Thecommandsusedtoreviewandconfigureportmirroringarelistedbelow.
For information about... show port mirroring set port mirroring clear port mirroring Refer to page... 4-36 4-37 4-38
4-35
Syntax
show port mirroring
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayportmirroringinformation.Inthiscase,fe.1.4isconfiguredas asourceportandfe.1.11isatargetandmirroringhasbeenenabledbetweentheseports:
C2(su)->show port mirroring Port Mirroring ============== Source Port = fe.1.4 Target Port = fe.1.11 Frames Mirrored = Rx and Tx Port Mirroring status enabled.
4-36
Port Configuration
Syntax
set port mirroring {create | disable | enable} source destination}
Parameters
create|disable| enable source Creates,disablesorenablesmirroringsettingsonthespecifiedports. Specifiesthesourceportdesignation.Thisistheportonwhichthetraffic willbemonitored.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues, refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage42. Specifiesthetargetportdesignation.Thisistheportthatwillduplicateor mirrorallthetrafficonthemonitoredport.Onlyonedestinationport canbeconfiguredperstack. Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPort StringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage42.
destination
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
NotethatLAGportsandtheirunderlyingphysicalports,asdescribedinLinkAggregation ControlProtocol(LACP)onpage439,cannotbemirrored.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtocreateandenableportmirroringwithfe.1.4asthesourceport,and fe.1.11asthetargetport:
C2(su)->set port mirroring create fe.1.4 fe.1.11 C2(su)->set port mirroring enable fe.1.4 fe.1.11
4-37
Syntax
clear port mirroring source destination
Parameters
source Specifiesthesourceportofthemirroringconfigurationtobecleared.For adetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage42. Specifiesthetargetportofthemirroringconfigurationtobecleared.
destination
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearportmirroringbetweensourceportfe.1.4andtargetportfe.1.11:
C2(su)->clear port mirroring fe.1.4 fe.1.11
4-38
Port Configuration
Usingmultiplelinkssimultaneouslytoincreasebandwidthisadesirableswitchfeature,which canbeaccomplishedifbothsidesagreeonasetofportsthatarebeingusedasaLinkAggregation Group(LAG).OnceaLAGisformedfromselectedports,problemswithloopingcanbeavoided sincetheSpanningTreecantreatthisLAGasasingleport. Enabledbydefault,theLinkAggregationControlProtocol(LACP)logicallygroupsinterfaces togethertocreateagreaterbandwidthuplink,orlinkaggregation,accordingtotheIEEE802.3ad standard.ThisstandardallowstheswitchtodeterminewhichportsareinLAGsandconfigure themdynamically.SincetheprotocolisbasedontheIEEE802.3adspecification,anyswitchfrom anyvendorthatsupportsthisstandardcanaggregatelinksautomatically. 802.3adLACPaggregationscanalsoberuntoendusers(thatis,aserver)ortoarouter.
Note: Earlier (proprietary) implementations of port aggregation referred to groups of aggregated ports as "trunks".
LACP Operation
Foreachaggregatableportinthedevice,LACP: Maintainsconfigurationinformation(reflectingtheinherentpropertiesoftheindividuallinks aswellasthoseestablishedbymanagement)tocontrolaggregation. ExchangesconfigurationinformationwithotherdevicestoallocatethelinktoaLink AggregationGroup(LAG).
Note: A given link is allocated to, at most, one Link Aggregation Group (LAG) at a time. The allocation mechanism attempts to maximize aggregation, subject to management controls.
4-39
LACP Terminology
Table 45defineskeyterminologyusedinLACPconfiguration. Table 4-5
Term Aggregator
LAG
LACPDU
Link Aggregation Control Protocol Data Unit. The protocol exchanges aggregation state/mode information by way of a ports actor and partner operational states. LACPDUs sent by the first party (the actor) convey to the second party (the actors protocol partner) what the actor knows, both about its own state and that of its partner. An actor is the local device sending LACPDUs. Its protocol partner is the device on the other end of the link aggregation. Each maintains current status of the other via LACPDUs containing information about their ports LACP status and operational state. Value assigned to aggregator ports and physical ports that are candidates for joining a LAG. The LACP implementation on SecureStack C2 devices will use this value to form an oper key and will determine which underlying physical ports are capable of aggregating by comparing oper keys. Aggregator ports allow only underlying ports with oper keys matching theirs to join their LAG. On SecureStack C2 devices, the default admin key value is 32768. Value used to build a LAG ID, which determines aggregation precedence. If there are two partner devices competing for the same aggregator, LACP compares the LAG IDs for each grouping of ports. The LAG with the lower LAG ID is given precedence and will be allowed to use the aggregator. Note: Only one LACP system priority can be set on a SecureStack C2 device, using either the set lacp asyspri command (page 4-44), or the set port lacp command (page 4-50).
Admin Key
System Priority
underlyingphysicalports(forexample,fe.x.x,orge.x.x)areassociatedwithanaggregatorport, theresultingaggregationwillberepresentedasoneLAGwithalag.x.xportdesignation.LACP determineswhichunderlyingphysicalportsarecapableofaggregatingbycomparingoperational keys.AggregatorportsallowonlyunderlyingportswithkeysmatchingtheirstojointheirLAG. LACPusesasystempriorityvaluetobuildaLAGID,whichdeterminesaggregationprecedence. Iftherearetwopartnerdevicescompetingforthesameaggregator,LACPcomparestheLAGIDs foreachgroupingofports.TheLAGwiththelowerLAGIDisgivenprecedenceandwillbe allowedtousetheaggregator. Thereareafewcasesinwhichportswillnotaggregate: Anunderlyingphysicalportisattachedtoanotherportonthissameswitch(loopback). ThereisnoavailableaggregatorfortwoormoreportswiththesameLAGID.Thiscan happeniftherearesimplynoavailableaggregators,orifnoneoftheaggregatorshavea matchingadminkeyandsystempriority. 802.1xauthenticationisenabledusingtheseteapolcommand(page 1721)andportsthat wouldotherwiseaggregatearenot802.1Xauthorized.
TheLACPimplementationontheSecureStackC2devicewillallowuptoeightphysicalportsinto aLAG.ThedevicewiththelowestLAGIDdetermineswhichunderlyingphysicalportsare allowedintoaLAGbasedontheportsLAGportpriority.PortswiththelowestLAGportpriority valuesareallowedintotheLAGandallotherspeedgroupingsgointoastandbystate. WhenanexistingdynamicallycreatedLAGisreducedtooneport,theSecureStackC2removes theLAGfromitsVLANandaddstheremainingunderlyingporttotheVLAN.Forthisreason, youshouldensurethattheLAGandalltheportsintheLAGareassignedtotheegresslistofthe desiredVLAN.Otherwise,whentheLAGisremoved,theremainingportmaybeassignedtothe wrongVLAN.Theotheroptionistoenablethesingleportlagfeatureasdescribedinsetlacp singleportlagonpage447.
Note: To aggregate, underlying physical ports must be running in full duplex mode and must be of the same operating speed.
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoreviewandconfigureLACParelistedbelow.
For information about... show lacp set lacp set lacp asyspri set lacp aadminkey clear lacp set lacp static clear lacp static set lacp singleportlag clear lacp singleportlag show port lacp Refer to page... 4-42 4-43 4-44 4-44 4-45 4-46 4-46 4-47 4-46 4-48
4-41
show lacp
show lacp
Usethiscommandtodisplayinformationaboutoneormoreaggregatorports.
Syntax
show lacp [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysLACPinformationforspecificLAGport(s).Valid portdesignationsarelag.0.16.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,linkaggregationinformationforallLAGswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
EachSecureStackC2moduleprovides6virtuallinkaggregatorports,whicharedesignatedinthe CLIaslag.0.1throughlag.0.6.Onceunderlyingphysicalports(thatis,fe.x.x,ge.x.x)areassociated withanaggregatorport,theresultingaggregationwillberepresentedasoneLinkAggregation Group(LAG)withalag.x.xportdesignation.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaylacpinformationforlag.0.1:
C2(su)->show lacp lag.0.1 Global Link Aggregation state: enabled Single Port LAGs: disabled Aggregator: lag.0.1 System Identifier: System Priority: Admin Key: Oper Key: Attached Ports: Actor 00:01:F4:5F:1E:20 32768 32768 32768 ge.1.1 ge.1.3 Partner 00:11:88:11:74:F9 32768 0
4-42
Port Configuration
set lacp
set lacp
UsethiscommandtodisableorenabletheLinkAggregationControlProtocol(LACP)onthe device.
Syntax
set lacp {disable | enable}
Parameters
disable|enable DisablesorenablesLACP.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisableLACP:
C2(su)->set lacp disable
4-43
Syntax
set lacp asyspri value
Parameters
asyspri value SetsthesystemprioritytobeusedincreatingaLAG(LinkAggregation Group)ID.Validvaluesare0to65535. Specifiesasystempriorityvalue.Validvaluesare0to65535,with precedencegiventolowervalues.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
LACPusesthisvaluetodetermineaggregationprecedence.Iftherearetwopartnerdevices competingforthesameaggregator,LACPcomparestheLAGIDsforeachgroupingofports.The LAGwiththelowerLAGIDisgivenprecedenceandwillbeallowedtousetheaggregator.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheLACPsystempriorityto1000:
C2(su)->set lacp asyspri 1000
Syntax
set lacp aadminkey port-string value
Parameters
portstring value SpecifiestheLAGport(s)onwhichtoassignanadminkey. Specifiesanadminkeyvaluetoset.Validvaluesare0to65535.The defaultadminkeyvalueis32768.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
4-44
Port Configuration
clear lacp
Usage
LACPwillusethisvaluetoformanoperkey.Onlyunderlyingphysicalportswithoperkeys matchingthoseoftheiraggregatorswillbeallowedtoaggregate.Thedefaultadminkeyvaluefor allLAGportsis32768.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheLACPadminkeyto2000forLAGport6:
C2(su)->set lacp aadminkey lag.0.6 2000
clear lacp
UsethiscommandtoclearLACPsystempriorityoradminkeysettings.
Syntax
clear lacp {[asyspri] [aadminkey port-string]}
Parameters
asyspri aadminkeyportstring Clearssystempriority. Resetsadminkeysforoneormoreportstothedefaultvalueof32768.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheactoradminkeyforLAGport6:
C2(su)->clear lacp aadminkey lag.0.6
4-45
Syntax
set lacp static {disable | enable} | lagportstring [key] port-string
Parameters
disable|enable lagportstring key Disablesorenablesstaticlinkaggregation. SpecifiestheLAGaggregatorporttowhichnewportswillbeassigned. (Optional)SpecifiesthenewmemberportandLAGportaggregator adminkeyvalue.Onlyportswithmatchingkeysareallowedto aggregate.Validvaluesare065535.
Note: This key value must be unique. If ports other than the desired underlying physical ports share the same admin key value, aggregation will fail or undesired aggregations will form.
portstring
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,akeywillbeassignedaccordingtothespecifiedaggregator.Forexampleakeyof4 wouldbeassignedtolag.0.4.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoaddportfe.1.6totheLAGofaggregatorport6:
C2(su)->set lacp static lag.0.6 fe.1.6
Syntax
clear lacp static lagportstring port-string
Parameters
lagportstring portstring SpecifiestheLAGaggregatorportfromwhichportswillberemoved. Specifiestheport(s)toremovefromtheLAG.Foradetaileddescriptionof possibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLI onpage42.
4-46
Port Configuration
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoremovefe.1.6fromtheLAGofaggregatorport6:
C2(su)->clear lacp static lag.0.6 fe.1.6
Syntax
set lacp singleportlag {enable | disable}
Parameters
disable|enable EnablesordisablestheformationofsingleportLAGs.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
WhensingleportLAGsareenabled,LAGsaremaintainedwhenonlyoneportisreceiving protocoltransmissionsfromapartner.IfsingleportLAGsarenotenabledandaLAGgoesdown tooneport,theLAG(lag.x.x)willnotbeusedbutinsteadtheportssyntaxwillbeused(for example,fe.3.24).ThiscouldcauseproblemsiftheLAGandtheporthavedifferentconfigurations (theLAGandtheportmayhavedifferentVLANorPolicyconfigurations).
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenablesingleportLAGs:
C2(su)->set lacp singleportlag enable
4-47
Syntax
clear lacp singleportlag
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresetthesingleportLAGfunctionbacktodisabled:
C2(su)->clear lacp singleportlag
Syntax
show port lacp port port-string {[status {detail | summary}] | [counters]}
Parameters
portportstring DisplaysLACPinformationforspecificport(s).Foradetaileddescription ofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLI onpage42. DisplaysLACPstatusindetailedorsummaryinformation. DisplaysLACPcounterinformation.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
Statedefinitions,suchasActorAdminStateandPartnerAdminState,areindicatedwithletter abbreviations.Iftheshowportlacpcommanddisplaysoneormoreofthefollowingletters,it meansthestateistruefortheassociatedactororpartnerports:
4-48
Port Configuration
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaydetailedLACPstatusinformationforportfe.1.12:
C2(su)-> show port lacp port fe.1.12 status detail Port Instance: fe.1.12 ActorPort: 1411 PartnerAdminPort: 1411 ActorSystemPriority: 32768 PartnerOperPort: 1411 ActorPortPriority: 32768 PartnerAdminSystemPriority: 32768 ActorAdminKey: 32768 PartnerOperSystemPriority: 32768 ActorOperKey: 32768 PartnerAdminPortPriority: 32768 ActorAdminState: -----GlA PartnerOperPortPriority: 32768 ActorOperState: -F----lA PartnerAdminKey: 1411 ActorSystemID: 00-e0-63-9d-b5-87 PartnerOperKey: 1411 SelectedAggID: none PartnerAdminState: --DCSGlp AttachedAggID: none PartnerOperState: --DC-Glp MuxState: Detached PartnerAdminSystemID: 00-00-00-00-00-00 DebugRxState: port Disabled PartnerOperSystemID: 00-00-00-00-00-00
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaysummarizedLACPstatusinformationforportfe.1.12:
C2(su)->show port lacp port fe.1.12 status summary Port Aggr Actor System Partner System Pri: System ID: Key: Pri: System ID: Key: fe.1.12 none [(32768,00e0639db587,32768),(32768,000000000000, 1411)]
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayLACPcountersforportfe.1.12:
C2(su)->show port lacp port fe.1.12 counters Port Instance: fe.1.12 LACPDUsRx: 11067 LACPDUsTx: 0 IllegalRx: 0 UnknownRx: 0 MarkerPDUsRx: 0 MarkerPDUsTx: 0 MarkerResponsePDUsRx: 0 MarkerResponsePDUsTx: 374
4-49
Syntax
set port lacp port port-string {[aadminkey aadminkey] [aadminstate {lacpactive | lacptimeout | lacpagg | lacpsync | lacpcollect | lacpdist | lacpdef | lacpexpire}] [aportpri aportpri] [asyspri asyspri] [enable | [disable] [padminkey padminkey] [padminport padminport] [padminportpri padminportpri] [padminstate {lacpactive | lacptimeout | lacpagg | lacpsync | lacpcollect | lacpdist | lacpdef | lacpexpire}] [padminsysid padminsysid] [padminsyspri padminsyspri]
Parameters
portportstring Specifiesthephysicalport(s)onwhichtoconfigureLACP.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage42. Setstheportsactoradminkey.LACPwillusethisvaluetoformanoper keyandwilldeterminewhichunderlyingphysicalportsarecapableof aggregatingbycomparingoperkeys.Aggregatorportsallowonly underlyingportswithoperkeysmatchingtheirstojointheirLAG.Valid valuesare165535.Thedefaultkeyvalueis32768. SetstheportsactorLACPadministrativestatetoallowfor: lacpactiveTransmittingLACPPDUs. lacptimeoutTransmittingLACPPDUsevery1sec.vs30sec.(default). lacpaggAggregationonthisport. lacpsyncTransitiontosynchronizationstate. lacpcollectTransitiontocollectionstate. lacpdistTransitiontodistributionstate. lacpdefTransitiontodefaultedstate. lacpexpireTransitiontoexpiredstate. aportpriaportpri asyspriasyspri Setstheportsactorportpriority.Validvaluesare065535,withlower valuesdesignatinghigherpriority. Setstheportsactorsystempriority.TheLACPimplementationonthe SecureStackC2deviceusesthisvaluetodetermineaggregation precedencewhentherearetwodevicescompetingforthesame aggregator.Validvaluesare065535,withhigherprecedencegivento lowervalues.
Note: Only one LACP system priority can be set on a SecureStack C2 device, using either this command, or the set lacp asyspri command (set lacp asyspri on page 4-44).
aadminkey aadminkey
4-50
Port Configuration
SetsaportspartnerLACPadministrativestate.Seeaadminstateforvalid padminstate options. lacpactive| lacptimeout| lacpagg|lacpsync |lacpcollect| lacpdist|lacpdef| lacpexpire padminsysid padminsysid padminsyspri padminsyspri SetsadefaultvaluetouseastheportspartnersystemID.ThisisaMAC address. Setsadefaultvaluetouseastheportspartnerpriority.Validvaluesare0 65535,withlowervaluesgivenhigherpriority.
Defaults
Atleastoneparametermustbeenteredperportstring. Ifenableordisablearenotspecified,port(s)willbeenabledwiththeLACPparametersentered.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
LACPcommandsandparametersbeginningwithana(suchasaadminkey)setactorvalues. Correspondingcommandsandparametersbeginningwithap(suchaspadminkey)set correspondingpartnervalues.ActorreferstothelocaldeviceparticipatinginLACPnegotiation, whilepartnerreferstoitsremotedevicepartnerattheotherendofthenegotiation.Actorsand partnersmaintaincurrentstatusoftheotherviaLACPDUscontaininginformationabouttheir portsLACPstatusandoperationalstate.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosettheactoradminkeyto3555forportge.3.16:
C2(su)->set port lacp ge.3.16 aadminkey 3555
4-51
Syntax
clear port lacp port port-string {[aadminkey] [aportpri] [asyspri] [aadminstate {lacpactive | lacptimeout | lacpagg | lacpsync | lacpcollect | lacpdist | lacpdef | lacpexpire | all}] [padminsyspri] [padminsysid] [padminkey] [padminportpri] [padminport] [padminstate {lacpactive | lacptimeout | lacpagg | lacpsync | lacpcollect | lacpdist | lacpdef | lacpexpire | all}]}
Parameters
portportstring Specifiesthephysicalport(s)onwhichLACPsettingswillbecleared.For adetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage42. Clearsaportsactoradminkey. Clearsaportsactorportpriority. Clearstheportsactorsystempriority.
aadminstate Clearsaportsspecificactoradminstate,orallactoradminstate(s).For lacpactive| descriptionsofspecificstates,refertothesetportlacpcommand(set lacptimeout| portlacponpage450). lacpagg|lacpsync |lacpcollect| lacpdist|lacpdef| lacpexpire|all padminsyspri padminsysid padminkey padminportpri padminport Clearstheportsdefaultpartnerpriorityvalue. ClearstheportsdefaultpartnersystemID. Clearstheportsdefaultpartneradminkey. Clearstheportsdefaultpartnerportpriority. DeletesapartnerportfromtheLACPconfiguration.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearalllinkaggregationparametersforportge.3.16:
C2(su)->clear port lacp port ge.3.16
4-52
Port Configuration
Commands
For information about... set port protected show port protected clear port protected set port protected name show port protected name clear port protected name Refer to page... 4-54 4-54 4-55 4-56 4-56 4-57
4-53
Syntax
set port protected port-string group-id
Parameters
portstring groupid Specifiestheportorportstobeprotected. Specifiestheidofthegrouptowhichtheportsshouldbeassigned.Idcan rangefrom0to2.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoassignportsge.1.1throughge.1.3toprotectedportgroup1:
C2(rw)->set port protected ge.1.1-3 1
Syntax
show port protected [port-string] | [group-id]
Parameters
portstring groupid (Optional)Specifiestheportorportsforwhichtodisplayinformation. (Optional)Specifiestheidofthegroupforwhichtodisplayinformation. Idcanrangefrom0to2.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersareentered,informationaboutallprotectedportsisdisplayed.
Mode
Readonly.
4-54
Port Configuration
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayinformationaboutallprotectedports:
C2(ro)->show port protected Group id Port ---------------------1 ge.1.1 1 ge.1.2 1 ge.1.3
Syntax
clear port protected [port-string] | [group-id]
Parameters
portstring groupid (Optional)Specifiestheportorportstoremovefromprotectedmode. (Optional)Specifiestheidofthegrouptoremovefromprotectedmode. Idcanrangefrom0to2.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersareentered,allprotectedportsandgroupsarecleared.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearprotectedportsge.1.1throughge.1.3:
C2(rw)->clear port protected ge.1.1-3
4-55
Syntax
set port protected name group-id name
Parameters
groupid name Specifiestheidofthisgroup.Idcanrangefrom0to2. Specifiesanameforthegroup.Thenamecanbeupto32charactersin length.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoassignthenamegroup1toprotectedportgroup1:
C2(rw)->set port protected name 1 group1
Syntax
show port protected name group-id
Parameters
groupid Specifiestheidofthegrouptodisplay.Idcanrangefrom0to2.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoshowthenameofprotectedportgroup1:
C2(ro)->show port protected name 1 Group ID Group Name ----------------------------1 group1
4-56
Port Configuration
Syntax
clear port protected name group-id
Parameters
groupid Specifiestheidofthegroupforwhichtoclearthename.Idcanrange from0to2.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearthenameofprotectedportgroup1:
C2(rw)->clear port protected name 1
4-57
4-58
Port Configuration
5
SNMP Configuration
ThischapterdescribestheSimpleNetworkManagementProtocol(SNMP)setofcommandsand howtousethem.
For information about... SNMP Configuration Summary Reviewing SNMP Statistics Configuring SNMP Users, Groups, and Communities Configuring SNMP Access Rights Configuring SNMP MIB Views Configuring SNMP Target Parameters Configuring SNMP Target Addresses Configuring SNMP Notification Parameters Creating a Basic SNMP Trap Configuration Refer to page... 5-1 5-4 5-8 5-16 5-20 5-25 5-29 5-33 5-43
SNMPnetworkmanagementapplications,suchasEnterasysNetworksNetSightAtlas,which communicatewithagentstogetstatisticsandalertsfromthemanageddevices.
SNMPv3
SNMPv3isaninteroperablestandardsbasedprotocolthatprovidessecureaccesstodevicesby authenticatingandencryptingframesoverthenetwork.Theadvancedsecurityfeaturesprovided inSNMPv3areasfollows: MessageintegrityCollectsdatasecurelywithoutbeingtamperedwithorcorrupted. AuthenticationDeterminesthemessageisfromavalidsource. EncryptionScramblesthecontentsofaframetopreventitfrombeingseenbyan unauthorizedsource.
UnlikeSNMPv1andSNMPv2c,inSNMPv3,theconceptofSNMPagentsandSNMPmanagersno longerapply.TheseconceptshavebeencombinedintoanSNMPentity.AnSNMPentityconsists ofanSNMPengineandSNMPapplications.AnSNMPengineconsistsofthefollowingfour components: DispatcherThiscomponentsendsandreceivesmessages. MessageprocessingsubsystemThiscomponentacceptsoutgoingPDUsfromthe dispatcherandpreparesthemfortransmissionbywrappingtheminamessageheaderand returningthemtothedispatcher.Themessageprocessingsubsystemalsoacceptsincoming messagesfromthedispatcher,processeseachmessageheader,andreturnstheenclosedPDU tothedispatcher. SecuritysubsystemThiscomponentauthenticatesandencryptsmessages. AccesscontrolsubsystemThiscomponentdetermineswhichusersandwhichoperations areallowedaccesstomanagedobjects.
5-2
SNMP Configuration
Table 5-1
Model v3
authPriv
MD5 or SHA
DES
Example
ThisexamplepermitsthepowergrouptomanageallMIBsviaSNMPv3:
C2(su)->set snmp access powergroup security-model usm
5-3
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoreviewSNMPstatisticsarelistedbelow.
For information about... show snmp engineid show snmp counters Refer to page... 5-4 5-5
Syntax
show snmp engineid
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySNMPengineproperties:
C2(su)->show snmp engineid EngineId: 80:00:15:f8:03:00:e0:63:9d:b5:87 Engine Boots = 12 Engine Time = 162181 Max Msg Size = 2048
5-4
SNMP Configuration
Table 5-2
Output
Syntax
show snmp counters
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySNMPcountervalues
C2(su)->show snmp counters --- mib2 SNMP group counters: snmpInPkts = 396601 snmpOutPkts = 396601 snmpInBadVersions = 0 snmpInBadCommunityNames = 0 snmpInBadCommunityUses = 0 snmpInASNParseErrs = 0 snmpInTooBigs = 0 snmpInNoSuchNames = 0 snmpInBadValues = 0 snmpInReadOnlys = 0 snmpInGenErrs = 0 snmpInTotalReqVars = 403661 snmpInTotalSetVars = 534 snmpInGetRequests = 290 snmpInGetNexts = 396279 snmpInSetRequests = 32 snmpInGetResponses = 0 snmpInTraps = 0 snmpOutTooBigs = 0 snmpOutNoSuchNames = 11 snmpOutBadValues = 0 snmpOutGenErrs = 0 snmpOutGetRequests = 0 snmpOutGetNexts = 0 snmpOutSetRequests = 0 snmpOutGetResponses = 396601
SecureStack C2 Configuration Guide 5-5
= 0 = 0 = 0
--- USM Stats counters: usmStatsUnsupportedSecLevels usmStatsNotInTimeWindows usmStatsUnknownUserNames usmStatsUnknownEngineIDs usmStatsWrongDigests usmStatsDecryptionErrors
= = = = = =
0 0 0 0 0 0
snmpInASNParseErrs
5-6
SNMP Configuration
Table 5-3
Output
snmpInGetResponses snmpInTraps snmpOutTooBigs snmpOutNoSuchNames snmpOutBadValues snmpOutGenErrs snmpOutGetRequests snmpOutGetNexts snmpOutSetRequests snmpOutGetResponses snmpOutTraps snmpSilentDrops
snmpProxyDrops
usmStatsUnknownUserNames
usmStatsUnknownEngineIDs
usmStatsWrongDigests usmStatsDecriptionErrors
5-7
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoreviewandconfigureSNMPusers,groups,andcommunitiesarelisted below.
For information about... show snmp user set snmp user clear snmp user show snmp group set snmp group clear snmp group show snmp community set snmp community clear snmp community Refer to page... 5-9 5-10 5-11 5-11 5-12 5-13 5-13 5-14 5-15
5-8
SNMP Configuration
Syntax
show snmp user [list] | [user] | [remote remote] [volatile | nonvolatile | readonly]
Parameters
list user remoteremote (Optional)DisplaysalistofregisteredSNMPusernames. (Optional)Displaysinformationaboutaspecificuser. (Optional)DisplaysinformationaboutusersonaspecificremoteSNMP engine.
Defaults
Iflistisnotspecified,detailedSNMPinformationwillbedisplayed. Ifuserisnotspecified,informationaboutallSNMPuserswillbedisplayed. Ifremoteisnotspecified,userinformationaboutthelocalSNMPenginewillbedisplayed. Ifnotspecified,userinformationforallstoragetypeswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayanSNMPuserlist:
(su)->show snmp user list --- SNMP user information ----- List of registered users: Guest admin1 admin2 netops
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayinformationfortheSNMPguestuser:
(su)->show snmp user guest --- SNMP user information --EngineId: 00:00:00:63:00:00:00:a1:00:00:00:00 Username = Guest Auth protocol = usmNoAuthProtocol Privacy protocol = usmNoPrivProtocol Storage type = nonVolatile Row status = active
Table 54showsadetailedexplanationofthecommandoutput.
5-9
Table 5-4
Output EngineId Username
Syntax
set snmp user user [remote remoteid] [authentication {md5 | sha}] [authpassword] [privacy privpassword] [volatile | nonvolatile]
Parameters
user remoteremoteid SpecifiesanamefortheSNMPv3user. (Optional)RegisterstheuseronaspecificremoteSNMPengine.
Defaults
Ifremoteisnotspecified,theuserwillberegisteredforthelocalSNMPengine. Ifauthenticationisnotspecified,noauthenticationwillbeapplied. Ifprivacyisnotspecified,noencryptionwillbeapplied. Ifstoragetypeisnotspecified,nonvolatilewillbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateanewSNMPusernamednetops.Bydefault,thisuserwillbe registeredonthelocalSNMPenginewithoutauthenticationandencryption.Entriesrelatedtothis userwillbestoredinpermanent(nonvolatile)memory:
C2(su)->set snmp user netops
5-10
SNMP Configuration
Syntax
clear snmp user user [remote remote]
Parameters
user remoteremote SpecifiesanSNMPv3usertoremove. (Optional)RemovestheuserfromaspecificremoteSNMPengine.
Defaults
If remote is not specified, the user will be removed from the local SNMP engine.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoremovetheSNMPusernamedbill:
C2(su)->clear snmp user bill
Syntax
show snmp group [groupname groupname] [user user] [security-model {v1 | v2c | usm}] [volatile | nonvolatile | read-only]
Parameters
groupname groupname useruser (Optional)DisplaysinformationforaspecificSNMPgroup. (Optional)Displaysinformationaboutuserswithinthespecifiedgroup.
Defaults
Ifgroupnameisnotspecified,informationaboutallSNMPgroupswillbedisplayed. Ifuserisnotspecified,informationaboutallSNMPuserswillbedisplayed. Ifsecuritymodelisnotspecified,userinformationaboutallSNMPversionswillbedisplayed. Ifnotspecified,informationforallstoragetypeswillbedisplayed.
5-11
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySNMPgroupinformation:
C2(su)->show snmp group --- SNMP group information --Security model = SNMPv1 Security/user name = public Group name = Anyone Storage type = nonVolatile Row status = active Security model Security/user name Group name Storage type Row status = = = = = SNMPv1 public.router1 Anyone nonVolatile active
Syntax
set snmp group groupname user user security-model {v1 | v2c | usm} [volatile | nonvolatile]
Parameters
groupname useruser SpecifiesanSNMPgroupnametocreate. SpecifiesanSNMPv3usernametoassigntothegroup.
Defaults
Ifstoragetypeisnotspecified,nonvolatilestoragewillbeapplied.
5-12 SNMP Configuration
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateanSNMPgroupcalledanyone,assignausernamedpublic andassignSNMPv3securitytothegroup:
C2(su)->set snmp group anyone user public security-model usm
Syntax
clear snmp group groupname user [security-model {v1 | v2c | usm}]
Parameters
groupname user SpecifiestheSNMPgrouptobecleared. SpecifiestheSNMPusertobecleared.
Defaults
If not specified, settings related to all security models will be cleared.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearallsettingsassignedtothepublicuserwithintheSNMPgroup anyone:
C2(su)->clear snmp group anyone public
Syntax
show snmp community [name]
Parameters
name (Optional)DisplaysSNMPinformationforaspecificcommunityname.
Defaults
Ifnameisnotspecified,informationwillbedisplayedforallSNMPcommunities.
5-13
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayinformationabouttheSNMPpubliccommunityname.For adescriptionofthisoutput,refertosetsnmpcommunity(page514).
C2(su)->show snmp community public --- Configured community strings --Name Security name Context Transport tag Storage type Status = = = = = = public public
nonVolatile active
Syntax
set snmp community community [securityname securityname] [context context] [transport transport] [volatile | nonvolatile]
Parameters
community securityname securityname contextcontext Specifiesacommunitygroupname. (Optional)SpecifiesanSNMPsecuritynametoassociatewiththis community. (Optional)Specifiesasubsetofmanagementinformationthiscommunity willbeallowedtoaccess.Validvaluesarefullorpartialcontextnames.To reviewallcontextsconfiguredforthedevice,usetheshowsnmpcontext commandasdescribedinshowsnmpcontextonpage 522. (Optional)SpecifiesthesetoftransportendpointsfromwhichSNMP requestwiththiscommunitynamewillbeaccepted.Makesalinktoa targetaddresstable. (Optional)Specifiesthestoragetypefortheseentries.
transporttransport
volatile| nonvolatile
Defaults
Ifsecuritynameisnotspecified,thecommunitynamewillbeused. Ifcontextisnotspecified,accesswillbegrantedforthedefaultcontext. Iftransporttagisnotspecified,nonewillbeapplied. Ifstoragetypeisnotspecified,nonvolatilewillbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
5-14 SNMP Configuration
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetanSNMPcommunitynamecalledvip
C2(su)->set snmp community vip
Syntax
clear snmp community name
Parameters
name SpecifiestheSNMPcommunitynametoclear.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodeletethecommunitynamevip.
C2(su)->clear snmp community vip
5-15
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoreviewandconfigureSNMPaccessarelistedbelow.
For information about... show snmp access set snmp access clear snmp access Refer to page... 5-16 5-18 5-19
Syntax
show snmp access [groupname] [security-model {v1 | v2c | usm}] [noauthentication | authentication | privacy] [context context] [volatile | nonvolatile | read-only]
Parameters
groupname (Optional)DisplaysaccessinformationforaspecificSNMPv3group. securitymodelv1| (Optional)DisplaysaccessinformationforSNMPsecuritymodelversion v2c|usm 1,2cor3(usm). noauthentication| authentication| privacy contextcontext (Optional)Displaysaccessinformationforaspecificsecuritylevel.
Defaults
Ifgroupnameisnotspecified,accessinformationforallSNMPgroupswillbedisplayed. Ifsecuritymodelisnotspecified,accessinformationforallSNMPversionswillbedisplayed. Ifnoauthentication,authenticationorprivacyarenotspecified,accessinformationforall securitylevelswillbedisplayed. Ifcontextisnotspecified,allcontextswillbedisplayed.
5-16
SNMP Configuration
Ifvolatile,nonvolatileorreadonlyarenotspecified,allentriesofallstoragetypeswillbe displayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySNMPaccessinformation:
C2(su)->show snmp Group = Security model = Security level = Read View = Write View = Notify View = Context match = Storage type = Row status = Group Security model Security level Read View Write View Notify View Context match Storage type Row status = = = = = = = = = access SystemAdmin USM noAuthNoPriv All All exact match nonVolatile active NightOperator USM noAuthNoPriv All All exact match nonVolatile active
Read View Write View Notify View Context match Storage type Row status
Name of the view that allows this group to view SNMP MIB objects. Name of the view that allows this group to configure the contents of the SNMP agent. Name of the view that allows this group to send an SNMP trap message. Whether or not SNMP context match must be exact (full context name match) or a partial match with a given prefix. Whether access entries for this group are stored in volatile, nonvolatile or read-only memory. Status of this entry: active, notInService, or notReady.
5-17
Syntax
set snmp access groupname security-model {v1 | v2c | usm} [noauthentication | authentication | privacy] [context context] [exact | prefix] [read read] [write write] [notify notify] [volatile | nonvolatile]
Parameters
groupname SpecifiesanameforanSNMPv3group. securitymodelv1| SpecifiesSNMPversion1,2cor3(usm). v2c|usm noauthentication| authentication| privacy (Optional)AppliesSNMPsecuritylevelasnoauthentication, authentication(withoutprivacy)orprivacy.Privacyspecifiesthat messagessentonbehalfoftheuserareprotectedfromdisclosure.
contextcontextexact (Optional)Setsthecontextforthisaccessconfigurationandspecifiesthat |prefix thematchmustbeexact(matchingthewholecontextstring)oraprefix matchonly.ContextisasubsetofmanagementinformationthisSNMP groupwillbeallowedtoaccess.Validvaluesarefullorpartialcontext names.Toreviewallcontextsconfiguredforthedevice,usetheshow snmpcontextcommandasdescribedinshowsnmpcontexton page 522. readread writewrite notifynotify volatile| nonvolatile|read only (Optional)Specifiesareadaccessview. (Optional)Specifiesawriteaccessview. (Optional)Specifiesanotifyaccessview. (Optional)StoresassociatedSNMPentriesastemporaryorpermanent,or readonly.
Defaults
Ifsecuritylevelisnotspecified,noauthenticationwillbeapplied. Ifcontextisnotspecified,accesswillbeenabledforthedefaultcontext.Ifcontextisspecified withoutacontextmatch,exactmatchwillbeapplied. Ifreadviewisnotspecifiednonewillbeapplied. Ifwriteviewisnotspecified,nonewillbeapplied. Ifnotifyviewisnotspecified,nonewillbeapplied. Ifstoragetypeisnotspecified,entrieswillbestoredaspermanentandwillbeheldthroughdevice reboot.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexamplepermitsthepowergrouptomanageallMIBsviaSNMPv3:
C2(su)->set snmp access powergroup security-model usm
5-18
SNMP Configuration
Syntax
clear snmp access groupname security-model {v1 | v2c | usm} [noauthentication | authentication | privacy] [context context]
Parameters
groupname SpecifiesthenameoftheSNMPgroupforwhichtoclearaccess. securitymodelv1| SpecifiesthesecuritymodeltobeclearedfortheSNMPaccessgroup. v2c|usm noauthentication| authentication| privacy contextcontext (Optional)ClearsaspecificsecuritylevelfortheSNMPaccessgroup.
(Optional)ClearsaspecificcontextfortheSNMPaccessgroup.Enter// toclearthedefaultcontext.
Defaults
Ifsecuritylevelisnotspecified,alllevelswillbecleared. Ifcontextisnotspecified,nonewillbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearSNMPversion3accessforthemisgroupviathe authenticationprotocol:
C2(su)->clear snmp access mis-group security-model usm authentication
5-19
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoreviewandconfigureSNMPMIBviewsarelistedbelow.
For information about... show snmp view show snmp context set snmp view clear snmp view Refer to page... 5-20 5-22 5-23 5-24
Syntax
show snmp view [viewname] [subtree oid-or-mibobject] [volatile | nonvolatile | read-only]
Parameters
viewname subtreeoidormibobject volatile|nonvolatile| readonly (Optional)DisplaysinformationforaspecificMIBview. (Optional)DisplaysinformationforaspecificMIBsubtreewhen viewnameisspecified. (Optional)Displaysentriesforaspecificstoragetype.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,allSNMPMIBviewconfigurationinformationwillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySNMPMIBviewconfigurationinformation:
C2(su)->show snmp view --- SNMP MIB View information --View Name = All Subtree OID = 1 Subtree mask = View Type = included
5-20
SNMP Configuration
Storage type Row status View Name Subtree OID Subtree mask View Type Storage type Row status View Name Subtree OID Subtree mask View Type Storage type Row status
= nonVolatile = active = = = = = = = = = = = = All 0.0 included nonVolatile active Network 1.3.6.1.2.1 included nonVolatile active
5-21
Syntax
show snmp context
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
AnSNMPcontextisacollectionofmanagementinformationthatcanbeaccessedbyanSNMP agentorentity.ThedefaultcontextallowsallSNMPagentstoaccessallmanagementinformation (MIBs).Whencreatedusingthesetsnmpaccesscommand(setsnmpaccessonpage 518),other contextscanbeappliedtolimitaccesstoasubsetofmanagementinformation.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayalistofallSNMPcontextsknowntothedevice:
C2(su)->show snmp context --- Configured contexts: default context (all mibs)
5-22
SNMP Configuration
Syntax
set snmp view viewname viewname subtree subtree [mask mask] [included | excluded] [volatile | nonvolatile]
Parameters
viewnameviewname SpecifiesanameforaMIBview. subtreesubtree maskmask included| excluded volatile| nonvolatile SpecifiesaMIBsubtreename. (Optional)Specifiesabitmaskforasubtree. (Optional)Specifiessubtreeuse(default)ornosubtreeuse. (Optional)Specifiestheuseoftemporaryorpermanent(default)storage.
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,maskwillbesetto255.255.255.255 Ifnotspecified,subtreeusewillbeincluded. Ifstoragetypeisnotspecified,nonvolatile(permanent)willbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetanSNMPMIBviewtopublicwithasubtreenameof1.3.6.1 included:
C2(su)->set snmp view viewname public subtree 1.3.6.1 included
5-23
Syntax
clear snmp view viewname subtree
Parameters
viewname subtree SpecifiestheMIBviewnametobedeleted. SpecifiesthesubtreenameoftheMIBviewtobedeleted.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodeleteSNMPMIBviewpublic:
C2(su)->clear snmp view public 1.3.6.1
5-24
SNMP Configuration
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoreviewandconfigureSNMPtargetparametersarelistedbelow.
For information about... show snmp targetparams set snmp targetparams clear snmp targetparams Refer to page... 5-25 5-27 5-28
Syntax
show snmp targetparams [targetParams] [volatile | nonvolatile | read-only]
Parameters
targetParams volatile|nonvolatile| readonly (Optional)Displaysentriesforaspecifictargetparameter. (Optional)Displaystargetparameterentriesforaspecificstorage type.
Defaults
IftargetParamsisnotspecified,entriesassociatedwithalltargetparameterswillbedisplayed. Ifnotspecified,entriesofallstoragetypeswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySNMPtargetparametersinformation:
C2(su)->show snmp targetparams --- SNMP TargetParams information --Target Parameter Name = v1ExampleParams Security Name = public Message Proc. Model = SNMPv1 Security Level = noAuthNoPriv
5-25
Storage type Row status Target Parameter Name Security Name Message Proc. Model Security Level Storage type Row status Target Parameter Name Security Name Message Proc. Model Security Level Storage type Row status
= nonVolatile = active = = = = = = = = = = = = v2cExampleParams public SNMPv2c noAuthNoPriv nonVolatile active v3ExampleParams CharlieDChief USM authNoPriv nonVolatile active
5-26
SNMP Configuration
Syntax
set snmp targetparams paramsname user user security-model {v1 | v2c | usm} messageprocessing {v1 | v2c | v3} [noauthentication | authentication | privacy] [volatile | nonvolatile]
Parameters
paramsname useruser SpecifiesanameidentifyingparametersusedtogenerateSNMPmessages toaparticulartarget. SpecifiesanSNMPv1orv2communitynameoranSNMPv3username. Maximumlengthis32bytes.
securitymodelv1| SpecifiestheSNMPsecuritymodelappliedtothistargetparameteras v2c|usm version1,2cor3(usm). message SpecifiestheSNMPmessageprocessingmodelappliedtothistarget processingv1|v2c parameterasversion1,2cor3. |v3 noauthentication| authentication| privacy volatile| nonvolatile (Optional)SpecifiestheSNMPsecuritylevelappliedtothistarget parameterasnoauthentication,authentication(withoutprivacy)or privacy.Privacyspecifiesthatmessagessentonbehalfoftheuserare protectedfromdisclosure. (Optional)Specifiesthestoragetypeappliedtothistargetparameter.
Defaults
None. Ifnotspecified,securitylevelwillbesettonoauthentication. Ifnotspecified,storagetypewillbesettononvolatile.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetSNMPtargetparametersnamedv1ExampleParamsforauser namedfredusingversion3securitymodelandmessageprocessing,andauthentication:
C2(su)->set snmp targetparams v1ExampleParams user fred security-model usm message-processing v3 authentication
5-27
Syntax
clear snmp targetparams targetParams
Parameters
targetParams SpecifiesthenameoftheparameterintheSNMPtargetparameterstable tobecleared.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearSNMPtargetparametersnamedv1ExampleParams:
C2(su)->clear snmp targetparams v1ExampleParams
5-28
SNMP Configuration
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoreviewandconfigureSNMPtargetaddressesarelistedbelow.
For information about... show snmp targetaddr set snmp targetaddr clear snmp targetaddr Refer to page... 5-29 5-30 5-31
Syntax
show snmp targetaddr [targetAddr] [volatile | nonvolatile | read-only]
Parameters
targetAddr (Optional)Displaysinformationforaspecifictargetaddressname. volatile|nonvolatile (Optional)Whentargetaddressisspecified,displaystargetaddress |readonly informationforaspecificstoragetype.
Defaults
IftargetAddrisnotspecified,entriesforalltargetaddressnameswillbedisplayed. Ifnotspecified,entriesofallstoragetypeswillbedisplayedforatargetaddress.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySNMPtargetaddressinformation:
C2(su)->show snmp targetaddr Target Address Name = labmachine Tag List = v2cTrap IP Address = 10.2.3.116 UDP Port# = 162 Target Mask = 255.255.255.255 Timeout = 1500 Retry count = 4
5-29
Syntax
set snmp targetaddr targetaddr ipaddr param param [udpport udpport] [mask mask] [timeout timeout] [retries retries] [taglist taglist] [volatile | nonvolatile]
Parameters
targetaddr ipaddr paramparam udpportudpport maskmask timeouttimeout SpecifiesauniqueidentifiertoindexthesnmpTargetAddrTable. Maximumlengthis32bytes. SpecifiestheIPaddressofthetarget. SpecifiesanentryintheSNMPtargetparameterstable,whichisused whengeneratingamessagetothetarget.Maximumlengthis32bytes. (Optional)SpecifieswhichUDPportofthetargethosttouse. (Optional)SpecifiestheIPmaskofthetarget. (Optional)Specifiesthemaximumroundtriptimeallowedto communicatetothistargetaddress.Thisvalueisin.01secondsandthe defaultis1500(15seconds.) (Optional)Specifiesthenumberofmessageretriesallowedifaresponseis notreceived.Defaultis3.
retriesretries
5-30
SNMP Configuration
taglisttaglist
volatile| nonvolatile
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,udpportwillbesetto162. Ifnotspecified,maskwillbesetto255.255.255.255 Ifnotspecified,timeoutwillbesetto1500. Ifnotspecified,numberofretrieswillbesetto3. Iftaglistisnotspecified,nonewillbeset. Ifnotspecified,storagetypewillbenonvolatile.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoconfigureatrapnotificationcalledTrapSink.Thistrapnotification willbesenttotheworkstation192.168.190.80(whichistargetaddresstr).Itwillusesecurity andauthorizationcriteriacontainedinatargetparametersentrycalledv2cExampleParams.For moreinformationonconfiguringabasicSNMPtrap,refertoCreatingaBasicSNMPTrap Configurationonpage 543:
C2(su)->set snmp targetaddr tr 192.168.190.80 param v2cExampleParams taglist TrapSink
Syntax
clear snmp targetaddr targetAddr
Parameters
targetAddr Specifiesthetargetaddressentrytodelete.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearSNMPtargetaddressentrytr:
5-31
5-32
SNMP Configuration
Purpose
ToconfigureSNMPnotificationparametersandoptionalfilters.Notificationsareentitieswhich handlethegenerationofSNMPv1andv2trapsorSNMPv3informsmessagestoselect managementtargets.Optionalnotificationfiltersidentifywhichtargetsshouldnotreceive notifications.ForasampleSNMPtrapconfigurationshowinghowSNMPnotificationparameters areassociatedwithsecurityandauthorizationcriteria(targetparameters)andmappedtoa managementtargetaddress,refertoCreatingaBasicSNMPTrapConfigurationonpage 543.
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoconfigureSNMPnotificationparametersandfiltersarelistedbelow.
For information about... show newaddrtrap set newaddrtrap show snmp notify set snmp notify clear snmp notify show snmp notifyfilter set snmp notifyfilter clear snmp notifyfilter show snmp notifyprofile set snmp notifyprofile clear snmp notifyprofile Refer to page... 5-34 5-35 5-36 5-37 5-38 5-38 5-39 5-40 5-40 5-41 5-42
5-33
show newaddrtrap
show newaddrtrap
UsethiscommandtodisplaytheglobalandportspecificstatusoftheSNMPnewMACaddresses trapfunction.
Syntax
show newaddrtrap [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysthestatusofthenewMACaddressestrapfunction onspecificports.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,thestatusofthenewMACaddressestrapfunctionwillbedisplayed forallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
Bydefault,thisfunctionisdisabledgloballyandperport.
Example
ThisexampledisplaysthestatusforGigabitEthernetports1through5onunit1.
C2(ro)->show newaddrtrap ge.1.1-5 New Address Traps Globally disabled Port --------ge.1.1 ge.1.2 ge.1.3 ge.1.4 ge.1.5 Enable State -----------disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled
5-34
SNMP Configuration
set newaddrtrap
set newaddrtrap
UsethiscommandtoenableordisableSNMPtrapmessaging,globallyorononeormoreports, whennewsourceMACaddressesaredetected.
Syntax
set newaddrtrap [port-string] { enable | disable }
Parameters
portstring enable|disable (Optional)EnableordisablethenewMACaddressestrapfunctionon specificports. EnableordisablethenewMACaddressestrapfunction.Ifentered withouttheportstringparameter,enablesordisablethefunction globally.Whenenteredwiththeportstringparameter,enablesor disablesthefunctiononspecificports.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,thetrapfunctionissetglobally.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Usage
ThiscommandenablesanddisablessendingSNMPtrapmessageswhenanewsourceMAC addressisdetectedbyaport.IftheportisaCDPport,however,trapsfornewsourceMAC addresseswillnotbesent. Thedefaultmodeisdisabledgloballyandperport.
Example
ThisexampleenablesthetrapfunctiongloballyandthenonGigabitEthernetports1through5on unit1.
C2(rw)->set newaddrtrap enable C2(rw)->set newaddrtrap ge.1.1-5 enable
5-35
Syntax
show snmp notify [notify] [volatile | nonvolatile | read-only]
Parameters
notify volatile| nonvolatile|read only (Optional)Displaysnotifyentriesforaspecificnotifyname. (Optional)Displaysnotifyentriesforaspecificstoragetype.
Defaults
Ifanotifynameisnotspecified,allentrieswillbedisplayed. Ifvolatile,nonvolatileorreadonlyarenotspecified,allstoragetypeentrieswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheSNMPnotifyinformation:
C2(su)->show snmp notify --- SNMP notifyTable information --Notify name = 1 Notify Tag = Console Notify Type = trap Storage type = nonVolatile Row status = active Notify name Notify Tag Notify Type Storage type Row status = = = = = 2 TrapSink trap nonVolatile active
5-36
SNMP Configuration
Syntax
set snmp notify notify tag tag [trap | inform] [volatile | nonvolatile]
Parameters
notify tagtag trap|inform volatile| nonvolatile SpecifiesanSNMPnotifyname. SpecifiesanSNMPnotifytag.ThisbindsthenotifynametotheSNMP targetaddresstable. (Optional)SpecifiesSNMPv1orv2Trapmessages(default)orSNMPv3 InformRequestmessages. (Optional)Specifiestemporary(default),orpermanentstorageforSNMP entries.
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,messagetypewillbesettotrap. Ifnotspecified,storagetypewillbesettononvolatile.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetanSNMPnotifyconfigurationwithanotifynameofhelloanda notifytagofworld.Notificationswillbesentastrapmessagesandstoragetypewill automaticallydefaulttopermanent:
C2(su)->set snmp notify hello tag world trap
5-37
Syntax
clear snmp notify notify
Parameters
notify SpecifiesanSNMPnotifynametoclear.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheSNMPnotifyconfigurationforhello:
C2(su)->clear snmp notify hello
Syntax
show snmp notifyfilter [profile] [subtree oid-or-mibobject] [volatile | nonvolatile | read-only]
Parameters
profile subtreeoidor mibobject volatile| nonvolatile|read only (Optional)Displaysaspecificnotifyfilter. (Optional)Displaysanotifyfilterwithinaspecificsubtree. (Optional)Displaysnotifyfilterentriesofaspecificstoragetype.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,allnotifyfilterinformationwillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
SeeAboutSNMPNotifyFiltersonpage 533formoreinformationaboutnotifyfilters.
5-38
SNMP Configuration
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySNMPnotifyfilterinformation.Inthiscase,thenotifyprofile pilot1insubtree1.3.6willnotreceiveSNMPnotificationmessages:
C2(su)->show snmp notifyfilter --- SNMP notifyFilter information --Profile = pilot1 Subtree = 1.3.6 Filter type = included Storage type = nonVolatile Row status = active
Syntax
set snmp notifyfilter profile subtree oid-or-mibobject [mask mask] [included | excluded] [volatile | nonvolatile]
Parameters
profile subtreeoidor mibobject maskmask included| excluded volatile| nonvolatile SpecifiesanSNMPfilternotifyname. SpecifiesaMIBsubtreeIDtargetforthefilter. (Optional)Appliesasubtreemask. (Optional)Specifiesthatsubtreeisincludedorexcluded. (Optional)Specifiesastoragetype.
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,maskisnotset. Ifnotspecified,subtreewillbeincluded. Ifstoragetypeisnotspecified,nonvolatile(permanent)willbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
SeeAboutSNMPNotifyFiltersonpage 533formoreinformationaboutnotifyfilters.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateanSNMPnotifyfiltercalledpilot1withaMIBsubtreeIDof 1.3.6:
C2(su)->set snmp notifyfilter pilot1 subtree 1.3.6
5-39
Syntax
clear snmp notifyfilter profile subtree oid-or-mibobject
Parameters
profile subtreeoidor mibobject SpecifiesanSNMPfilternotifynametodelete. SpecifiesaMIBsubtreeIDcontainingthefiltertobedeleted.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodeletetheSNMPnotifyfilterpilot1:
C2(su)->clear snmp notifyfilter pilot1 subtree 1.3.6
Syntax
show snmp notifyprofile [profile] [targetparam targetparam] [volatile | nonvolatile | read-only]
Parameters
profile targetparam targetparam volatile| nonvolatile|read only (Optional)Displaysaspecificnotifyprofile. (Optional)Displaysentriesforaspecifictargetparameter. (Optional)Displaysnotifyfilterentriesofaspecificstoragetype.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,allnotifyprofileinformationwillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
5-40
SNMP Configuration
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySNMPnotifyinformationfortheprofilenamedarea51:
C2(su)->show snmp notifyprofile area51 --- SNMP notifyProfile information --Notify Profile = area51 TargetParam = v3ExampleParams Storage type = nonVolatile Row status = active
Syntax
set snmp notifyprofile profile targetparam targetparam [volatile | nonvolatile]
Parameters
profile targetparam targetparam volatile| nonvolatile SpecifiesanSNMPfilternotifyname. SpecifiesanassociatedentryintheSNMPTargetParamsTable. (Optional)Specifiesastoragetype.
Defaults
If storage type is not specified, nonvolatile (permanent) will be applied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateanSNMPnotifyprofilenamedarea51andassociateatarget parametersentry.
C2(su)->set snmp notifyprofile area51 targetparam v3ExampleParams
5-41
Syntax
clear snmp notifyprofile profile targetparam targetparam
Parameters
profile targetparam targetparam SpecifiesanSNMPfilternotifynametodelete. SpecifiesanassociatedentryinthesnmpTargetParamsTable.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodeleteSNMPnotifyprofilearea51:
C2(su)->clear snmp notifyprofile area51 targetparam v3ExampleParams
5-42
SNMP Configuration
CompleteanSNMPv2trapconfigurationonaSecureStackC2deviceasfollows: 1. 2. 3. CreateacommunitynamethatwillactasanSNMPuserpassword. CreateanSNMPtargetparametersentrytoassociatesecurityandauthorizationcriteriatothe usersinthecommunitycreatedinStep1. VerifyifanyapplicableSNMPnotificationentriesexist,orcreateanewone.Youwillusethis entrytosendSNMPnotificationmessagestotheappropriatemanagementtargetscreatedin Step 2. CreateatargetaddressentrytobindamanagementIPaddressto: ThenotificationentryandtagnamecreatedinStep3and ThetargetparametersentrycreatedinStep2.
4.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowto: CreateanSNMPcommunitycalledmgmt. ConfigureatrapnotificationcalledTrapSink.
5-43
2. 3.
4.
5. 6.
5-44
SNMP Configuration
6
Spanning Tree Configuration
ThischapterdescribestheSpanningTreeConfigurationsetofcommandsandhowtousethem.
For information about... Spanning Tree Configuration Summary Reviewing and Setting Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Reviewing and Setting Spanning Tree Port Parameters Refer to page... 6-1 6-3 6-34 Caution: Spanning Tree configuration should be performed only by personnel who are very knowledgeable about Spanning Trees and the configuration of the Spanning Tree Algorithm. Otherwise, the proper operation of the network could be at risk.
RSTP
TheIEEE802.1wRapidSpanningProtocol(RSTP),anevolutionof802.1D,canachievemuch fasterconvergencethanlegacySTPinaproperlyconfigurednetwork.RSTPsignificantlyreduces thetimetoreconfigurethenetworksactivetopologywhenphysicaltopologyorconfiguration parameterchangesoccur.ItselectsoneswitchastherootofaSpanningTreeconnectedactive topologyandassignsportrolestoindividualportsontheswitch,dependingonwhetherthatport ispartoftheactivetopology. RSTPprovidesrapidconnectivityfollowingthefailureofaswitch,switchport,oraLAN.Anew rootportandthedesignatedportontheothersideofthebridgetransitiontoforwardingthrough anexplicithandshakebetweenthem.Bydefault,userportsareconfiguredtorapidlytransitionto forwardinginRSTP.
MSTP
TheIEEE802.1sMultipleSpanningTreeProtocol(MSTP)buildsupon802.1DandRSTPby optimizingutilizationofredundantlinksbetweenswitchesinanetwork.Whenredundantlinks existbetweenapairofswitchesrunningsingleSTP,onelinkisforwardingwhiletheothersare blockingforalltrafficflowingbetweenthetwoswitches.Theblockinglinksareeffectivelyused
6-1
onlyiftheforwardinglinkgoesdown.MSTPassignseachVLANpresentonthenetworktoa particularSpanningTreeinstance,allowingeachswitchporttobeinadistinctstateforeachsuch instance:blockingforoneSpanningTreewhileforwardingforanother.Thus,trafficassociated withonesetofVLANscantraverseaparticularinterswitchlink,whiletrafficassociatedwith anothersetofVLANscanbeblockedonthatlink.IfVLANsareassignedtoSpanningTrees wisely,nointerswitchlinkwillbecompletelyidle,maximizingnetworkutilization. FordetailsoncreatingSpanningTreeinstances,refertosetspantreemstionpage 612. FordetailsonmappingSpanningTreeinstancestoVLANs,refertosetspantreemstmapon page 614.
Note: MSTP and RSTP are fully compatible and interoperable with each other and with legacy STP 802.1D.
6-2
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoreviewandsetSpanningTreebridgeparametersarelistedbelow.
For information about... show spantree stats set spantree show spantree version set spantree version clear spantree version show spantree bpdu-forwarding set spantree bpdu-forwarding show spantree bridgeprioritymode set spantree bridgeprioritymode clear spantree bridgeprioritymode show spantree mstilist set spantree msti clear spantree msti show spantree mstmap set spantree mstmap clear spantree mstmap show spantree vlanlist show spantree mstcfgid set spantree mstcfgid clear spantree mstcfgid set spantree priority clear spantree priority set spantree hello clear spantree hello set spantree maxage clear spantree maxage set spantree fwddelay Refer to page... 6-5 6-7 6-7 6-8 6-9 6-9 6-10 6-10 6-11 6-11 6-12 6-12 6-13 6-13 6-14 6-15 6-15 6-16 6-16 6-17 6-18 6-18 6-19 6-20 6-20 6-21 6-21
6-3
For information about... clear spantree fwddelay show spantree backuproot set spantree backuproot clear spantree backuproot show spantree tctrapsuppress set spantree tctrapsuppress clear spantree tctrapsuppress set spantree protomigration show spantree spanguard set spantree spanguard clear spantree spanguard show spantree spanguardtimeout set spantree spanguardtimeout clear spantree spanguardtimeout show spantree spanguardlock clear/set spantree spanguardlock show spanstree spanguardtrapenable set spanstree spanguardtrapenable clear spanstree spanguardtrapenable show spantree legacypathcost set spantree legacypathcost clear spantree legacypathcost
Refer to page... 6-22 6-22 6-23 6-24 6-24 6-25 6-25 6-26 6-26 6-27 6-28 6-28 6-29 6-29 6-30 6-30 6-31 6-31 6-32 6-32 6-33 6-33
6-4
Syntax
show spantree stats [port port-string] [sid sid] [active]
Parameters
portportstring (Optional)Displaysinformationforthespecifiedport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 42. (Optional)DisplaysinformationforaspecificSpanningTreeidentifier.If notspecified,SID0isassumed. (Optional)DisplaysinformationforportsthathavereceivedSTPBPDUs sinceboot.
sidsid active
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,SpanningTreeinformationforallportswillbedisplayed. Ifsidisnotspecified,informationforSpanningTree0willbedisplayed. Ifactiveisnotspecifiedinformationforallportswillbedisplayedregardlessofwhetherornot theyhavereceivedBPDUs.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythedevicesSpanningTreeconfiguration:
C2(su)->show spantree stats Spanning tree status Spanning tree instance Designated Root MacAddr Designated Root Priority Designated Root Cost Designated Root Port Root Max Age Root Hello Time Root Forward Delay Bridge ID MAC Address Bridge ID Priority Bridge Max Age Bridge Hello Time Bridge Forward Delay Topology Change Count Time Since Top Change Max Hops enabled 0 00-e0-63-9d-c1-c8 0 10000 lag.0.1 20 sec 2 sec 15 sec 00-01-f4-da-5e-3d 32768 20 sec 2 sec 15 sec 7 00 days 03:19:15 20
Table 61showsadetailedexplanationofcommandoutput.
6-5
Table 6-1
Output
Spanning tree instance Spanning tree status Designated Root MacAddr Designated Root Port Designated Root Priority Designated Root Cost Root Max Age Root Hello Time Root Forward Delay Bridge ID MAC Address Bridge ID Priority
6-6
set spantree
set spantree
UsethiscommandtogloballyenableordisabletheSpanningTreeprotocolontheswitch.
Syntax
set spantree {disable | enable}
Parameters
disable|enable GloballydisablesorenablesSpanningTree.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisableSpanningTreeonthedevice:
C2(su)->set spantree disable
Syntax
show spantree version
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySpanningTreeversioninformationforthedevice:
C2(su)->show spantree version Force Version is mstp
6-7
Syntax
set spantree version {mstp | stpcompatible | rstp}
Parameters
mstp stpcompatible rstp SetstheversiontoSTP802.1scompatible. SetstheversiontoSTP802.1Dcompatible. Setstheversionto802.1wcompatible.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Inmostnetworks,SpanningTreeversionshouldnotbechangedfromitsdefaultsettingofmstp (MultipleSpanningTreeProtocol)mode.MSTPmodeisfullycompatibleandinteroperablewith legacySTP802.1DandRapidSpanningTree(RSTP)bridges.Settingtheversiontostpcompatible modewillcausethebridgetotransmitonly802.1DBPDUs,andwillpreventnonedgeportsfrom rapidlytransitioningtoforwardingstate.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtogloballychangetheSpanningTreeversionfromthedefaultofMSTP toRSTP:
C2(su)->set spantree version rstp
6-8
Syntax
clear spantree version
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresettheSpanningTreeversion:
C2(su)->clear spantree version
Syntax
show spantree bpdu-forwarding
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheSpanningTreeBPDUforwardingmode:
C2(su)->show spantree bpdu-forwarding BPDU forwarding is disabled.
6-9
Syntax
set spantree bpdu-forwarding {disable | enable}
Parameters
disable|enable DisablesorenablesBPDUforwarding;.
Defaults
BydefaultBPDUforwardingisdisabled.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
TheSpanningTreeprotocolmustbedisabled(setspantreedisable)forthisfeaturetotakeeffect.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableBPDUforwarding:
C2(rw)-> set spantree bpdu-forwarding enable
Syntax
show spantree bridgeprioritymode
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheSpanningTreebridgeprioritymodesetting:
C2(rw)->show spantree bridgeprioritymode Bridge Priority Mode is set to IEEE802.1t mode.
6-10
Syntax
set spantree bridgeprioritymode {8021d | 8021t}
Parameters
8021d 8021t Setsthebridgeprioritymodetouse802.1D(legacy)values,whichare0 65535. Setsthebridgeprioritymodetouse802.1tvalues,whichare0to61440,in incrementsof4096.Valueswillautomaticallyberoundedupordown, dependingonthe802.1tvaluetowhichtheenteredvalueisclosest. Thisisthedefaultbridgeprioritymode.
Defaults
None
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Themodeaffectstherangeofpriorityvaluesusedtodeterminewhichdeviceisselectedasthe SpanningTreerootasdescribedinsetspantreepriority(setspantreepriorityonpage 618).The defaultfortheswitchistouse802.1tbridgeprioritymode.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthebridgeprioritymodeto802.1D:
C2(rw)->set spantree bridgeprioritymode 8021d
Syntax
clear spantree bridgeprioritymode
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
6-11
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoresetthebridgeprioritymodeto802.1t:
C2(rw)->clear spantree bridgeprioritymode
Syntax
show spantree mstilist
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayalistofMSTinstances.Inthiscase,SID2hasbeenconfigured:
C2(su)->show spantree mstilist Configured Multiple Spanning Tree instances: 2
Syntax
set spantree msti sid sid {create | delete}
Parameters
sidsid create|delete SetstheMultipleSpanningTreeID.Validvaluesare14094. SecureStackC2deviceswillsupportupto4MSTinstances. CreatesordeletesanMSTinstance.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
6-12
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateanMSTinstance2:
C2(su)->set spantree msti sid 2 create
Syntax
clear spantree msti [sid sid]
Parameters
sidsid (Optional)DeletesaspecificmultipleSpanningTreeID.
Defaults
Ifsidisnotspecified,allMSTinstanceswillbecleared.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodeleteallMSTinstances:
C2(su)->clear spantree msti
Syntax
show spantree mstmap [fid fid]
Parameters
fidfid (Optional)DisplaysinformationforspecificFIDs.
Defaults
Iffidisnotspecified,informationforallassignedFIDswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
6-13
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySIDtoFIDmappinginformationforFID1.Inthiscase,no newmappingshavebeenconfigured:
C2(su)->show spantree mstmap fid 1 FID: SID: 1 0
Syntax
set spantree mstmap fid [sid sid]
Parameters
fid SpecifiesoneormoreFIDstoassigntotheMST.Validvaluesare14093, andmustcorrespondtoaVLANIDcreatedusingthesetvlancommandas describedinsetvlanonpage 75. (Optional)SpecifiesaMultipleSpanningTreeID.Validvaluesare14094, andmustcorrespondtoaSIDcreatedusingthesetmsticommandas describedinsetspantreemstionpage 612.
sidsid
Defaults
Ifsidisnotspecified,FID(s)willbemappedtoSpanningTree0.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtomapFID3toSID2:
C2(su)->set spantree mstmap 3 sid 2
6-14
Syntax
clear spantree mstmap fid
Parameters
fid SpecifiesoneormoreFIDstoresetto0.
Defaults
Iffidisnotspecified,allSIDtoFIDmappingswillbereset.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtomapFID2backtoSID0:
C2(su)->clear spantree mstmap 2
Syntax
show spantree vlanlist [vlan-list]
Parameters
vlanlist (Optional)DisplaysSIDsassignedtospecificVLAN(s).
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,SIDassignmentwillbedisplayedforallVLANs.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheSIDsmappedtoVLAN1.Inthiscase,SIDs2,16and42 aremappedtoVLAN1.Forthisinformationtodisplay,theSIDinstancemustbecreatedusingthe setspantreemsticommandasdescribedinsetspantreemstionpage 612,andtheFIDsmust bemappedtoSID 1usingthesetspantreemstmapcommandasdescribedinsetspantree mstmaponpage 614:
C2(su)->show spantree vlanlist 1 The following SIDS are assigned to VLAN 1: 2 16 42
6-15
Syntax
show spantree mstcfgid
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheMSTconfigurationidentifierelements.Inthiscase,the defaultrevisionlevelof0,andthedefaultconfigurationname(astringrepresentingthebridge MACaddress)havenotbeenchanged.Forinformationonusingthesetspantreemstcfgid commandtochangethesesettings,refertosetspantreemstcfgidonpage 616:
C2(su)->show spantree mstcfgid MST Configuration Identifier: Format Selector: 0 Configuration Name: 00:01:f4:89:51:94 Revision Level: 0 Configuration Digest: ac:36:17:7f:50:28:3c:d4:b8:38:21:d8:ab:26:de:62
Syntax
set spantree mstcfgid {cfgname name | rev level}
Parameters
cfgnamename revlevel SpecifiesanMSTconfigurationname. SpecifiesanMSTrevisionlevel.Validvaluesare065535.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
6-16
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheMSTconfigurationnametomstconfig:
C2(su)->set spantree mstconfigid cfgname mstconfig
Syntax
clear spantree mstcfgid
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresettheMSTconfigurationidentifierelementstodefaultvalues:
C2(su)->clear spantree mstcfgid
6-17
Syntax
set spantree priority priority [sid]
Parameters
priority Specifiesthepriorityofthebridge.Validvaluesarefrom0to61440(in incrementsof4096),with0indicatinghighestpriorityand61440 lowestpriority. (Optional)SetsthepriorityonaspecificSpanningTree.Validvalues are04094.Ifnotspecified,SID 0isassumed.
sid
Defaults
Ifsidisnotspecified,prioritywillbesetonSpanningTree0.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Thedevicewiththehighestpriority(lowestnumericalvalue)becomestheSpanningTreeroot device.Ifalldeviceshavethesamepriority,thedevicewiththelowestMACaddresswillthen becometherootdevice.Dependingonthebridgeprioritymode(setwiththesetspantree bridgeprioritymodecommanddescribedinsetspantreebridgeprioritymodeonpage 611, somepriorityvaluesmayberoundedupordown.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthebridgepriorityto4096onSID1:
C2(su)->set spantree priority 4096 1
Syntax
clear spantree priority [sid]
Parameters
sid (Optional)ResetsthepriorityonaspecificSpanningTree.Validvalues are04094.Ifnotspecified,SID 0isassumed.
Defaults
Ifsidisnotspecified,prioritywillberesetonSpanningTree0.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
6-18 Spanning Tree Configuration
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresetthebridgepriorityonSID1:
C2(su)->clear spantree priority 1
Syntax
set spantree hello interval
Parameters
interval Specifiesthenumberofsecondsthesystemwaitsbeforebroadcastinga bridgehellomessage(amulticastmessageindicatingthatthesystemis active).Validvaluesare110.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtogloballysettheSpanningTreehellotimeto10seconds:
C2(su)->set spantree hello 10
6-19
Syntax
clear spantree hello
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtogloballyresettheSpanningTreehellotime:
C2(su)->clear spantree hello
Syntax
set spantree maxage agingtime
Parameters
agingtime Specifiesthemaximumnumberofsecondsthatthesystemretainsthe informationreceivedfromotherbridgesthroughSTP.Validvaluesare6 40.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Thebridgemaximumagingtimeisthemaximumtime(inseconds)adevicecanwaitwithout receivingaconfigurationmessage(bridgehello)beforeattemptingtoreconfigure.Alldevice ports(exceptfordesignatedports)shouldreceiveconfigurationmessagesatregularintervals. AnyportthatagesoutSTPinformationprovidedinthelastconfigurationmessagebecomesthe designatedportfortheattachedLAN.Ifitisarootport,anewrootportisselectedfromamong thedeviceportsattachedtothenetwork.
6-20
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthemaximumagingtimeto25seconds:
C2(su)->set spantree maxage 25
Syntax
clear spantree maxage
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtogloballyresetthemaximumagingtime:
C2(su)->clear spantree maxage
Syntax
set spantree fwddelay delay
Parameters
delay Specifiesthenumberofsecondsforthebridgeforwarddelay.Validvalues are430.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Theforwarddelayisthemaximumtime(inseconds)therootdevicewillwaitbeforechanging states(i.e.,listeningtolearningtoforwarding).Thisdelayisrequiredbecauseeverydevicemust receiveinformationabouttopologychangesbeforeitstartstoforwardframes.Inaddition,each
SecureStack C2 Configuration Guide 6-21
portneedstimetolistenforconflictinginformationthatwouldmakeitreturntoablockingstate; otherwise,temporarydataloopsmightresult.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtogloballysetthebridgeforwarddelayto16seconds:
C2(su)->set spantree fwddelay 16
Syntax
clear spantree fwddelay
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtogloballyresetthebridgeforwarddelay:
C2(su)->clear spantree fwddelay
Syntax
show spantree backuproot [sid]
Parameters
sid (Optional)DisplaybackuprootstatusforaspecificSpanningTree identifier.Validvaluesare04094.Ifnotspecified,SID0isassumed.
Defaults
IfaSIDisnotspecified,thenstatuswillbeshownforSpanningTreeinstance0.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythestatusofthebackuprootfunctiononSID0:
6-22 Spanning Tree Configuration
Syntax
set spantree backuproot sid {disable | enable}
Parameters
sid disable|enable SpecifiestheSpanningTreeinstanceonwhichtoenableordisablethe backuprootfunction.Validvaluesare04094. Enablesordisablesthebackuprootfunction.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
TheSpanningTreebackuprootfunctionisdisabledbydefaultontheSecureStackC2.Whenthis featureisenabledandtheswitchisdirectlyconnectedtotherootbridge,staleSpanningTree informationispreventedfromcirculatingiftherootbridgeislost.Iftherootbridgeislost,the backuprootwilldynamicallyloweritsbridgeprioritysothatitwillbeselectedasthenewroot overthelostrootbridge.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenablethebackuprootfunctiononSID2:
C2(rw)->set spantree backuproot 2 enable
6-23
Syntax
clear spantree backuproot sid
Parameters
sid SpecifiestheSpanningTreeonwhichtoclearthebackuproot function.Validvaluesare04094.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresetthebackuprootfunctiontodisabledonSID2:
C2(rw)->clear spantree backuproot 2
Syntax
show spantree tctrapsuppress
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythestatusoftopologychangetrapsuppression:
C2(rw)->show spantree tctrapsuppress Topology change Trap Suppression is set to enabled
6-24
Syntax
set spantree tctrapsuppress {disable | enable}
Parameters
disable|enable Disablesorenablestopologychangetrapsuppression.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Bydefault,RSTPnonedge(bridge)portsthattransitiontoforwardingorblockingcausethe switchtoissueatopologychangetrap.Whentopologychangetrapsuppressionisenabled,which isthedevicedefault,edgeports(suchasendstationPCs)arepreventedfromsendingtopology changetraps.Thisisbecausethereisusuallynoneedfornetworkmanagementtomonitoredge portSTPtransitionstates,suchaswhenPCsarepoweredon.Whentopologychangetrap suppressionisdisabled,allports,includingedgeandbridgeports,willtransmittopologychange traps.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoallowRapidSpanningTreeedgeportstotransmittopologychange traps:
C2(rw)->set spantree tctrapsuppress disable
Syntax
clear spantree tctrapsuppress
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
6-25
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtocleartopologychangetrapsuppressionsetting:
C2(rw)->clear spantree tctrapsuppress
Syntax
set spantree protomigration <port-string>
Parameters
portstring Resettheprotocolstatemigrationmachineforspecificport(s).Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoresettheprotocolstatemigrationmachineonport20:
C2(su)->set spantree protomigration ge.1.20
Syntax
show spantree spanguard
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
6-26
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythespanguardfunctionstatus:
C2(su)->show spantree spanguard Spanguard is disabled
Syntax
set spantree spanguard {enable | disable}
Parameters
enable|disable Enablesordisablesthespanguardfunction.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Spanguardisdesignedtodisable,orlockoutanedgeportwhenanunexpectedBPDUis received.Theportcanbeconfiguredtobereenabledafterasettimeperiod,oronlyaftermanual intervention. Aportcanbedefinedasanedge(user)portusingthesetspantreeadminedgecommand, describedinsetspantreeadminedgeonpage 640.Aportdesignatedasanedgeportis expectedtobeconnectedtoaworkstationorotherendusertypeofdevice,andnottoanother switchinthenetwork.WhenSpanguardisenabled,ifanonloopbackBPDUisreceivedonan edgeport,theSpanningTreestateofthatportwillbechangedtoblockingandwillnolonger forwardtraffic.Theportwillremaindisableduntiltheamountoftimedefinedbysetspantree spanguardtimeout(setspantreespanguardtimeoutonpage 629)haspassedsincethelastseen BPDU,theportismanuallyunlocked(setorclearspantreespanguardlock,clear/setspantree spanguardlockonpage 630),theconfigurationoftheportischangedsoitisnotlongeranedge port,orthespanguardfunctionisdisabled. Spanguardisenabledanddisabledonlyonaglobalbasisacrossthestack.Bydefault,spanguard isdisabledandspanguardtrapsareenabled.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoenablethespanguardfunction:
C2(rw)->set spantree spanguard enable
6-27
Syntax
clear spantree spanguard
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoresetthestatusofthespanguardfunctiontodisabled:
C2(rw)->clear spantree spanguard
Syntax
show spantree spanguardtimeout
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythespanguardtimeoutsetting:
C2(su)->show spantree spanguardtimeout Spanguard timeout: 300
6-28
Syntax
set spantree spanguardtimeout timeout
Parameters
timeout Specifiesatimeoutvalueinseconds.Validvaluesare0to65535. Avalueof0willkeeptheportlockeduntilmanuallyunlocked.Thedefault valueis300seconds.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthespanguardtimeoutto600seconds:
C2(su)->set spantree spanguardtimeout 600
Syntax
clear spantree spanguardtimeout
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoresetthespanguardtimeoutto300seconds:
C2(rw)->clear spantree spanguardtimeout
6-29
Syntax
show spantree spanguardlock [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtoshowspanguardlockstatus. Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
Ifnoportstringisspecified,thespanguardlockstatusforallportsisdisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythespanguardlockstatusforge.1.1:
C2(su)->show spantree spanguardlock ge.1.1 Port ge.1.1 is Unlocked
Syntax
clear spantree spanguardlock port-string set spantree spanguardlock port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiesport(s)tounlock.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstring values,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtounlockportge.1.16:
C2(rw)->clear spantree spanguardlock ge.1.16
6-30
Syntax
show spantree spanguardtrapenable
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythestateofthespanguardtrapfunction:
C2(ro)->show spantree spanguardtrapenable Spanguard SNMP traps are enabled
Syntax
set spantree spanguardtrapenable {disable | enable}
Parameters
disable|enable Disablesorenablessendingspanguardtraps.Bydefault,sendingtraps isenabled.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisablethespanguardtrapfunction:
C2(su)->set spantree spanguardtrapenable disable
6-31
Syntax
clear spantree spanguardtrapenable
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoresetthespanguardtrapfunctiontoenabled:
C2(rw)->clear spantree spanguardtrapenable
Syntax
show spantree legacypathcost
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythedefaultSpanningTreepathcostsetting.
C2(su)->show spantree legacypathcost Legacy Path Cost is disabled.
6-32
Syntax
set spantree legacypathcost {disable | enable}
Parameters
disable enable Use802.1t2001valuestocalculatepathcost. Use802.1d1998valuestocalculatepathcost.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Bydefault,legacypathcostisdisabled.Enablingthedevicetocalculatelegacypathcostsaffects therangeofvalidvaluesthatcanbeenteredinthesetspantreeadminpathcostcommand.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthedefaultpathcostvaluesto802.1D.
C2(rw)->set spantree adminpathcost enable
Syntax
clear spantree legacypathcost
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleclearsthelegacypathcostto802.1tvalues.
C2(rw)->clear spantree legacypathcost
6-33
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoreviewandsetSpanningTreeportparametersarelistedbelow.
For information about... set spantree portadmin clear spantree portadmin show spantree portadmin show spantree portpri set spantree portpri clear spantree portpri show spantree adminpathcost set spantree adminpathcost clear spantree adminpathcost show spantree adminedge set spantree adminedge clear spantree adminedge Refer to page... 6-35 6-35 6-36 6-36 6-37 6-37 6-38 6-39 6-39 6-40 6-40 6-41
6-34
Syntax
set spantree portadmin port-string {disable | enable}
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtoenableordisableSpanningTree.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42. DisablesorenablesSpanningTree.
disable|enable
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisableSpanningTreeonfe.1.5:
C2(rw)->set spantree portadmin fe.1.5 disable
Syntax
clear spantree portadmin port-string
Parameters
portstring Resetsthedefaultadminstatusonspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresetthedefaultSpanningTreeadminstatetoenableonfe.1.12:
C2(rw)->clear spantree portadmin fe.1.12
6-35
Syntax
show spantree portadmin [port port-string]
Parameters
portportstring (Optional)Displaysstatusforspecificport(s).Foradetaileddescriptionof possibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLI onpage 42.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,statuswillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayportadminstatusforge.1.1:
C2(ro)->show spantree portadmin port ge.1.1 Port ge.1.1 has portadmin set to enabled
Syntax
show spantree portpri [port port-string] [sid sid]
Parameters
portportstring (Optional)Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtodisplaySpanningTreepriority. Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42. (Optional)DisplaysportpriorityforaspecificSpanningTreeidentifier. Validvaluesare04094.Ifnotspecified,SID0isassumed.
sidsid
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,portprioritywillbedisplayedforallSpanningTreeports. Ifsidisnotspecified,portprioritywillbedisplayedforSpanningTree0.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
6-36
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheportpriorityforfe.2.7:
C2(su)->show spantree portpri port fe.2.7 Port fe.2.7 has a Port Priority of 128 on SID 0
Syntax
set spantree portpri port-string priority [sid sid]
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtosetSpanningTreeportpriority.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42. SpecifiesanumberthatrepresentsthepriorityofalinkinaSpanningTree bridge.Validvaluesarefrom0to240(inincrementsof16)with0 indicatinghighpriority. (Optional)SetsportpriorityforaspecificSpanningTreeidentifier.Valid valuesare04094.Ifnotspecified,SID0isassumed.
priority
sidsid
Defaults
Ifsidisnotspecified,portprioritywillbesetforSpanningTree0.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthepriorityoffe.1.3to240onSID1
C2(su)->set spantree portpri fe.1.3 240 sid 1
Syntax
clear spantree portpri port-string [sid sid]
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtosetSpanningTreeportpriority.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42. (Optional)ResetstheportpriorityforaspecificSpanningTreeidentifier. Validvaluesare04094.Ifnotspecified,SID0willbeassumed.
sidsid
6-37
Defaults
If sid is not specified, port priority will be set for Spanning Tree 0.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoresetthepriorityoffe.1.3to128onSID1
C2(su)->clear spantree portpri fe.1.3 sid 1
Syntax
show spantree adminpathcost [port port-string] [sid sid]
Parameters
portportstring (Optional)Displaystheadminpathcostvalueforspecificport(s).Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42. (Optional)DisplaystheadminpathcostforaspecificSpanningTree identifier.Validvaluesare04094.Ifnotspecified,SID0willbeassumed.
sidsid
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,adminpathcostforallSpanningTreeportswillbedisplayed. Ifsidisnotspecified,adminpathcostforSpanningTree0willbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheadminpathcostforfe.3.4onSID1:
C2(su)->show spantree adminpathcost port fe.3.4 sid 1 Port fe.3.4 has a Port Admin Path Cost of 0 on SID 1
6-38
Syntax
set spantree adminpathcost port-string cost [sid sid]
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtosetanadminpathcost.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 42. Specifiestheportpathcost.Va1idvaluesare0200000000. (Optional)SetstheadminpathcostforaspecificSpanningTreeidentifier. Validvaluesare04094.Ifnotspecified,SID0willbeassumed.
cost sidsid
Defaults
Ifsidisnotspecified,adminpathcostwillbesetforSpanningTree0.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosettheadminpathcostto200forfe.3.2onSID1:
C2(su)->set spantree adminpathcost fe.3.2 200 sid 1
Syntax
clear spantree adminpathcost port-string [sid sid]
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtoresetadminpathcost.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntax UsedintheCLIonpage 42. (Optional)ResetstheadminpathcostforspecificSpanningTree(s). Validvaluesare04094.Ifnotspecified,SID0isassumed.
sidsid
Defaults
Ifsidisnotspecified,adminpathcostwillberesetforSpanningTree0.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
6-39
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoresettheadminpathcostto0forfe.3.2onSID1:
C2(su)->clear spantree adminpathcost fe.3.2 sid 1
Syntax
show spantree adminedge [port port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysedgeportadministrativestatusforspecific port(s).Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues, refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
IfportstringisnotspecifiededgeportadministrativestatuswillbedisplayedforallSpanningTree ports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheedgeportstatusforfe.3.2:
C2(su)->show spantree adminedge port fe.3.2 Port fe.3.2 has a Port Admin Edge of Edge-Port
Syntax
set spantree adminedge port-string {true | false}
Parameters
portstring true|false Specifiestheedgeport.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstring values,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42. Enables(true)ordisables(false)thespecifiedportasaSpanningTreeedge port.
Defaults
None.
6-40
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Thedefaultbehavioroftheedgeportadministrativestatusbeginswiththevaluesettofalse initiallyafterthedeviceispoweredup.IfaSpanningTreeBDPUisnotreceivedontheportwithin afewseconds,thestatussettingchangestotrue.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetfe.1.11asanedgeport:
C2(su)->set spantree adminedge fe.1.11 true
Syntax
clear spantree adminedge port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiesport(s)onwhichtoresetedgeportstatus.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoresetfe.1.11asanonedgeport:
C2(su)->clear spantree adminedge fe.1.11
6-41
6-42
7
802.1Q VLAN Configuration
ThischapterdescribestheSecureStackC2systemscapabilitiestoimplement802.1QvirtualLANs (VLANs).
For information about... VLAN Configuration Summary Viewing VLANs Creating and Naming Static VLANs Assigning Port VLAN IDs (PVIDs) and Ingress Filtering Configuring the VLAN Egress List Setting the Host VLAN Enabling/Disabling GVRP (GARP VLAN Registration Protocol) Refer to page... 7-1 7-3 7-5 7-8 7-14 7-20 7-23
7-1
ThecommandsusedtocreateasecuremanagementVLANarelistedinTable 71.Thisexample assumesthemanagementstationisattachedtofe.1.1andwantsuntaggedframes. Theprocessdescribedherewouldberepeatedoneverydevicethatisconnectedinthenetworkto ensurethateachdevicehasasecuremanagementVLAN. Table 7-1 Command Set for Creating a Secure Management VLAN
Use these commands... set vlan create 2 (set vlan on page 7-5) (Optional) show vlan 2 (show vlan on page 7-3) Set the PVID to the new VLAN. Add the port to the new VLANs egress list. Remove the port from the default VLANs egress list. Assign host status to the VLAN. Set a private community name and access policy and confirm settings. set port vlan fe.1.1 2 (set port vlan on page 7-9) set vlan egress 2 fe.1.1 untagged (set vlan egress on page 7-16) clear vlan egress 1 fe.1.1 (clear vlan egress on page 7-17) set host vlan 2 (set host vlan on page 7-21) set snmp community private (set snmp community on page 5-14) (Optional) show snmp community (show snmp community on page 5-13)
7-2
Viewing VLANs
Viewing VLANs
Purpose
TodisplayalistofVLANscurrentlyconfiguredonthedevice,todeterminehowoneormore VLANswerecreated,theportsallowedanddisallowedtotransmittrafficbelongingtoVLAN(s), andifthoseportswilltransmitthetrafficwithaVLANtagincluded.
Commands
ThecommandusedtoviewVLANsislistedbelow.
For information about... show vlan Refer to page... 7-3
show vlan
UsethiscommandtodisplayallinformationrelatedtooneormoreVLANs.
Syntax
show vlan [static] [vlan-list] [portinfo [vlan vlan-list | vlan-name] [port portstring]]
Parameters
static (Optional)DisplaysinformationrelatedtostaticVLANs.StaticVLANsare manuallycreatedusingthesetvlancommand(setvlanonpage 75), SNMPMIBs,ortheWebViewmanagementapplication.ThedefaultVLAN, VLAN1,isalwaysstaticallyconfiguredandcantbedeleted.Onlyports thatuseaspecifiedVLANastheirdefaultVLAN(PVID)willbedisplayed. (Optional)DisplaysinformationforaspecificVLANorrangeofVLANs. (Optional)DisplaysVLANattributesrelatedtooneormoreports. (Optional)DisplaysportinformationforoneormoreVLANs. (Optional)Displaysportinformationforoneormoreports.
Defaults
Ifnooptionsarespecified,allinformationrelatedtostaticanddynamicVLANswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayinformationforVLAN1.Inthiscase,VLAN1isnamed DEFAULTVLAN.PortsallowedtotransmitframesbelongingtoVLAN1arelistedasegress ports.PortsthatwontincludeaVLANtagintheirtransmittedframesarelistedasuntagged ports.Therearenoforbiddenports(preventedfromtransmittedframes)onVLAN1:
7-3
show vlan
C2(su)->show vlan 1 VLAN: 1 NAME: DEFAULT VLAN VLAN Type: Default Egress Ports fe.1.1-10, ge.2.1-4, fe.3.1-7, Forbidden Egress Ports None. Untagged Ports fe.1.1-10, ge.2.1-4, fe.3.1-7,
7-4
Commands
ThecommandsusedtocreateandnamestaticVLANsarelistedbelow.
For information about... set vlan set vlan name clear vlan clear vlan name Refer to page... 7-5 7-6 7-6 7-7
set vlan
UsethiscommandtocreateanewstaticIEEE802.1QVLAN,ortoenableordisableanexisting VLAN.
Syntax
set vlan {create | enable | disable} vlan-list
Parameters
create|enable| disable vlanlist Creates,enablesordisablesVLAN(s). SpecifiesoneormoreVLANIDstobecreated,enabledordisabled.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
OnceaVLANiscreated,youcanassignitanameusingthesetvlannamecommanddescribedin setvlannameonpage 76. EachVLANIDmustbeunique.IfaduplicateVLANIDisentered,thedeviceassumesthatthe AdministratorintendstomodifytheexistingVLAN. EntertheVLANIDusingauniquenumberbetween1and4093.TheVLANIDsof0and4094and highermaynotbeusedforuserdefinedVLANs.
7-5
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateVLAN3:
C2(su)->set vlan create 3
ThisexampleshowshowtodisableVLAN3:
C2(su)->set vlan disable 3
Syntax
set vlan name vlan-list vlan-name
Parameters
vlanlist vlanname SpecifiestheVLANIDoftheVLAN(s)tobenamed. SpecifiesthestringusedasthenameoftheVLAN(1to32characters).
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthenameforVLAN7togreen:
C2(su)->set vlan name 7 green
clear vlan
UsethiscommandtoremoveastaticVLANfromthelistofVLANsrecognizedbythedevice.
Syntax
clear vlan vlan-list
Parameters
vlanlist SpecifiestheVLANIDoftheVLAN(s)toberemoved.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
7-6
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoremoveastaticVLAN9fromthedevicesVLANlist:
C2(su)->clear vlan 9
Syntax
clear vlan name vlan-list
Parameters
vlanlist SpecifiestheVLANIDoftheVLAN(s)forwhichthenamewillbecleared.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearthenameforVLAN9:
C2(su)->clear vlan name 9
7-7
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoconfigureportVLANIDsandingressfilteringarelistedbelow.
For information about... show port vlan set port vlan clear port vlan show port ingress filter set port ingress filter show port discard set port discard Refer to page... 7-8 7-9 7-10 7-10 7-11 7-12 7-13
Syntax
show port vlan [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysPVIDinformationforspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,portVLANinformationforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayPVIDsassignedtoFastEthernetports1through6inunit2.In thiscase,untaggedframesreceivedontheseportswillbeclassifiedtoVLAN1:
C2(su)->show port vlan fe.2.1-6 fe.2.1 is set to 1 fe.2.2 is set to 1
7-8 802.1Q VLAN Configuration
is is is is
to to to to
1 1 1 1
Syntax
set port vlan port-string pvid [modify-egress | no-modify-egress]
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtoconfigureaVLANidentifier.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 42. SpecifiestheVLANIDoftheVLANtowhichport(s)willbeadded. (Optional)Addsport(s)toVLANsuntaggedegresslistandremovesthem fromotheruntaggedegresslists. (Optional)Doesnotpromptforormakeegresslistchanges.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
ThePVIDisusedtoclassifyuntaggedframesastheyingressintoagivenport.Ifthespecified VLANhasnotalreadybeencreated,thiscommandwillcreateit.Itwillprompttheusertoaddthe VLANtotheportsegresslistasuntagged,andtoremovethedefaultVLANfromtheportsegress list.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoaddFastEthernetport10inunit1totheportVLANlistofVLAN4 (PVID4).SinceVLAN4isanewVLAN,itiscreated.Thenportfe.1.10isaddedtoVLAN4s untaggedegresslist.TheportmustthenbeclearedfromtheegresslistofVLAN1(thedefault VLAN)asshown:
C2(su)->set port vlan fe.1.10 4 C2(su)->set vlan 4 create C2(su)->set vlan egress 4 fe.1.10 untagged C2(su)->clear vlan egress 1 fe.1.10
7-9
Syntax
clear port vlan port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)toberesettothehostVLANID1.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoresetportsfe.1.3through11toaVLAN IDof1(HostVLAN):
C2(su)->clear port vlan fe.1.3-11
Syntax
show port ingress-filter [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtodisplayingressfilteringstatus. Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,ingressfilteringstatusforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheportingressfilterstatusforFastEthernetports10through 15inunit1.Inthiscase,theportsaredisabledforingressfiltering:
7-10
C2(su)->show port ingress-filter fe.1.10-15 Port State -------- --------fe.1.10 disabled fe.1.11 disabled fe.1.12 disabled fe.1.13 disabled fe.1.14 disabled fe.1.15 disabled
Syntax
set port ingress-filter port-string {disable | enable}
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtoenableofdisableingressfiltering.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42. Disablesorenablesingressfiltering.
disable|enable
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Wheningressfilteringisenabledonaport,theVLANIDsofincomingframesarecomparedtothe portsegresslist.IfthereceivedVLANIDdoesnotmatchaVLANIDontheportsegresslist,then theframeisdropped. IngressfilteringisimplementedaccordingtotheIEEE802.1Qstandard.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoenableportingressfilteringonfe.1.3:
C2(su)->set port ingress-filter fe.1.3 enable
7-11
Syntax
show port discard [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaystheframediscardmodeforspecificport(s).Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
If port-string is not specified, frame discard mode will be displayed for all ports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheframediscardmodeforFastEthernetport7inunit2.In thiscase,theporthasbeensettodiscardalltaggedframes:
C2(su)->show port discard fe.2.7 Port Discard Mode ------------ ------------fe.2.7 tagged
7-12
Syntax
set port discard port-string {tagged | untagged | both | none}
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtosetframediscardmode.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 42. TaggedDiscardallincoming(received)taggedpacketsonthedefined port(s). UntaggedDiscardallincominguntaggedpackets. BothAlltrafficwillbediscarded(taggedanduntagged). NoneNopacketswillbediscarded.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Theoptionsaretodiscardallincomingtaggedframes,allincominguntaggedframes,neither (essentiallyallowalltraffic),orboth(essentiallydiscardingalltraffic). Acommonpracticeistodiscardalltaggedpacketonuserports.TypicallyanAdministratordoes notwanttheendusersdefiningwhatVLANtheyuseforcommunication.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodiscardalltaggedframesreceivedonportge.3.3:
C2(su)->set port discard ge.3.3 tagged
7-13
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoconfigureVLANegressanddynamicVLANegressarelistedbelow.
For information about... show port egress set vlan forbidden set vlan egress clear vlan egress show vlan dynamicegress set vlan dynamicegress Refer to page... 7-15 7-15 7-16 7-17 7-18 7-19
7-14
Syntax
show port egress [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysVLANmembershipforspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,VLANmembershipwillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowsyouhowtoshowVLANegressinformationforfe.1.1through3.Inthiscase, allthreeportsareallowedtotransmitVLAN1framesastaggedandVLAN10framesas untagged.BotharestaticVLANs:
C2(su)->show port egress fe.1.1-3 Port Vlan Egress Registration Number Id Status Status ------------------------------------------------------fe.1.1 1 tagged static fe.1.1 10 untagged static fe.1.2 1 tagged static fe.1.2 10 untagged static fe.1.3 1 tagged static fe.1.3 10 untagged static
Syntax
set vlan forbidden vlan-id port-string
Parameters
vlanid portstring SpecifiestheVLANforwhichtosetforbiddenport(s). Specifiestheport(s)tosetasforbiddenforthespecifiedvlanid.
Defaults
None.
7-15
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowsyouhowtosetfe.1.3toforbiddenforVLAN6:
C2(su)->set vlan forbidden 6 fe.1.3
Syntax
set vlan egress vlan-list port-string [untagged | forbidden | tagged]
Parameters
vlanlist portstring
Specifies the VLAN where a port(s) will be added to the egress list.
SpecifiesoneormoreportstoaddtotheVLANegresslistofthespecified vlanlist.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,referto PortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42. (Optional)Addsthespecifiedportsas: untaggedCausestheport(s)totransmitframeswithoutanIEEE 802.1Qheadertag. forbiddenInstructsthedevicetoignoredynamicrequests(either throughGVRPordynamicegress)fromtheport(s)tojointheVLAN anddisallowsegressonthatport. taggedCausestheport(s)totransmit802.1Qtaggedframes.
Defaults
Ifuntagged,forbiddenortaggedisnotspecified,theportwillbeaddedtotheVLANegresslist astagged.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtoaddfe.1.5through10totheegresslistofVLAN7.Thismeansthat theseportswilltransmitVLAN7framesastagged:
C2(su)->set vlan egress 7 fe.1.5-10
ThisexampleshowshowtoforbidFastEthernetports13through15inunit1fromjoiningVLAN 7anddisallowegressonthoseports:
C2(su)->set vlan egress 7 fe.1.13-15 forbidden
7-16
ThisexampleshowshowtoallowFastEthernetport2inunit1totransmitVLAN7framesas untagged:
C2(su)->set vlan egress 7 fe.1.2 untagged
Syntax
clear vlan egress vlan-list port-string [forbidden]
Parameters
vlanlist portstring SpecifiesthenumberoftheVLANfromwhichaport(s)willberemoved fromtheegresslist. SpecifiesoneormoreportstoberemovedfromtheVLANegresslistofthe specifiedvlanlist.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues, refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42. (Optional)Clearstheforbiddensettingfromthespecifiedport(s)andresets theport(s)asabletoegressframesifsoconfiguredbyeitherstaticor dynamicmeans.
forbidden
Defaults
Ifforbiddenisnotspecified,taggedanduntaggedsettingswillbecleared.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtoremovefe.3.14fromtheegresslistofVLAN 9:
C2(su)->clear vlan egress 9 fe.3.14
ThisexampleshowshowtoremoveallFastEthernetportsinunit2fromtheegresslistofVLAN 4:
C2(su)->clear vlan egress 4 fe.2.*
7-17
Syntax
show vlan dynamicegress [vlan-list]
Parameters
vlanlist (Optional)DisplaysdynamicegressstatusforspecificVLAN(s).
Defaults
Ifvlanlistisnotspecified,thedynamicegressstatusforallVLANswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythedynamicegressstatusforVLANs5055:
C2(rw)->show vlan dynamicegress 50-55 VLAN 50 is disabled VLAN 51 is disabled VLAN 52 is disabled VLAN 53 is enabled VLAN 54 is enabled VLAN 55 is enabled
7-18
Syntax
set vlan dynamicegress vlan-list {enable | disable}
Parameters
vlanlist enable|disable SpecifytheVLANsbyIDtoenableordisabledynamicegress. Enablesordisablesdynamicegress.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
IfdynamicegressisenabledforaparticularVLAN,whenaportreceivesaframetaggedwiththat VLANsID,theswitchwilladdthereceivingporttothatVLANsegresslist.Dynamicegressis disabledontheSecureStackC2bydefault. Forexample,assumeyouhave20AppleTalkusersonyournetworkwhoaremobileusers(thatis, usedifferentportseveryday),butyouwanttokeeptheAppleTalktrafficisolatedinitsown VLAN.YoucancreateanAppleTalkVLANwithaVLANIDof55withaclassificationrulethatall AppleTalktrafficgetstaggedwithVLANID55.Then,youenabledynamicegressforVLAN55. Now,whenanAppleTalkuserplugsintoportge.3.5andsendsanAppleTalkpacket,theswitch willtagthepackettoVLAN55andalsoaddportge.3.5toVLAN55segresslist,whichallowsthe AppleTalkusertoreceiveAppleTalktraffic.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenabledynamicegressonVLAN55:
C2(rw)->set vlan dynamicegress 55 enable
7-19
Commands
ThecommandsneededtoconfigurehostVLANsarelistedbelow.
For information about... show host vlan set host vlan clear host vlan Refer to page... 7-20 7-21 7-22
Syntax
show host vlan
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythehostVLAN:
C2(su)->show host vlan Host vlan is 7.
7-20
Syntax
set host vlan vlan-id
Parameters
vlanid SpecifiesthenumberoftheVLANtosetasthehostVLAN.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
ThehostVLANshouldbeasecureVLANwhereonlydesignatedusersareallowedaccess.For example,ahostVLANcouldbespecificallycreatedfordevicemanagement.Thiswouldallowa managementstationconnectedtothemanagementVLANtomanageallportsonthedeviceand makemanagementsecurebypreventingmanagementviaportsassignedtootherVLANs.
Note: Before you can designate a VLAN as the host VLAN, you must create a VLAN using the set of commands described in Creating and Naming Static VLANs on page 7-5.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetVLAN7asthehostVLAN:
C2(su)->set host vlan 7
7-21
Syntax
clear host vlan
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthehostVLANtothedefaultsetting:
C2(su)->clear host vlan
7-22
Overview
ThepurposeofGVRPistodynamicallycreateVLANsacrossaswitchednetwork.WhenaVLAN isdeclared,theinformationistransmittedoutGVRPconfiguredportsonthedeviceinaGARP formattedframeusingtheGVRPmulticastMACaddress.Aswitchthatreceivesthisframe, examinestheframe,andextractstheVLANIDs.GVRPthencreatestheVLANsandaddsthe receivingporttoitstaggedmemberlistfortheextractedVLANID(s).Theinformationisthen transmittedouttheotherGVRPconfiguredportsofthedevice.Figure 71showsanexampleof howVLANbluefromendstationAwouldbepropagatedacrossaswitchnetwork.
How It Works
InFigure 71onpage 724,Switch4,port1isregisteredasbeingamemberofVLANBlueand thendeclaresthisfactoutallitsports(2and3)toSwitch1andSwitch 2.Thesetwodevices registerthisintheportegresslistsoftheports(Switch1,port1andSwitch2,port1)thatreceived theframeswiththeinformation.Switch2,whichisconnectedtoSwitch3andSwitch5declares thesameinformationtothosetwodevicesandtheportegresslistofeachportisupdatedwiththe newinformation,accordingly. ConfiguringaVLANonan802.1QswitchcreatesastaticVLANentry.Theentrywillalways remainregisteredandwillnottimeout.However,dynamicentrieswilltimeoutandtheir registrationswillberemovedfromthememberlistiftheendstationAisremoved.Thisensures that,ifswitchesaredisconnectedorifendstationsareremoved,theregisteredinformation remainsaccurate. TheendresultisthattheportegresslistofaportisupdatedwithinformationaboutVLANsthat resideonthatport,eveniftheactualstationontheVLANisseveralhopsaway.
7-23
Figure 7-1
1 Switch 1
R 2D
2 End Station A
D 3 D
Switch 4
R Switch 5
R D
Purpose
TodynamicallycreateVLANsacrossaswitchednetwork.TheGVRPcommandsetisusedto displayGVRPconfigurationinformation,thecurrentglobalGVRPstatesetting,individualport settings(enableordisable)andtimersettings.Bydefault,GVRPisenabledgloballyonthedevice, butdisabledonallports.
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoconfigureGVRParelistedbelow.
For information about... show gvrp show garp timer set gvrp clear gvrp set garp timer Refer to page... 7-25 7-25 7-27 7-27 7-28
7-24
show gvrp
show gvrp
UsethiscommandtodisplayGVRPconfigurationinformation.
Syntax
show gvrp [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysGVRPconfigurationinformationforspecificport(s).For adetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,GVRPconfigurationinformationwillbedisplayedforallportsand thedevice.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayGVRPstatusforthedeviceandforfw.2.1:
C2(su)->show gvrp fe.2.1 Global GVRP status is enabled. Port Number ----------fe.2.1 GVRP status ----------disabled
Syntax
show garp timer [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysGARPtimerinformationforspecificport(s).Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,GARPtimerinformationwillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
7-25
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayGARPtimerinformationonFastEthernetports1through10 inunit1:
Note: For a functional description of the terms join, leave, and leaveall timers, refer to the standard IEEE 802.1Q documentation, which is not supplied with this device. C2(su)->show garp timer fe.1.1-10 Port based GARP Configuration: (Timer units are centiseconds) Port Number Join Leave Leaveall ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------fe.1.1 20 60 1000 fe.1.2 20 60 1000 fe.1.3 20 60 1000 fe.1.4 20 60 1000 fe.1.5 20 60 1000 fe.1.6 20 60 1000 fe.1.7 20 60 1000 fe.1.8 20 60 1000 fe.1.9 20 60 1000 fe.1.10 20 60 1000
7-26
set gvrp
set gvrp
UsethiscommandtoenableordisableGVRPgloballyonthedeviceorononeormoreports.
Syntax
set gvrp {enable | disable} [port-string]
Parameters
disable| enable portstring DisablesorenablesGVRPonthedevice. (Optional)DisablesorenablesGVRPonspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedin theCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,GVRPwillbedisabledorenabledforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableGVRPgloballyonthedevice:
C2(su)->set gvrp enable
ThisexampleshowshowtodisableGVRPgloballyonthedevice:
C2(su)->set gvrp disable
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableGVRPonfe.1.3:
C2(su)->set gvrp enable fe.1.3
clear gvrp
UsethiscommandtoclearGVRPstatusorononeormoreports.
Syntax
clear gvrp [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)ClearsGVRPstatusonspecificport(s).Foradetaileddescriptionof possibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIon page 42.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,GVRPstatuswillbeclearedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
7-27
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearGVRPstatusgloballyonthedevice:
C2(su)->clear gvrp
Syntax
set garp timer {[join timer-value] [leave timer-value] [leaveall timer-value]} port-string
Parameters
jointimervalue leavetimervalue leavealltimer value portstring SetstheGARPjointimerincentiseconds(Referto802.1Qstandard.) SetstheGARPleavetimerincentiseconds(Referto802.1Qstandard.) SetstheGARPleavealltimerincentiseconds(Referto802.1Qstandard.) Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtoconfigureGARPtimersettings.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Thesettingofthesetimersiscriticalandshouldonlybechangedbypersonnelfamiliarwiththe 802.1Qstandardsdocumentation,whichisnotsuppliedwiththisdevice.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheGARPjointimervalueto100centisecondsforallports:
C2(su)->set garp timer join 100 *.*.*
Thisexampleshowshowtosettheleavetimervalueto300centisecondsforallports:
C2(su)->set garp timer leave 300 *.*.*
Thisexampleshowshowtosettheleavealltimervalueto20000centisecondsforallports:
C2(su)->set garp timer leaveall 20000 *.*.*
7-28
8
Policy Classification Configuration
ThischapterdescribesthePolicyClassificationsetofcommandsandhowtousethem.
For information about... Policy Classification Configuration Summary Configuring Policy Profiles Configuring Classification Rules Assigning Ports to Policy Profiles Configuring Policy Class of Service (CoS) Refer to page... 8-1 8-2 8-6 8-16 8-18
8-1
Commands
Thecommandsusedtoreviewandconfigurepolicyprofilesarelistedbelow.
For information about... show policy profile set policy profile clear policy profile Refer to page... 8-2 8-4 8-5
Syntax
show policy profile {all | profile-index [consecutive-pids] [-verbose]}
Parameters
all|profileindex consecutivepids verbose Displayspolicyinformationforallprofileindexesoraspecificprofileindex. (Optional)Displaysinformationforspecifiedconsecutiveprofileindexes. (Optional)Displaysdetailedinformation.
Defaults
Ifoptionalparametersarenotspecified,summaryinformationwillbedisplayedforthespecified indexorallindices.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaypolicyinformationforprofile11:
C2(su)->show policy profile 11 Profile Index : 11 Profile Name : MacAuth1 Row Status : active Port VID Status : Enable Port VID Override : 11 CoS : 0 CoS Status : Disable Egress Vlans : none Forbidden Vlans : none
8-2 Policy Classification Configuration
: none : Disable : 1-31 :MACSource(1),MACDest(2),Unknown(3), :Unknown(4),Unknown(5),Unknown(6), :Unknown(7),Unknown(8),Unknown(9), :Unknown(10),Unknown(11),IPSource(12), :IPDest(13),IPFrag(14),UDPSrcPort(15), :UDPDestPort(16),TCPSrcPort(17),TCPDestPort(18), :ICMPType(19),Unknown(20),IPTOS(21), :IPProto(22),Unknown(23),Unknown(24), :Ether(25),Unknown(26),VLANTag(27), :Unknown(28),Unknown(29),Unknown(30), :port(31) : none : none : none
Table 81providesanexplanationofthecommandoutput.
t
Table 8-1
Output
Egress VLANs Forbidden VLANs Untagged VLANs Replace TCI Status Rule Precedence
Admin Profile Usage Ports administratively assigned to use this policy profile. Oper Profile Usage Dynamic Profile Usage Ports currently assigned to use this policy profile. Port dynamically assigned to use this policy profile.
8-3
Syntax
set policy profile profile-index [name name] [pvid-status {enable | disable}] [pvid pvid] [cos-status {enable | disable}] [cos cos] [egress-vlans egress-vlans] [forbidden-vlans forbidden-vlans] [untagged-vlans untagged-vlans] [append] [clear] [tci-overwrite {enable | disable}] [precedence precedence-list]
Parameters
profileindex namename pvidstatus enable|disable pvidpvid cosstatusenable |disable coscos egressvlans egressvlans forbiddenvlans forbiddenvlans Specifiesanindexnumberforthepolicyprofile.Validvaluesare1255. (Optional)Specifiesanameforthepolicyprofile.Thisisastringfrom1to 64characters. (Optional)EnablesordisablesPVIDoverrideforthisprofile.Ifall classificationrulesassociatedwiththisprofilearemissed,thenthis parameter,ifspecified,determinesdefaultbehavior. (Optional)SpecifiesthePVIDtopackets,ifPVIDoverrideisenabledand invokedasdefaultbehavior. (Optional)EnablesordisablesClassofServiceoverrideforthisprofile.Ifall classificationrulesassociatedwiththisprofilearemissed,thenthis parameter,ifspecified,determinesdefaultbehavior. (Optional)SpecifiesaCoSvaluetoassigntopackets,ifCoSoverrideis enabledandinvokedasdefaultbehavior.Validvaluesare0to7. (Optional)Specifiesthattheporttowhichthispolicyprofileisapplied shouldbeaddedtotheegresslistoftheVLANsdefinedbyegressvlans. Packetswillbeformattedastagged. (Optional)Specifiesthattheporttowhichthispolicyprofileisapplied shouldbeaddedasforbiddentotheegresslistoftheVLANsdefinedby forbiddenvlans.Packetsfromthisportwillnotbeallowedtoparticipatein thelistedVLANs. (Optional)Specifiesthattheporttowhichthispolicyprofileisapplied shouldbeaddedtotheegresslistoftheVLANsdefinedbyuntaggedvlans. Packetswillbeformattedasuntagged. (Optional)Appendsthispolicyprofilesettingtosettingspreviously specifiedforthispolicyprofilebytheegressvlans,forbiddenvlans,or untaggedvlansparameters. Ifappendisnotused,previousVLANsettingsarereplaced. clear (Optional)Appendsthispolicyprofilesettingfromsettingspreviously specifiedforthispolicyprofilebytheegressvlans,forbiddenvlans,or untaggedvlansparameters. (Optional)EnablesordisablesTCI(tagcontrolinformation)overwritefor thisprofile.Whenenabled,rulesconfiguredforthisprofileareallowedto overwriteuserpriorityandotherclassificationinformationintheVLAN tagsTCIfield. (Optional)Assignsaruleprecedencetothisprofile.Lowervalueswillbe givenhigherprecedence.
tcioverwrite enable|disable
precedence precedencelist
8-4
Defaults
Ifoptionalparametersarenotspecified,nonewillbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtocreateapolicyprofile1namednetadminwithPVIDoverride enabledforPVID10,andClassofServiceoverrideenabledforCoS5.ThisprofilecanuseVLAN 10foruntaggedegress:
C2(su)->set policy profile 1 name netadmin pvid-status enable pvid 10 cos-status enable cos 5 untagged-vlans 10
Syntax
clear policy profile profile-index
Parameters
profileindex Specifiestheindexnumberoftheprofileentrytobedeleted.Validvalues are1to255.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodeletepolicyprofile8:
C2(su)->clear policy profile 8
8-5
Commands
Thecommandsusedtoreview,assignandunassignclassificationrulestouserprofilesandports arelistedbelow.
For information about... show policy rule show policy capability set policy rule clear policy rule clear policy all-rules Refer to page... 8-6 8-9 8-11 8-13 8-15
Syntax
show policy rule [all | admin-profile | profile-index] [ether | icmptype | ipproto | ipdestsocket | ipsourcesocket | iptos | macdest | macsource | port | tcpdestport | tcpsourceport | udpdestport | udpsourceport] [data] [mask mask] [port-string port-string] [rule-status {active | not-in-service | not-ready}] [storage-type {non-volatile | volatile}] [vlan vlan] | [drop | forward] [dynamic-pid dynamicpid] [cos cos] [admin-pid admin-pid] [-verbose] [usage-list] [display-if-used]
Parameters
all|admin profile|profile index ether icmptype ipproto ipdestsocket ipsourcesocket iptos macdest macsource port Displayspolicyclassificationrulesforallprofiles,profileID0(admin profile),orforaspecificprofileindexnumber.Validvaluesare11023. DisplaysEthernettypeIIrules. DisplaysICMPtyperules. DisplaysIPprotocolfieldinIPpacketrules. DisplaysIPdestinationaddressrules. DisplaysIPsourceaddressrules. DisplaysTypeofServicerules. DisplaysMACdestinationaddressrules. DisplaysMACsourceaddressrules. Displaysportrelatedrules.
8-6
DisplaysTCPdestinationportrules. DisplaysTCPsourceportrules. DisplaysUDPdestinationportrules. DisplaysUDPsourceportrules. Displaysrulesforapredefinedclassifier.Thisvalueisdependentonthe classificationtypeentered.RefertoTable 83forvalidvaluesforeach classificationtype. (Optional)Displaysrulesforaspecificdatamask.RefertoTable 83for validvaluesforeachclassificationtypeanddatavalue. (Optional)Displaysrulesrelatedtoaspecificingressport.
rulestatusactive (Optional)Displaysrulesrelatedtoaspecificrulesstatus. |notinservice| notready storagetypenon volatile|volatile vlanvlan drop|forward dynamicpid dynamicpid coscos adminpid adminpid verbose usagelist displayifused (Optional)Displaysrulesconfiguredforeithernonvolatileorvolatile storage. (Optional)DisplaysrulesforaspecificVLANID. Displaysrulesbasedonwhethermatchingpacketswillbedroppedor forwarded. DisplaysrulesassociatedwithaspecificdynamicpolicyID. (Optional)DisplaysrulesforaClassofServicevalue. DisplaysrulesassociatedwithaspecificadministrativepolicyID[1..1023]. (Optional)Displaysdetailedinformation. (Optional)Ifselected,eachrulesusagelistshallbecheckedandshall displayonlythoseportswhichhaveappliedthisrule. (Optional)Displaysrule(s)onlyiftheyareappliedtoatleastoneport.
Defaults
Ifverboseisnotspecified,summaryinformationwillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaypolicyclassificationinformationforEthernettype2rules
C2(su)->show policy rule ether |PID |Rule Type |Rule Data |02 |Ether |2048 (0x0800) |02 |Ether |2049 (0x0801) |02 |Ether |2989 (0x0bad) |02 |Ether |33079 (0x8137) |Mk|PortStr |16|All |16|All |16|All |16|All |RS|ST|VLAN|CoS | A|NV|4095| | A|NV| 0| | A|NV| 0| | A|NV| 0| |U| |?| |?| |?| |?|
8-7
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaypolicyclassificationinformationforadministrativerule1
C2(su)->show policy rule admin-pid 1 |Admin|Rule Type |Rule Data |admin|Port |ge.1.1 |admin|Port |ge.1.2 |admin|Port |ge.1.3 |admin|Port |ge.1.4 |admin|Port |ge.1.5 |admin|Port |ge.1.6 |admin|Port |ge.1.7 |admin|Port |ge.1.8 |admin|Port |ge.1.9 |admin|Port |ge.1.10 |admin|Port |ge.1.11 |admin|Port |ge.1.12 |Mk|PortStr |16|ge.1.1 |16|ge.1.2 |16|ge.1.3 |16|ge.1.4 |16|ge.1.5 |16|ge.1.6 |16|ge.1.7 |16|ge.1.8 |16|ge.1.9 |16|ge.1.10 |16|ge.1.11 |16|ge.1.12 |RS|ST|dPID|aPID|U| | A|NV| | 1|?| | A|NV| | 1|?| | A|NV| | 1|?| | A|NV| | 1|?| | A|NV| | 1|?| | A|NV| | 1|?| | A|NV| | 1|?| | A|NV| | 1|?| | A|NV| | 1|?| | A|NV| | 1|?| | A|NV| | 1|?| | A|NV| | 1|?|
8-8
Syntax
show policy capability
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
Usethiscommandtodisplaydetailedpolicyclassificationcapabilitiessupportedbyyour SecureStackC2device.Theoutputofthiscommandshowsatablelistingclassifiabletraffic attributesandthetypeofactions,byruletype,thatcanbeexecutedrelativetoeachattribute. Abovethetableisalistofalltheactionspossibleonthisdevice. Theleftmostcolumnofthetablelistsallpossibleclassifiabletrafficattributes.Thenexttwo columnsfromtheleftindicatehowpolicyprofilesmaybeassigned,eitheradministrativelyor dynamically.Thenextfourcolumnsfromtheleftindicatetheactionsthatmaybeperformed.The lastthreecolumnsindicateauditingoptions. Anxinanactioncolumnforatrafficattributerowindicatesthatyoursystemhasthecapabilityto performthatactionfortrafficclassifiedbythatattribute.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythedevicespolicyclassificationcapabilities.Refertoset policyruleonpage 811foradescriptionoftheparametersdisplayed:
C2(su)->show policy capability The following supports related to policy are supported in this device: VLAN Forwarding Priority Permit Deny Precedence Reordering TCI Overwrite Rules Table Rule-Use Notification Longest Prefix Rules ============================================================= | | D | | | | | F | | | D | | | Y | | | | | O | S | | I | | | N | A | | | | R | Y | | S | | | A | D | V | | D | W | S | T | A | | | M | M | L | C | R | A | L | R | B | | | I | I | A | O | O | R | O | A | L | | SUPPORTED RULE TYPES | C | N | N | S | P | D | G | P | E | ============================================================= |MAC source address | X | X | | X | X | X | | | | |MAC destination address | X | X | | X | X | X | | | | |IPX source address | | | | | | | | | | |IPX destination address | | | | | | | | | | |IPX source socket | | | | | | | | | |
SecureStack C2 Configuration Guide 8-9
|IPX destination socket | | | | | | | | |IPX transmission control | | | | | | | | |IPX type field | | | | | | | | |IPv6 source address | | | | | | | | |IPv6 destination address | | | | | | | | |IPv6 flow label | | | | | | | | |IP source address | X | X | | X | X | X | | |IP destination address | X | X | | X | X | X | | |IP fragmentation | | | | | | | | |UDP port source | X | X | | X | X | X | | |UDP port destination | X | X | | X | X | X | | |TCP port source | X | X | | X | X | X | | |TCP port destination | X | X | | X | X | X | | |ICMP packet type | X | X | | X | X | X | | |TTL | X | X | | X | X | X | | |IP type of service | X | X | | X | X | X | | |IP proto | X | X | | X | X | X | | |Ether II packet type | X | X | | X | X | X | | |LLC DSAP/SSAP/CTRL | | | | | | | | |VLAN tag | X | X | | X | X | X | | |Replace tci | | | | | | | | |Port string | X | X | | X | X | X | | =======================================================
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
8-10
Syntax
Thiscommandhastwoformsofsyntaxonetocreateanadminrule(forpolicyID0),andthe othertocreateaclassificationruleandattachittoapolicyprofile.
set policy rule admin-profile {vlantag data [mask mask] admin-pid profile-index} [port-string port-string] set policy rule profile-index {ether | icmptype | ipproto | ipdestsocket | ipsourcesocket | iptos | macdest | macsource | tcpdestport | tcpsourceport | udpdestport | udpsourceport} data [mask mask] [vlan vlan] [cos cos] | [drop | forward]
Parameters
Thefollowingparametersapplytocreatinganadminrule. adminprofile vlantagdata maskmask SpecifiesthatthisisanadminruleforpolicyID0. ClassifiesbasedonVLANtagspecifiedbydata.Valueofdatacanrange from1to4094or0xFFF. (Optional)Specifiesthenumberofsignificantbitstomatch,dependent onthedatavalueentered.Valueofmaskcanrangefrom1to12. RefertoTable 83forvalidvaluesforeachclassificationtypeanddata value. adminpid profileindex Associatesthisadminrulewithapolicyprofile,identifiedbyitsindex number.Policyprofilesareconfiguredwiththesetpolicyprofile commandasdescribedinsetpolicyprofileonpage 84. Validprofileindexvaluesare1255. portstringportstring (Optional)Assignsthisruletothespecifiedpolicyprofileonspecific ingressport(s).Rulewouldnotbeuseduntilpolicyisassignedtothe specifiedport(s)usingthesetpolicyportcommandasdescribedinset policyportonpage 816.
Thefollowingparametersapplytocreatingaclassificationrule. profileindex Specifiesapolicyprofilenumbertowhichthisrulewillbeassigned. Policyprofilesareconfiguredwiththesetpolicyprofilecommandas describedinsetpolicyprofileonpage 84.Validprofileindexvaluesare 1255. ClassifiesbasedontypefieldinEthernetIIpacket. ClassifiesbasedonICMPtype. ClassifiesbasedonProtocolfieldinIPpacket. ClassifiesbasedondestinationIPaddresswithoptionalpostfixedport.
8-11
ClassifiesbasedonsourceIPaddress,withoptionalpostfixedport. ClassifiesbasedonTypeofServicefieldinIPpacket. ClassifiesbasedonMACdestinationaddress. ClassifiesbasedonMACsourceaddress. ClassifiesbasedonTCPdestinationport. ClassifiesbasedonTCPsourceport. ClassifiesbasedonUDPdestinationport. ClassifiesbasedonUDPsourceport. Specifiesthecodeforapredefinedclassifier.Thisvalueisdependenton theclassificationtypeentered.RefertoTable 83forvalidvaluesforeach classificationtype. (Optional)Specifiesthenumberofsignificantbitstomatch,dependenton thedatavalueentered.RefertoTable 83forvalidvaluesforeach classificationtypeanddatavalue. ClassifiestoaVLANID. SpecifiesthatthisrulewillclassifytoaClassofServiceID.Validvalues are04095.Avalueof1indicatesthatnoCoSforwardingbehavior modificationisdesired. Specifiesthatpacketswithinthisclassificationwillbedroppedor forwarded.
maskmask
vlanvlan coscos
drop|forward
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Table 83providesthesetpolicyruledatavaluesthatcanbeenteredforaparticularclassification type,andthemaskbitsthatcanbeenteredforeachclassifierassociatedwiththatparameter. Table 8-3 Valid Values for Policy Classification Rules
data value Type field in Ethernet II packet: 1536 - 65535 or 0x600 - 0xFFFF ICMP Type: a.b Protocol field in IP packet: 0 - 255 or 0 - 0xFF IP Address in dotted decimal format: 000.000.000.000 and (Optional) post-fixed port: 0 65535 Type of Service field in IP packet: 0 - 255 or 0 - 0xFF mask bits 1- 16 1- 16 1- 8 1 - 48
Classification Rule Parameter ether icmptype ipproto Destination or Source IP Address: ipdestsocket ipsourcesocket iptos
1- 8
8-12
Table 8-3
Classification Rule Parameter Destination or Source MAC: macdest macsource Destination or Source TCP port: tcpdestport tcpsourceport Destination or Source UDP port: udpsourceport udpdestport vlantag
1 - 16
1 - 16
1 -12
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtouseTable 83toassignaruletopolicyprofile3thatwillfilterEthernet IIType1526framestoVLAN7:
C2(su)->set policy rule 3 ether 1526 vlan 7
Syntax
Thiscommandhastwoformsofsyntaxonetoclearanadminrule(forpolicyID0),andtheother toclearaclassificationrule.
clear policy rule admin-profile {vlantag data [mask mask] clear policy rule profile-index {all-pid-entries | { ether | icmptype | ipproto| ipdestsocket| ipsourcesocket | iptos | macdest | macsource | tcpdestport | tcpsourceport | udpdestport | udpsourceport} }
Parameters
Thefollowingparametersapplytodeletinganadminrule. adminprofile vlantagdata SpecifiesthattheruletobedeletedisanadminruleforpolicyID0. DeletestherulebasedonVLANtagspecifiedbydata.Valueofdatacan rangefrom1to4094or0xFFF.
8-13
maskmask
Thefollowingparametersapplytodeletingaclassificationrule. profileindex allpidentries ether icmptype ipproto ipdestsocket ipsourcesocket iptos macdest macsource tcpdestport tcpsourceport udpdestport udpsourceport Specifiesapolicyprofileforwhichtodeleteclassificationrules.Valid profileindexvaluesare1255. Deletesallentriesassociatedwiththespecifiedpolicyprofile. DeletesassociatedEthernetIIclassificationrule. DeletesassociatedICMPclassificationrule. DeletesassociatedIPprotocolclassificationrule. DeletesassociatedIPdestinationclassificationrule. DeletesassociatedIPsourceclassificationrule. DeletesassociatedIPTypeofServiceclassificationrule. DeletesassociatedMACdestinationaddressclassificationrule. DeletesassociatedMACsourceaddressclassificationrule. DeletesassociatedTCPdestinationportclassificationrule. DeletesassociatedTCPsourceportclassificationrule. DeletesassociatedUDPdestinationportclassificationrule. DeletesassociatedUDPsourceportclassificationrule.
Defaults
Whenapplicable,dataandmaskmustbespecifiedforindividualrulestobecleared.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodeleteEthernetIIType1526classificationruleentriesassociatedwith policyprofile1fromallports
C2(su)->clear policy rule 1 ether 1526
Thisexampleshowshowtoremovearulefrompolicyprofile5thatwillforwardUDPframes fromsourceport45:
C2(su)->clear policy rule 5 udpportsource 45 forward
8-14
Syntax
clear policy all-rules
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoremovealladministrativeandpolicyindexrules:
C2(su)->clear policy all-rules
8-15
Commands
Thecommandsusedtoassignportstopolicyprofilesarelistedbelow.
For information about... set policy port clear policy port Refer to page... 8-16 8-17
Syntax
set policy port port-string profile-index
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)toaddtothepolicyprofile.Foradetaileddescription ofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLI onpage 42. SpecifiestheIDofthepolicyprofile(role)towhichtheport(s)willbe added.Thisvaluemustmatchtheprofileindexvalueassignedusingthe setpolicyprofilecommand(setpolicyprofileonpage 84)inorderfor apolicyprofiletobeactiveonthespecifiedport.
profileindex
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoallowGigabitEthernetports5through15inslot1totransmitframes accordingtopolicyprofile1:
C2(su)->set policy port ge.1.5-15 1
8-16
Syntax
clear policy port port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)fromwhichtoremovethepolicyprofile.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoremoveapolicyprofilefromFastEthernetport21inslot1:
C2(rw)->clear policy port fe.1.21
8-17
TheSecureStackC2supportsClassofService(CoS),whichallowsyoutoassignmissioncritical datatoahigherprioritythroughthedevicebydelayinglesscriticaltrafficduringperiodsof congestion.Thehigherprioritytrafficgoingthroughthedeviceisservicedfirst(beforelower prioritytraffic).TheClassofServicecapabilityofthedeviceisimplementedbyapriority queueingmechanism.ClassofServiceisbasedontheIEEE802.1D(802.1p)standardspecification, andallowsyoutodefineeightpriorities(07,with7grantedhighestpriority)andupto8transmit queues(07)foreachport. EnterasysNetworksenhancedCoSimplementationallowsyoutousethefollowingmethodsto configureClassofServiceontheSecureStackC2: Allowingtheswitchtoautomaticallyassignpolicybasedinboundratelimitersandtransmit queuesasdescribedinthissection. ConfiguringtransmitqueueingandratelimitingonaperportbasisasdescribedinChapter 9.
8-18
Example
Thisexamplecreatesdifferentinboundratelimitersfortwoportgroupsandthenassignsthemto trafficwithaCoSsettingof0. 1. Configuretwoportgroups,oneforuserportsandoneforuplinkportsandassignportstothe groups.Portgroup1.0willrepresentuserports,group2.0willrepresentuplinkports.
C2(su)->set cos port-config irl 1.0 name Users ports fe.1.1-46 C2(su)->set cos port-config irl 2.0 name Uplink ports fe.1.47-48 C2(su)->show cos port-config Inbound Rate Limiting Port Configuration Entries ---------------------------------------------------------------------Port Group Name :Default Port Group :0 Port Type :0 Assigned Ports :none ---------------------------------------------------------------------Port Group Name :Users Port Group :1 Port Type :0 Assigned Ports :fe.1.1-46 ---------------------------------------------------------------------Port Group Name :Uplink Port Group :2 Port Type :0 Assigned Ports :fe.1.47-48 ----------------------------------------------------------------------
2.
3.
IntheCoSIRLreferencemappingtableforeachportgroup,createareferenceforeachIRL resourcecreatedinthepreviousstep.Wewillusereferencenumber1.
C2(su)->set cos reference irl 1.0 1 rate-limit 1 C2(su)->set cos reference irl 2.0 1 rate-limit 1 C2(su)->show cos reference irl 1.0 Group Index ----------1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 ... 1.0 Reference --------0 1 2 3 97 Type ---irl irl irl irl irl Rate Limiter -----------none 1 none none none
SecureStack C2 Configuration Guide 8-19
1.0 1.0
98 99
irl irl
none none
C2(su)->show cos reference irl 2.0 Group Index ----------2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 ... 2.0 2.0 2.0 Reference --------0 1 2 3 97 98 99 Type ---irl irl irl irl irl irl irl Rate Limiter -----------none 1 none none none none none
4.
IntheCoSsettingstable,configureaCoSsettingforCoSindex1,whichhasapriorityof0.We entertheIRLreference,createdinthepreviousstep.
C2(su)->set cos settings 0 irl-reference 1 C2(su)->show cos settings CoS Index Priority ToS IRL --------- ---------- ------- ----0 0 * 1 1 1 * * 2 2 * * 3 3 * * 4 4 * * 5 5 * * 6 6 * * 7 7 * *
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoconfigurepolicybasedClassofServicearelistedbelow.
For information about... set cos state show cos state clear cos state set cos settings clear cos settings show cos settings set cos port-config show cos port-config clear cos port-config set cos port-resource show cos port-resource clear cos port-resource set cos reference Refer to page... 8-22 8-22 8-23 8-23 8-24 8-25 8-26 8-27 8-28 8-29 8-30 8-31 8-32
8-20
For information about... show cos reference clear cos reference show cos unit clear cos all-entries show cos port-type
8-21
Syntax
set cos state {enable | disable}
Parameters
enable|disable EnablesordisablesClassofServiceontheswitch.Defaultstateis disabled.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
TheCoSstateisaglobalsettingwhichissettodisabledbydefault.WhenCoSisenabled,controls configuredforCoSwillsupersedeportlevelcontrolforpriorityqueuemapping,portrate limiting,andtransmitqueuemapping.Althoughportlevelsettingscanbeconfigured,theywill havenoeffectwhileCoSisenabled.DisablingCoSwillrestoreanyexistingportlevelsettings.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableClassofService:
C2(rw)->set cos state enable
Syntax
show cos state
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoshowtheClassofServiceenablestate:
C2(rw)->show cos state Class-of-Service application is enabled
8-22 Policy Classification Configuration
Syntax
clear cos state
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheCoSstatebacktoitsdefaultsettingofdisabled:
C2(su)->clear cos state
Syntax
set cos settings cos-index priority priority [tos-value tos-value] [irl-reference irl-reference]
Parameters
cosindex prioritypriority tosvaluetosvalue irlreference irlreference SpecifiesaClassofServiceentry.Validvaluesare0to255. Specifiesan802.1dpriorityvalue.Validvaluesare0to7,with0beingthe lowestpriority.SeeUsagesectionbelowformoreinformation. (Optional)SpecifiesaTypeofServicevalue.Validvaluesare0to255.See Usagesectionbelowformoreinformation. (Optional)Settheinboundratelimiterassociatedwiththisentry.Valid valuesare0to99.SeeUsagesectionbelowformoreinformation.
Defaults
Ifnooptionalparametersarespecified,nonewillbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
8-23
Usage
TheCoSsettingstabletakesindividualclassofservicefeaturesanddisplaysthemasbelongingto aCoSentry.Essentially,itisusedforCoSfeatureassignment.Eachclassofserviceentryconsists ofanindex,802.1ppriority,anoptionalToSvalue,andanIRLreference. CoSIndex IndexesareuniqueidentifiersforeachCoSsetting.CoSindexes0through7arecreatedby defaultandmappeddirectlyto802.1ppriorityforbackwardscompatibility.Theseentries cannotberemoved,and802.1ppriorityvaluescannotbechanged.WhenCoSisenabled, indexesareassigned.Upto256CoSindexesorentriescanbeconfigured. Priority 802.1pprioritycanbeappliedperCoSindex.ForeachnewCoSindexcreated,theuserhas theoptiontoassignan802.1ppriorityvalue0to7fortheclassofservice.CoSindexes0 through7mapdirectlyto802.1pprioritiesandcannotbechangedastheyexistforbackward compatibility. ToS Thisvaluecanbesetperclassofservice,butisnotrequired.Whenaframeisassignedtoa classofserviceforwhichthisvalueisconfigured,theToSfieldoftheincomingIPpacketwill beoverwrittentotheuserdefinedvalue.ToSbits0255canbeset,makingtheentireToSfield rewritable.ToScanbesetforCoSindexes0through7. IRLReference TheCoSIRLreferencefieldisoptional,asratelimitsarenotrequired.TheIRLreferencedoes notassignaninboundratelimitbutpointstotheCoSIRLReferenceMappingTable.This referencemaybethoughtofasthevirtualratelimiterthatwillassignthephysicalratelimiter definedbytheIRLReferenceMappingTable,describedinsetcosreferenceonpage 832.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateCoSentry8withapriorityvalueof3:
C2(rw)->set cos settings 8 priority 3
Syntax
clear cos settings cos-list {[all] | [priority] [tos-value] [irl-reference]}
Parameters
coslist all priority tosvalue irlreference SpecifiesaClassofServiceentrytoclear. Clearsallsettingsassociatedwiththisentry. Clearsthepriorityvalueassociatedwiththisentry. ClearstheTypeofServicevalueassociatedwiththisentry. CleartheIRLreferenceassociatedwiththisentry.
Defaults
None.
8-24 Policy Classification Configuration
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearthepriorityforCoSentry8:
C2(rw)->clear cos settings 8 priority
Syntax
show cos settings [cos-list]
Parameters
coslist (Optional)SpecifiesaClassofServiceentrytodisplay.
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,allCoSentrieswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoshowallCoSsettings:
C2(su)->show cos settings CoS Index Priority ToS IRL --------- ---------- ------- ----0 0 * * 1 1 * * 2 2 * * 3 3 * * 4 4 * * 5 5 * * 6 6 * * 7 7 * *
8-25
Syntax
set cos port-config irl group-type-index [name name] [ports port-list] [append] | [clear]
Parameters
irl grouptypeindex Specifiesthatthisisaninboundratelimiting(IRL)portgroup. Specifiesaninboundratelimitingportgroup/typeindex.Validentriesare intheformofgroup#.porttype. Validvaluesforgroup#canrangefrom0to7.Validvaluesforporttype canrangefrom0to1,althoughonlyporttype0iscurrentlysupported. Forexample,portgroup3wouldbespecifiedas3.0. namename portsportlist append clear (Optional)Userdefinednameforthegroup. (Optional)Portsassignedtothegroup.Allportsmustbeofthesameport type(FastEthernet,GigabitEthernet). (Optional)Append(add)theportstotheportsthatarealreadyinthe group. (Optional)Clearthegivenportsfromthoseassignedtothegroup.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
CoSIRLportgroupsareidentifiedbygroupnumberandthetypeofportsinthegroup,inthe formofgroup#.porttype.TheIRLportgroup0.0existsbydefault.Thisdefaultportgroupcannot beremovedandallphysicalportsinthesystemareassignedtoit.Uptosevenadditionalport groups(1through7)canbeconfigured.Currently,onlyoneporttype(type0)issupported.This porttypesupports100limiters. Additionalportgroupsmaybecreatedforflexibility.Portsassignedtoanewportgroupmustbe mutuallyexclusivefromtheotherportgroupentriesportsareautomaticallyremovedfromthe defaultportgroupandmustbecomprisedofthesameporttypeasdefinedbytheportgroup. Thecreationofadditionalportgroupscouldbeusedtocombinesimilarportsbytheirfunctionfor flexibility.Forinstance,portsassociatedtouserscanbeaddedtoaportgroupcalledUsersand portsassociatedtouplinkportscanbeaddedtoaportgroupcalledUplink.Usingtheseport groups,asingleclassofservicecanassigndifferentratelimitstoeachportgroup.Userports canbeassignedoneratelimit,whileUplinkportscanbeassignedanother.DFEsupportsa maximumof8portgroupsperCoSfunction(IRL). ThecommandshowcosportconfigdisplayseachIRLportgroupconfiguredbygroupandtype, withthegroupnameandassociated(assigned)ports.Thecommandshowcosporttypedisplays theavailableinboundratelimitingresourcesfortheporttype.
8-26
Example
Thisexampleconfigurestwoportgroups,oneforuserportsandoneforuplinkportsandassign portstothegroups.Portgroup1.0willrepresentuserports,group2.0willrepresentuplinkports.
C2(su)->set cos port-config irl 1.0 name Users ports fe.1.1-46 C2(su)->set cos port-config irl 2.0 name Uplink ports fe.1.47-48
Syntax
show cos port-config [irl group-type-index]
Parameters
irl grouptypeindex (Optional)Specifiesthatinboundratelimitingconfigurationinformation shouldbedisplayed. (Optional)Showassignedportsforaspecificportgroup.Validentriesare intheformofgroup#.porttype. Validvaluesforgroup#canrangefrom0to7.Validvaluesforporttype canrangefrom0to1,althoughonlyporttype0iscurrentlysupported. Forexample,portgroup3wouldbespecifiedas3.0.
Defaults
TheshowcosportconfigcommandbyitselfwillshowallPortGroups.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowsallinboundratelimitingportgroups.Notethatportsfe.1.1throughfe.1.48 wereremovedfromthedefaultportgroup0.0whentheywereaddedtoportgroups1.0and2.0.
C2(su)->show cos port-config Inbound Rate Limiting Port Configuration Entries ---------------------------------------------------------------------Port Group Name :Default Port Group :0 Port Type :0 Assigned Ports :none ---------------------------------------------------------------------Port Group Name :Users Port Group :1 Port Type :0 Assigned Ports :fe.1.1-46 ---------------------------------------------------------------------Port Group Name :Uplink Port Group :2 Port Type :0 Assigned Ports :fe.1.47-48 ----------------------------------------------------------------------
8-27
Syntax
clear cos port-config irl {all | group-type-index {[entry] | [name] [ports]}}
Parameters
irl all grouptypeindex ClearanIRLportgroupconfiguration. Clearallinboundratelimitingportconfignondefaultentries. Deleteaspecificportgrouporgroupname,orcleartheportsfromthat group.Validentriesareintheformofgroup#.porttype. Validvaluesforgroup#canrangefrom0to7.Validvaluesforporttype canrangefrom0to1,althoughonlyporttype0iscurrentlysupported. Forexample,portgroup3wouldbespecifiedas3.0. entry name ports Deletethisnondefaultinboundratelimiterentry. Cleartheadministrativelyassignedtextualdescriptionofthisportgroup entrytoitsdefault. Cleartheportsassignedtothisgrouptoitsdefault.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Thedefaultportgroup0.0cannotbedeleted.
Example
ThisexampledeletesallPortGroupsexceptfortheDefaultgroup0.0:
C2(su)->clear cos port-config irl all
8-28
Syntax
set cos port-resource irl group-type-index irl-index {[unit {kbps}] [rate rate] [type {drop}]}
Parameters
irl grouptypeindex SetanIRLportresource. Specifiesaninboundratelimitingportgroup/typeindex.Validentriesare intheformofgroup#.porttype. Validvaluesforgroup#canrangefrom0to7.Validvaluesforporttype canrangefrom0to1,althoughonlyporttype0iscurrentlysupported. Forexample,portgroup3wouldbespecifiedas3.0. irlindex unit kbps raterate typedrop Indexnumberoftheinboundratelimiterresourceassociatedwiththis entry.Validvaluesrangefrom0to99. Unitofmeasurefortheinboundratelimiter(onlyoptionisKbps). Kilobitspersecond. Datarateforthisinboundratelimiter.Thisistheactualratelimit.Valid valuesrangefrom512to1,000,000KbpsforaGigabitport. Actionfortheratelimiter.Theonlyactionoptionisdroptheframeifall limitersareexceeded.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
CoSportresourcesarewhereactualphysicalratelimitersareconfigured.Resourcesmapdirectly tothenumberofratelimiterssupportedbytheporttype.(Porttype0supports100IRLresources.) Resourcesexistforeachportgroupandareindexedasgroup#.porttype.irlindex.Portresources arenotinitiallyconfiguredasratelimiting. Inboundratelimiting,orratepolicing,simplydropsorclipstrafficinboundifaconfiguredrateis exceeded.CoSinboundratelimitingallowstheusertoconfigureratelimitsbasedonkilobitsper second. Theshowcosportresourcecommanddisplaystheresourcesavailableforeachportgroup.By default,noIRLresourcesareconfigured.ThedefaultRateLimitingalgorithmisdropandcannot beconfiguredotherwise.
Example
Thisexamplesetstheinboundratelimitresourceindexnumber1forportgroup2.0to10000Kbps or1MB:
C2(su)->set cos port-resource irl 2.0 1 unit kbps rate 10000 type drop
SecureStack C2 Configuration Guide 8-29
Syntax
show cos port-resource [irl [group-type-index [irl-index]]]
Parameters
irl grouptypeindex (Optional)Specifiesthatinboundratelimitingportresourcesshouldbe displayed. (Optional)Specifiesaninboundratelimitingportgroup/typeindex.Valid entriesareintheformofgroup#.porttype. Validvaluesforgroup#canrangefrom0to7.Validvaluesforporttype canrangefrom0to1,althoughonlyporttype0iscurrentlysupported. Forexample,portgroup3wouldbespecifiedas3.0. irlindex (Optional)Inboundratelimiterresourceindexconfiguredforthe specifiedportgroup.Validvaluesrangefrom0to99.
Defaults
IfaportgroupandIRLindexarenotspecified,theIRLconfigurationforallresources(099)forall configuredportgroupswillbeshown.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampledisplaystheIRLresourceindexnumber1configurationforgroup2.0.
C2(su)->show cos port-resource irl 2.0 1 '?' after the rate value indicates an invalid rate value Group Index Resource Type Unit Rate ----------- -------- ---- ---- ---------2.0 1 irl kbps 10000 Rate Limit Type Action --------------- -----drop none
8-30
Syntax
clear cos port-resource irl {all | group-type-index [irl-index [unit] [rate] [type]]}
Parameters
irl all grouptypeindex SpecifiesthatanIRLresourceistobecleared. ClearallIRLresourcesforallportgroups. Specifiesaninboundratelimitingportgroup/typeindex.Validentriesare intheformofgroup#.porttype. Validvaluesforgroup#canrangefrom0to7.Validvaluesforporttype canrangefrom0to1,althoughonlyporttype0iscurrentlysupported. Forexample,portgroup3wouldbespecifiedas3.0. irlindex unit rate type (Optional)Inboundratelimiterresourceindexassociatedwiththe specifiedportgroup.Validvaluesrangefrom0to99. Cleartheunitofmeasurefortheinboundratelimiter. Clearthedatarateforthisinboundratelimiter. Cleartheactionfortheratelimiter.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleclearsthedatarateto0forIRLresourceindex1forgroup2.0.
C2(su)->clear cos port-resource irl 2.0 1 rate
8-31
Syntax
set cos reference irl group-type-index reference rate-limit irl-index
Parameters
irl grouptypeindex SpecifiesthatanIRLreferenceisbeingconfigured. Specifiesaninboundratelimitingportgroup/typeindex.Validentriesare intheformofgroup#.porttype. Validvaluesforgroup#canrangefrom0to7.Validvaluesforporttype canrangefrom0to1,althoughonlyporttype0iscurrentlysupported. Forexample,portgroup3wouldbespecifiedas3.0. reference ratelimitirlindex IRLreferencenumberassociatedwiththisentry. Ratelimiter(IRLresourceindex)tobindthisreferenceto.Validvalues rangefrom0to99.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
TheCoSreferencetablemapstheuserdefinedIRLreferencesfoundintheCoSsettingstable(see setcossettingsonpage 823)toratelimiterscreatedintheportresourcetable(seesetcosport resourceonpage 829).TheCoSreferencetableindexescanbethoughtofasvirtualratelimiters. Thetableaccountsforthemaximumnumberofratelimiterssupportedbythedevice.Thevirtual limitersthenmaptothephysicalratelimiters.TheCoSIRLReferenceTableisnotconfiguredby default. TheCoSIRLreferencetableuses100indexesorvirtualratelimiters,andmapseachvirtuallimiter toaphysicallimiterorresource.AnIRLreferencetableexistsforeachportgroupconfigured,and isindexedsimilarlytoportresources,asportgroup#,porttype,reference.IRLreferencesarenot populatedwithlimiters(resources),butcanbeconfiguredbytheuser.TheIRLreferencetablecan bedisplayedusingtheshowcosreferencecommand.
Example
IntheCoSIRLreferencemappingtableforportgroups1.0and2.0,createareferencefortheIRL resourcenumber1createdforeachgroup.Thereferencenumber1isused.
C2(su)->set cos reference irl 1.0 1 rate-limit 1 C2(su)->set cos reference irl 2.0 1 rate-limit 1
8-32
Syntax
show cos reference [irl [group-type-index]]
Parameters
irl grouptypeindex (Optional)Specifiesthatinboundratelimitingreferenceinformation shouldbedisplayed. (Optional)Specifiesaninboundratelimitingportgroup/typeindex.Valid entriesareintheformofgroup#.porttype. Validvaluesforgroup#canrangefrom0to7.Validvaluesforporttype canrangefrom0to1,althoughonlyporttype0iscurrentlysupported. Forexample,portgroup3wouldbespecifiedas3.0.
Defaults
Ifirlisnotspecified,allCoSreferenceinformationisdisplayed. Ifaspecificportgroupisnotspecified,informationforallportgroupsisdisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowstheClassofServiceIRLreferencesforportgroup1.0.Notethatnotallofthe 100possiblereferencesaredisplayedinthisoutputexample.
C2(su)->show cos reference irl 1.0 Group Index ----------1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 ... 1.0 1.0 1.0 Reference --------0 1 2 3 97 98 99 Type ---irl irl irl irl irl irl irl Rate Limiter -----------none 1 none none none none none
8-33
Syntax
clear cos reference irl {all | group-type-index reference}
Parameters
irl all grouptypeindex SpecifiesthatIRLreferencesarebeingcleared. Clearallgroupsindexesandreferences. Specifiesaninboundratelimitingportgroup/typeindex.Validentriesare intheformofgroup#.porttype. Validvaluesforgroup#canrangefrom0to7.Validvaluesforporttype canrangefrom0to1,althoughonlyporttype0iscurrentlysupported. Forexample,portgroup3wouldbespecifiedas3.0. reference Clearaspecificreferenceforthespecifiedportgroup.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheCoSinboundratelimitingreferenceconfigurationforall groups:
C2(su)->clear cos reference irl all
8-34
Syntax
show cos unit
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowspossibleunitentriesforinboundratelimiting:
C2(su)->show cos unit Type: irl = inbound rate limiting Port Type --------0 Type ---irl Unit ---Kbps Unit: Kbps = Kilobits per second Minimum Rate -----------512 Granularity ----------1
Syntax
clear cos all-entries
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheCoSconfigurationforallentriesexceptentries07:
C2(su)->clear cos all-entries
8-35
Syntax
show cos port-type [irl [port-type] ]
Parameters
irl porttype (Optional)Displaysinboundratelimitinginformation. (Optional)Displaysinformationforaspecificporttype.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,inboundratelimitinginformationforallporttypesisdisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
TheSecureStackimplementationprovidesonedefaultporttype(0)fordesignatingavailable inboundratelimitingresources.Porttype0includesallports. TheSecureStackporttype0descriptionisC2100IRL,whichindicatesthatthisporttype providesamaximumof100inboundratelimitingresourcesperportgroup.
Example
Thisexampleshowsinboundratelimitinginformationforporttype0.
C2(su)->show cos port-type irl 0 Number of resources: irl = inbound rate limiter(s) Port type description -----------C2 100 IRL Number of limiters --------100 Supported rate types: Kbps = kilobits per second Supported rate type --------kbps Eligible ports ----------------fe.1.1-48 Unselected ports ----------------fe.1.1-48
Index ----0
8-36
9
Port Priority and Rate Limiting Configuration
ThischapterdescribesthePortPriorityandRateLimitingsetofcommandsandhowtousethem.
For information about... Port Priority Configuration Summary Configuring Port Priority Configuring Priority to Transmit Queue Mapping Configuring Quality of Service (QoS) Configuring Port Traffic Rate Limiting Refer to page... 9-1 9-2 9-5 9-8 9-12
9-1
Commands
Thecommandstoconfigureportpriorityarelistedbelow.
For information about... show port priority set port priority clear port priority Refer to page... 9-5 9-3 9-4
Syntax
show port priority [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displayspriorityinformationforaspecificport.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
If port-string is not specified, priority for all ports will be displayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheportpriorityforthefe.2.1through5.
C2(su)->show port priority fe.2.1-5 fe.2.1 is set to 0 fe.2.2 is set to 0 fe.2.3 is set to 0 fe.2.4 is set to 0 fe.2.5 is set to 0
9-2 Port Priority and Rate Limiting Configuration
Syntax
set port priority port-string priority
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheportforwhichtosetpriority.Foradetaileddescriptionof possibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIon page 42. Specifiesavalueof0to7tosettheCoSpriorityfortheportenteredinthe portstring.Priorityvalueof0isthelowestpriority.
priority
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetadefaultpriorityof6onfe.1.3.Framesreceivedbythisport withoutpriorityinformationintheirframeheaderaresettothedefaultsettingof6:
C2(su)->set port priority fe.1.3 6
9-3
Syntax
clear port priority port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheportforwhichtoclearpriority.Foradetaileddescriptionof possibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIon page 42.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoresetfe.1.11tothedefaultpriority:
C2(rw)->clear port priority fe.1.11
9-4
Commands
Thecommandsusedinconfiguringtransmitpriorityqueuesarelistedbelow.
For information about... show port priority-queue set port priority-queue clear port priority-queue Refer to page... 9-5 9-6 9-7
Syntax
show port priority-queue [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysthemappingofprioritiestotransmitqueuesforone ormoreports.
Defaults
If port-string is not specified, priority queue information for all ports will be displayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
9-5
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaypriorityqueueinformationforge.1.1.Inthiscase,frameswith apriorityof0areassociatedwithtransmitqueue1;frameswith1or2priority,areassociatedwith transmitqueue0;andsoforth:
C2(su)->show Port P0 --------- -ge.1.1 1 port priority-queue ge.1.1 P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 -- -- -- -- -- -- -0 0 2 3 4 5 5
Syntax
set port priority-queue port-string priority queue
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtosetprioritytoqueuemappings.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42. Specifiesavalueof0through7(0isthelowestlevel)thatdetermines whatpriorityframeswillbetransmittedonthetransmitqueueenteredin thiscommand. Specifiesavalueof0through5(0isthelowestlevel)thatdeterminesthe queueonwhichtotransmittheframeswiththeportpriorityenteredin thiscommand.
priority
queue
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Althoughthereareeightqueuesimplementedintheswitchhardware,onlysixareavailablefor useinprioritizingvariousdataandcontroltraffic.The7thand8thqueuesarereservedfor stackingandnetworkcontrolrelatedcommunications.RefertoConfiguringQualityofService (QoS)onpage 98formoreinformationaboutconfiguringtheprioritymodeandweightforthese queues. PrioritytotransmitqueuemappingonanindividualportbasiscanonlybeconfiguredonGigabit Ethernetports(ge.x.x).WhenyouusethesetportpriorityqueuecommandtoconfigureaFast Ethernetport(fe.x.x),themappingvaluesareappliedgloballytoallFastEthernetportsonthe stack.
9-6
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetpriority5framesreceivedonge.2.12totransmitonqueue0.
C2(su)->set port priority-queue ge.2.12 5 0
Syntax
clear port priority-queue port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheportforwhichtoclearprioritytoqueuemappings.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearthepriorityqueuesettingsonge.2.12:
C2(su)->clear port priority-queue ge.2.12
9-7
Command Descriptions
ThecommandstoconfiguretheQualityofServicearelistedbelow.
For information about... show port txq set port txq clear port txq Refer to page... 9-8 9-9 9-10
Syntax
show port txq [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Specifiesport(s)forwhichtodisplayQoSsettings.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42. Onlyphysicalportswillbedisplayed.LAGportshavenotransmitqueue information.
Defaults
Iftheportstringisnotspecified,theQoSsettingofallphysicalportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
9-8
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythecurrentalgorithmandtransmitqueueweightsconfigured onportsge.1.10through24:
C2(su)->show port txq ge.1.10-24 Port Alg Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 ------- --- --- --- --- --- --ge.1.10 WRR 2 10 15 20 24 29 ge.1.11 WRR 2 10 15 20 24 29 ge.1.12 WRR 2 10 15 20 24 29 ge.1.13 WRR 2 10 15 20 24 29 ge.1.14 WRR 2 10 15 20 24 29 ge.1.15 WRR 2 10 15 20 24 29 ge.1.16 WRR 2 10 15 20 24 29 ge.1.17 WRR 2 10 15 20 24 29 ge.1.18 WRR 2 10 15 20 24 29 ge.1.19 WRR 2 10 15 20 24 29 ge.1.20 WRR 2 10 15 20 24 29 ge.1.21 WRR 2 10 15 20 24 29 ge.1.22 WRR 2 10 15 20 24 29 ge.1.23 WRR 2 10 15 20 24 29 ge.1.24 WRR 2 10 15 20 24 29 Q6 --SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP Q7 --SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP
Syntax
set port txq port-string value0 value1 value2 value3 value4 value5
Parameters
portstring Specifiesport(s)onwhichtosetqueuearbitrationvalues.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 42. Onlyphysicalportscanbeconfiguredwiththiscommand.LAGports cannotbeconfigured. value0value5 Specifiespercentagetoallocatetoaspecifictransmitqueue.Thevalues musttotal100percent.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Eighttransmitqueuesareimplementedintheswitchhardwareforeachphysicalport,butonlysix areavailableforuseinprioritizingvariousdataandcontroltraffic.Theseventhandeighthqueues arereservedforstackingandnetworkcontrolrelatedcommunicationsandcannotbeconfigured.
9-9
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtochangethearbitrationvaluesforthesixtransmitqueuesbelongingto ge.1.1:
C2(su)->set port txq ge.1.1 17 17 17 17 16 16
Thisexampleshowshowtochangethealgorithmtostrictpriorityforthesixtransmitqueues belongingtoge.1.1:
C2(su)->set port txq ge.1.1 0 0 0 0 0 100 C2(su)->show port txq ge.1.1 Port Alg Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 ------- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --ge.1.1 STR SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP
Syntax
clear port txq port-string
Parameters
portstring Clearstransmitqueuevaluesonspecificport(s)backtotheirdefault values.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,referto PortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42. Onlyphysicalportscanbeconfiguredwiththiscommand.LAGports cannotbeconfigured.
Defaults
Bydefault,transmitqueuesaredefinedasfollows:
Queue 0 1 2 3 Mode WRR WRR WRR WRR Weight 1 2 3 4 Queue 4 5 6 7 Mode WRR WRR Strict (not configurable) Strict (not configurable) Weight 5 6
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
9-10
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtocleartransmitqueuevaluesonge.1.1:
C2(su)->clear port txq ge.1.1 C2(su)->show port txq ge.1.1 Port Alg Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 ------- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --ge.1.1 WRR 2 10 15 20 24 29 SP SP
9-11
Commands
Thecommandstoconfiguretrafficratelimitingarelistedbelow.
For information about... show port ratelimit set port ratelimit clear port ratelimit Refer to page... 9-12 9-14 9-15
Syntax
show port ratelimit [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysratelimitinginformationforspecificport(s).Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,ratelimitinginformationwillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
9-12
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythecurrentratelimitinginformationforfe.2.1:
C2(su)->show port ratelimit fe.2.1 Global Ratelimiting status is disabled. Port Number ----------fe.2.1 fe.2.1 fe.2.1 fe.2.1 fe.2.1 fe.2.1 fe.2.1 fe.2.1 Threshold (kB/s) --------64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 Priority List ----------0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Index ----1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9-13
Syntax
set port ratelimit {disable | enable} | port-string priority threshold {disable | enable} [inbound] [index]
Parameters
disable|enable Whenenteredwithoutaportstring,globallydisablesorenablestheport ratelimitingfunction.Whenenteredwithaportstring,disablesor enablesratelimitingonspecificport(s)whentheglobalfunctionis enabled. Specifiesaportonwhichtosettheratelimitingthresholdandother parameters.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues, refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42. Specifiesthe802.1D(802.1p)portprioritylevelassociatedwiththeport string.Thevaluecanbe0to7,with0specifyingthelowestpriority. Specifiesaportratelimitingthresholdinkilobytespersecond.Rangeis 64uptoamaximumof2,147,483,647kilobytespersecond. (Optional)Appliesthisratepolicingruletoinboundtraffic. (Optional)Assignsaresourceindexforthisport.
portstring
Defaults
Thresholdwillbeappliedtoinboundtrafficontheport/priority. Ifindexisnotspecified,settingswillbeappliedtoindex1,andwilloverwriteindex1forany subsequentratelimitsconfigured.
Mode
Switch command, read-write.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowto: globallyenableratelimiting configureratelimitingforinboundtrafficonportfe.2.1,index1,priority5,toathresholdof 125 KBps:
C2(rw)->set port ratelimit enable C2(rw)->set port ratelimit fe.2.1 5 125 enable inbound
9-14
Syntax
clear port ratelimit port-string [index]
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtoclearratelimiting.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntax UsedintheCLIonpage 42. (Optional)Specifiestheassociatedresourceindextobereset.
index
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,allindexentrieswillbereset.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearallratelimitingparametersonportfe.2.1.
C2(su)->clear port ratelimit fe.2.1
9-15
9-16
10
IGMP Configuration
ThischapterdescribestheIGMPConfigurationsetofcommandsandhowtousethem.
For information about... IGMP Overview Configuring IGMP at Layer 2 Configuring IGMP on Routing Interfaces Refer to page... 10-1 10-2 10-11
IGMP Overview
About IP Multicast Group Management
TheInternetGroupManagementProtocol(IGMP)runsbetweenhostsandtheirimmediately neighboringmulticastdevice.Theprotocolsmechanismsallowahosttoinformitslocaldevice thatitwantstoreceivetransmissionsaddressedtoaspecificmulticastgroup. Amulticastenableddevicecanperiodicallyaskitshostsiftheywanttoreceivemulticasttraffic.If thereismorethanonedeviceontheLANperformingIPmulticasting,oneofthesedevicesis electedquerierandassumestheresponsibilityofqueryingtheLANforgroupmembers. BasedonthegroupmembershipinformationlearnedfromIGMP,adevicecandeterminewhich(if any)multicasttrafficneedstobeforwardedtoeachofitsports.AtLayer3,multicastdevicesuse thisinformation,alongwithamulticastroutingprotocol,tosupportIPmulticastingacrossthe Internet. IGMPprovidesthefinalstepinanIPmulticastpacketdeliveryservice,sinceitisonlyconcerned withforwardingmulticasttrafficfromthelocaldevicetogroupmembersonadirectlyattached subnetworkorLANsegment. ThisdevicesupportsIPmulticastgroupmanagementbypassivelysnoopingontheIGMPquery andIGMPreportpacketstransferredbetweenIPmulticastdevicesandIPmulticasthostgroupsto learnIPmulticastgroupmembers. ThepurposeofIPmulticastgroupmanagementistooptimizeaswitchednetworksperformance somulticastpacketswillonlybeforwardedtothoseportscontainingmulticastgrouphostsor multicastdevicesinsteadoffloodingtoallportsinthesubnet(VLAN). InadditiontopassivelymonitoringIGMPqueryandreportmessages,theSecureStackC2canalso activelysendIGMPquerymessagestolearnlocationsofmulticastdevicesandmemberhostsin multicastgroupswithineachVLAN. However,notethatIGMPneitheraltersnorroutesanyIPmulticastpackets.SinceIGMPisnot concernedwiththedeliveryofIPmulticastpacketsacrosssubnetworks,anexternalIPmulticast deviceisneededifIPmulticastpacketshavetoberoutedacrossdifferentsubnetworks.
SecureStack C2 Configuration Guide 10-1
About Multicasting
Multicastingisusedtosupportrealtimeapplicationssuchasvideoconferencesorstreaming audio.Amulticastserverdoesnothavetoestablishaseparateconnectionwitheachclient.It merelybroadcastsitsservicetothenetwork,andanyhoststhatwanttoreceivethemulticast registerwiththeirlocalmulticastswitch/router.Althoughthisapproachreducesthenetwork overheadrequiredbyamulticastserver,thebroadcasttrafficmustbecarefullyprunedatevery multicastswitch/routeritpassesthroughtoensurethattrafficisonlypassedtothehoststhat subscribedtothisservice. TheSecureStackC2switchdeviceusesIGMP(InternetGroupManagementProtocol)toqueryfor anyattachedhostswhowanttoreceiveaspecificmulticastservice.ThedevicelooksuptheIP MulticastGroupusedforthisserviceandaddsanyportthatreceivedasimilarrequesttothat group.Itthenpropagatestheservicerequestontoanyneighboringmulticastswitch/routerto ensurethatitwillcontinuetoreceivethemulticastservice.
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoconfigureswitchrelatedIGMPsnoopingarelistedbelow.
For information about... show igmpsnooping set igmpsnooping adminmode set igmpsnooping interfacemode set igmpsnooping groupmembershipinterval set igmpsnooping maxresponse set igmpsnooping mcrtrexpiretime set igmpsnooping add-static set igmpsnooping remove-static show igmpsnooping static show igmpsnooping mfdb clear igmpsnooping Refer to page... 10-3 10-3 10-4 10-5 10-5 10-6 10-7 10-7 10-8 10-9 10-10
10-2
IGMP Configuration
show igmpsnooping
show igmpsnooping
UsethiscommandtodisplayIGMPsnoopinginformation.
Syntax
show igmpsnooping
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
ConfiguredinformationisdisplayedwhetherornotIGMPsnoopingisenabled.Status informationisdisplayedonlywhenthefunctionisenabled.ForinformationonenablingIGMPon thesystem,refertosetigmpsnoopingadminmodeonpage 103.Forinformationonenabling IGMPononeormoreports,refertosetigmpsnoopinginterfacemodeonpage 104.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayIGMPsnoopinginformation:
C2(su)->show igmpsnooping Admin Mode..................................... Group Membership Interval...................... Max Response Time.............................. Multicast Router Present Expiration Time....... Interfaces Enabled for IGMP Snooping........... Enable 260 100 0 fe.1.1,fe.1.2,fe.1.3 fe.1.4,fe.1.5,fe.1.6 Multicast Control Frame Count..................0 Data Frames Forwarded by the CPU...............0
Syntax
set igmpsnooping adminmode {enable | disable}
Parameters
enable|disable EnablesordisablesIGMPsnoopingonthesystem.
Defaults
None.
10-3
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
InorderforIGMPsnoopingtobeenabledononeorallports,itmustbegloballyenabledonthe devicewiththiscommand,andthenenabledonaport(s)usingthesetigmpsnoopinginterface modecommandasdescribedinsetigmpsnoopinginterfacemodeonpage 104.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableIGMPonthesystem:
C2(su)->set igmpsnooping adminmode enable
Syntax
set igmpsnooping interfacemode port-string {enable | disable}
Parameters
portstring enable|disable SpecifiesoneormoreportsonwhichtoenableordisableIGMP. EnablesordisablesIGMP.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
InorderforIGMPsnoopingtobeenabledononeorallports,itmustbegloballyenabledonthe deviceusingthesetigmpsnoopingadminmodecommandasdescribedinsetigmpsnooping adminmodeonpage 103,andthenenabledonaport(s)usingthiscommand.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableIGMPonportsge.110:
C2(su)->set igmpsnooping interfacemode ge.1-10 enable
10-4
IGMP Configuration
Syntax
set igmpsnooping groupmembershipinterval time
Parameters
time SpecifiestheIGMPgroupmembershipinterval.Validvaluesare23600 seconds. Thisvalueworkstogetherwiththesetigmpsnoopingmaxresponsetime commandtoremoveportsfromanIGMPgroupandmustbegreaterthan themaxresponsetimevalue.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
TheIGMPgroupmembershipintervaltimesetsthefrequencyofhostqueryframetransmissions andmustbegreaterthantheIGMPmaximumresponsetimeasdescribedinsetigmpsnooping maxresponseonpage 105.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheIGMPgroupmembershipintervalto250seconds:
C2(su)->set igmpsnooping groupmembershipinterval 250
Syntax
set igmpsnooping maxresponse time
Parameters
time SpecifiestheIGMPmaximumqueryresponsetime.Validvaluesare100 255seconds.Thedefaultvalueis100seconds. Thisvalueworkstogetherwiththesetigmpsnooping groupmembershipintervalcommandtoremoveportsfromanIGMPgroup andmustbelesserthanthegroupmembershipintervalvalue.
Defaults
None.
10-5
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
ThisvaluemustbelessthantheIGMPmaximumresponsetimedescribedinsetigmpsnooping groupmembershipintervalonpage 105.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheIGMPmaximumresponsetimeto100seconds:
C2(su)->set igmpsnooping maxresponse 100
Syntax
set igmpsnooping mcrtrexpire time
Parameters
time SpecifiestheIGMPmulticastrouterexpirationtime.Validvaluesare0 3600seconds.Avalueof0willconfigurethesystemwithaninfinite expirationtime.Thedefaultvalueis0.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Thistimerisforexpiringtheswitchfromthemulticastdatabase.Ifthetimerexpires,andtheonly addressleftisthemulticastswitch,thentheentrywillberemoved.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheIGMPmulticastrouterexpirationtimetoinfinity:
C2(su)->set igmpsnooping mcrtrexpiretime 0
10-6
IGMP Configuration
Syntax
set igmpsnooping add-static group vlan-list [modify] [port-string]
Parameters
group vlanlist modify portstring SpecifiesthemulticastgroupIPaddressfortheentry. SpecifiestheVLANsonwhichtoconfiguretheentry. (Optional)Addsthespecifiedportorportstoanexistingentry. (Optional)Specifiestheportorportstoaddtotheentry.
Defaults
Ifnoportsarespecified,allportsareaddedtotheentry. Ifmodifyisnotspecified,anewentryiscreated.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
UsethiscommandtocreateandconfigureLayer2IGMPentries.
Example
ThisexamplecreatesanIGMPentryforthemulticastgroupwithIPaddressof233.11.22.33 configuredonVLAN20configuredwiththeportge.1.1.
C2(su)->set igmpsnooping add-static 233.11.22.33 20 ge.1.1
Syntax
set igmpsnooping remove-static group vlan-list [modify] [port-string]
Parameters
group vlanlist modify portstring SpecifiesthemulticastgroupIPaddressoftheentry. SpecifiestheVLANsonwhichtheentryisconfigured. (Optional)Removesthespecifiedportorportsfromanexistingentry. (Optional)Specifiestheportorportstoremovefromtheentry.
Defaults
Ifnoportsarespecified,allportsareremovedfromtheentry.
10-7
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleremovesportge.1.1fromtheentryforthemulticastgroupwithIPaddressof 233.11.22.33configuredonVLAN20.
C2(su)->set igmpsnooping remove-static 233.11.22.33 20 ge.1.1
Syntax
show igmpsnooping static vlan-list [group group]
Parameters
vlanlist groupgroup SpecifiestheVLANforwhichtodisplaystaticIGMPports. (Optional)SpecifiestheIGMPgroupforwhichtodisplaystaticIGMP ports.
Defaults
Ifnogroupisspecified,informationforallgroupsisdisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampledisplaysthestaticIGMPportsforVLAN20.
120.8.10.1(su)->show igmpsnooping static 20 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------Vlan Id = 20 Static Multicast Group Address = 233.11.22.33 Type = IGMP IGMP Port List = ge.1.1
10-8
IGMP Configuration
Syntax
show igmpsnooping mfdb [stats]
Parameters
stats (Optional)DisplaysMFDBstatistics.
Defaults
Ifstatsisnotspecified,allMFDBtableentrieswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaymulticastforwardingdatabaseentries:
C2(su)->show igmpsnooping mfdb MAC Address Type Description Interfaces ----------------------- ------- ---------------- ------------------------00:14:01:00:5E:02:CD:B0 Dynamic Network Assist Fwd: ge.1.1,ge.3.1,ge.4.1, ge.5.1,ge.6.2,ge.6.3, ge.7.1,ge.8.1 00:32:01:00:5E:37:96:D0 Dynamic Network Assist Fwd: ge.4.7 00:32:01:00:5E:7F:FF:FA Dynamic Network Assist Fwd: ge.4.7
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaymulticastforwardingdatabasestatistics:
C2(su)->show igmpsnooping mfdb stats Max MFDB Table Entries......................... 256 Most MFDB Entries Since Last Reset............. 1 Current Entries................................ 0
10-9
clear igmpsnooping
clear igmpsnooping
UsethiscommandtoclearallIGMPsnoopingentries.
Syntax
clear igmpsnooping
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearallIGMPsnoopingentries:
C2(su)->clear igmpsnooping Are you sure you want to clear all IGMP snooping entries? (y/n)y IGMP Snooping Entries Cleared.
10-10
IGMP Configuration
Purpose
ToconfigureIGMPonroutinginterfaces.
Commands
For information about... ip igmp ip igmp enable ip igmp version show ip igmp interface show ip igmp groups ip igmp query-interval ip igmp query-max-response-time ip igmp startup-query-interval ip igmp startup-query-count ip igmp last-member-query-interval ip igmp last-member-query-count ip igmp robustness Refer to page... 10-12 10-12 10-13 10-13 10-14 10-15 10-15 10-16 10-16 10-17 10-18 10-18
10-11
ip igmp
ip igmp
UsethiscommandtoenableIGMPontherouter.ThenoformofthiscommanddisablesIGMPon therouter.
Syntax
ip igmp no ip igmp
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Globalconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Config)#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableIGMPontherouter:
C2(su)->router(Config)#ip igmp
ip igmp enable
UsethiscommandtoenableIGMPonaninterface.ThenoformofthiscommanddisablesIGMP onaninterface.
Syntax
ip igmp enable no ip igmp enable
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableIGMPontheVLAN1interface:
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip igmp enable
10-12
IGMP Configuration
ip igmp version
ip igmp version
UsethiscommandtosettheversionofIGMPrunningontherouter.Thenoformofthiscommand resetsIGMPtothedefaultversionof2(IGMPv2).
Syntax
ip igmp version version no ip igmp
Parameters
version SpecifiestheIGMPversionnumbertorunontherouter.Validvaluesare 1,2,or3.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheIGMPversiontoversion1onVLAN1:
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip igmp version 1
Syntax
show ip igmp interface [vlan vlan-id]
Parameters
vlanvlanid (Optional)DisplaysinformationforoneormoreVLANs.
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,informationwillbedisplayedforallVLANsconfiguredforIGMProuting.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayIGMProutinginformationforVLAN1:
C2(su)->router#show ip igmp interface vlan 1 Vlan 1 is Admin UP Vlan 1 is Oper UP IGMP is configured via the Switch IGMP ACL currently not supported
10-13
Multicast TTL currently defaults to 1 IGMP Version is 2 Query Interval is 125 (secs) Query Max Response Time is 100 (1/10 of a second) Robustness is 2 Startup Query Interval is 31 (secs) Startup Query Count is 2 Last Member Query Interval is 10 (1/10 of a second) Last Member Query Count is 2
Syntax
show ip igmp groups
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayinformationaboutIGMPgroups:
C2(su)->router#show ip igmp groups REGISTERED MULTICAST GROUP DETAILS Multicast IP Address Last Reporter Up Time Expiry Time Host Timer --------------- --------------- ------- ------------ -----------228.1.1.1 12.12.12.2 27
Version1 ----------
10-14
IGMP Configuration
ip igmp query-interval
ip igmp query-interval
UsethiscommandtosettheIGMPqueryintervalonaroutinginterface.Thenoformofthis commandresetstheIGMPqueryintervaltothedefaultvalueof125seconds.
Syntax
ip igmp query-interval time no ip igmp query-interval
Parameters
time SpecifiestheIGMPqueryinterval.Validvaluesarefrom1to3600 seconds.Defaultis125seconds.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheIGMPqueryintervalto1800secondsonVLAN1:
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip igmp query-interval 1800
ip igmp query-max-response-time
UsethiscommandtosetthemaximumresponsetimeintervaladvertisedinIGMPv2queries.The
no form of this command resets the IGMP maximum response time to the default value of 100 (one tenth of a second).
Syntax
ip igmp query-max-response-time time no ip igmp query-max-response-time
Parameters
time SpecifiestheIGMPmaximumresponsetimeinterval.Validvaluesare from0to255tenthsofasecond.The default value is 100 (one tenth of a
second).
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
10-15
ip igmp startup-query-interval
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheIGMPquerymaximumresponsetimeintervalto200(2tenths ofasecond)onVLAN1:
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip igmp query-max-response-time 200
ip igmp startup-query-interval
UsethiscommandtosettheintervalbetweengeneralIGMPqueriessentonstartup.Thenoform ofthiscommandresetstheIGMPstartupqueryintervaltothedefaultvalueof31seconds.
Syntax
ip igmp startup-query-interval time no ip igmp startup-query-interval
Parameters
time SpecifiestheIGMPstartupqueryinterval.Validvaluesarefrom1to300 seconds.Thedefaultvalueis31seconds.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheIGMPstartupqueryintervalto100secondsonVLAN1:
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip igmp startup-query-interval 100
ip igmp startup-query-count
UsethiscommandtosetthenumberofIGMPqueriessentoutonstartup,separatedbythe startupqueryinterval(asdescribedinipigmpstartupqueryintervalonpage 1016).Theno formofthiscommandresetstheIGMPstartupquerycounttothedefaultvalueof2.
Syntax
ip igmp startup-query-count count no ip igmp startup-query-count
Parameters
count SpecifiesthenumberofIGMPstartupqueries.Validvaluesarefrom1to 20.Thedefaultvalueis2.
Defaults
None.
10-16
IGMP Configuration
ip igmp last-member-query-interval
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheIGMPstartupquerycountto10onVLAN1:
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip igmp startup-query-count 10
ip igmp last-member-query-interval
Usethiscommandtosetthemaximumresponsetimebeinginsertedintogroupspecificqueries sentinresponsetoleavegroupmessages.ThenoformofthiscommandresetstheIGMPlast memberqueryintervaltothedefaultvalueof1second.
Syntax
ip igmp last-member-query-interval time no ip igmp last-member-query-interval
Parameters
time SpecifiestheIGMPlastmemberqueryinterval.Validvaluesarefrom0to 255seconds.Thedefaultvalueis1second.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheIGMPlastmemberqueryintervalto10secondsonVLAN1:
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip igmp last-member-query-interval 10
10-17
ip igmp last-member-query-count
ip igmp last-member-query-count
Usethiscommandtosetthenumberofgroupspecificqueriessentbeforeassumingthereareno localmembers.ThenoformofthiscommandresetstheIGMPlastmemberquerycounttothe defaultvalueof2.
Syntax
ip igmp last-member-query-count count no ip igmp last-member-query-count
Parameters
count SpecifiesthenumberofIGMPstartupqueries.Validvaluesarefrom1to 20.Thedefaultvalueis2.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheIGMPlastmemberquerycountto10onVLAN1:
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip igmp last-member-query-count 10
ip igmp robustness
UsethiscommandtoconfiguretherobustnesstuningforexpectedpacketlossonanIGMP routinginterface.ThenoformofthiscommandresetstheIGMProbustnessvaluetothedefaultof 2.
Syntax
ip igmp robustness robustness no ip igmp robustness
Parameters
robustness SpecifiestheIGMProbustnessvalue.Validvaluesarefrom1to255.The defaultvalueis2.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
10-18
IGMP Configuration
ip igmp robustness
Usage
ThisvaluedetermineshowmanytimesIGMPmessageswillbesent.Ahighernumberwillmean thatendstationswillbemorelikelytoseethepacket.Aftertherobustnessvalueisreached,IGMP willassumethereisnoresponsetoqueries.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheIGMProbustnessvalueto5onVLAN1:
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip igmp robustness 5
10-19
ip igmp robustness
10-20
IGMP Configuration
11
Logging and Network Management
Thischapterdescribesswitchrelatedloggingandnetworkmanagementcommandsandhowto usethem.
Note: The commands in this chapter pertain to network management of the SecureStack C2 device from the switch CLI only. For information on router-related network management tasks, including reviewing router ARP tables and IP traffic, refer to Chapter 15. For information about... Configuring System Logging Monitoring Network Events and Status Managing Switch Network Addresses and Routes Configuring Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) Configuring Node Aliases Refer to page... 11-1 11-12 11-17 11-24 11-31
Commands
Commandstoconfiguresystemloggingarelistedbelow.
For information about... show logging server set logging server clear logging server show logging default set logging default clear logging default show logging application Refer to page... 11-2 11-3 11-4 11-4 11-5 11-9 11-6
11-1
For information about... set logging application clear logging application show logging local set logging local clear logging local show logging buffer
Syntax
show logging server [index]
Parameters
index (Optional)DisplaysSysloginformationpertainingtoaspecificserver tableentry.Validvaluesare18.
Defaults
Ifindexisnotspecified,allSyslogserverinformationwillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySyslogserverconfigurationinformation:
C2(ro)->show logging server IP Address Facility Severity Description Port Status ------------------------------------------------------------------------1 132.140.82.111 local4 warning(5) default 514 enabled 2 132.140.90.84 local4 warning(5) default 514 enabled
11-2
Table 11-1
Output Port Status
Syntax
set logging server index [ip-addr ip-addr] [facility facility] [severity severity] [descr descr] [port port] [state {enable | disable}]
Parameters
index ipaddripaddr facilityfacility severityseverity Specifiestheservertableindexnumberforthisserver.Validvaluesare1 8. (Optional)SpecifiestheSyslogmessageserversIPaddress. (Optional)Specifiestheserversfacilityname.Validvaluesare:local0to local7. (Optional)Specifiestheseveritylevelatwhichtheserverwilllog messages.Validvaluesandcorrespondinglevelsare: 1emergencies(systemisunusable) 2alerts(immediateactionrequired) 3criticalconditions 4errorconditions 5warningconditions 6notifications(significantconditions) 7informationalmessages 8debuggingmessages descrdescr portport stateenable| disable (Optional)Specifiesatextualstringdescriptionofthisfacility/server. (Optional)SpecifiesthedefaultUDPporttheclientusestosendtothe server. (Optional)Enablesordisablesthisfacility/serverconfiguration.
Defaults
Ifipaddrisnotspecified,anentryintheSyslogservertablewillbecreatedwiththespecified indexnumberandamessagewilldisplayindicatingthatnoIPaddresshasbeenassigned. Ifnotspecified,facility,severityandportwillbesettodefaultsconfiguredwiththesetlogging defaultcommand(setloggingdefaultonpage 115). Ifstateisnotspecified,theserverwillnotbeenabledordisabled.
11-3
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThiscommandshowshowtoenableaSyslogserverconfigurationforindex1,IPaddress 134.141.89.113,facilitylocal4,severitylevel3onport514:
C2(su)->set logging server 1 ip-addr 134.141.89.113 facility local4 severity 3 port 514 state enable
Syntax
clear logging server index
Parameters
index Specifiestheservertableindexnumberfortheservertoberemoved. Validvaluesare18.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThiscommandshowshowtoremovetheSyslogserverwithindex1fromtheservertable:
C2(su)->clear logging server 1
Syntax
show logging default
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
11-4
Example
ThiscommandshowshowtodisplaytheSyslogserverdefaultvalues.Foranexplanationofthe commandoutput,referbacktoTable 111.
C2(su)->show logging default Facility Severity Port ----------------------------------------local4 warning(5) 514
Defaults:
Syntax
set logging default {[facility facility] [severity severity] port port]}
Parameters
facilityfacility severityseverity Specifiesthedefaultfacilityname.Validvaluesare:local0tolocal7. Specifiesthedefaultloggingseveritylevel.Validvaluesand correspondinglevelsare: 1emergencies(systemisunusable) 2alerts(immediateactionrequired) 3criticalconditions 4errorconditions 5warningconditions 6notifications(significantconditions) 7informationalmessages 8debuggingmessages portport SpecifiesthedefaultUDPporttheclientusestosendtotheserver.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheSyslogdefaultfacilitynametolocal2andtheseveritylevelto4 (errorlogging):
C2(su)->set logging default facility local2 severity 4
11-5
Syntax
show logging application [mnemonic | all]
Parameters
mnemonic (Optional)Displaysseveritylevelforoneapplicationconfiguredfor logging.Mnemonicswillvarydependingonthenumberandtypesof applicationsrunningonyoursystem.Samplemnemonicsandtheir correspondingapplicationsarelistedinTable 113.
Note: Mnemonic values are case sensitive and must be typed as they appear in Table 11-3.
all
(Optional)Displaysseveritylevelforallapplicationsconfiguredfor logging.
Defaults
Ifnoparameterisspecified,informationforallapplicationswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaysystemlogginginformationpertainingtotheSNMP application.Table 112describestheoutputofthiscommand.
C2(ro)->show logging application SNMP Application Current Severity Level --------------------------------------------90 SNMP 6 1(emergencies) 4(errors) 7(information) 2(alerts) 5(warnings) 8(debugging) 3(critical) 6(notifications)
Table 11-2
Output... Application
11-6
Syntax
set logging application {[mnemonic | all]} [level level]
Parameters
mnemonic Specifiesacasesensitivemnemonicabbreviationofanapplicationtobe logged.Thisparameterwillvarydependingonthenumberandtypesof applicationsrunningonyoursystem.Todisplayacompletelist,usethe showloggingapplicationcommandasdescribedinshowlogging applicationonpage 116.Samplemnemonicsandtheircorresponding applicationsarelistedinTable 113.
Note: Mnemonic values are case sensitive and must be typed as they appear in Table 11-3
all levellevel
Setstheloggingseveritylevelforallapplications. (Optional)Specifiestheseveritylevelatwhichtheserverwilllog messagesforapplications.Validvaluesandcorrespondinglevelsare: 1emergencies(systemisunusable) 2alerts(immediateactionrequired) 3criticalconditions 4errorconditions 5warningconditions 6notifications(significantconditions) 7informationalmessages 8debuggingmessages
Table 11-3
Mnemonic CLIWEB SNMP STP Driver System Stacking UPN Router
Defaults
Iflevelisnotspecified,nonewillbeapplied.
SecureStack C2 Configuration Guide 11-7
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheseveritylevelforSNMPto4sothaterrorconditionswillbe loggedforthatapplication.
C2(rw)->set logging application SNMP level 4
Syntax
clear logging application {mnemonic | all}
Parameters
mnemonic all Resetstheseveritylevelforaspecificapplicationto6.Validmnemonic valuesandtheircorrespondingapplicationsarelistedinTable 113. Resetstheseveritylevelforallapplicationsto6.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoresettheloggingseveritylevelto6forSNMP.
C2(rw)->clear logging application SNMP
11-8
Syntax
clear logging default {[facility] [severity] [port]}
Parameters
facility severity port (Optional)Resetsthedefaultfacilitynametolocal4. (Optional)Resetsthedefaultloggingseveritylevelto6(notificationsof significantconditions). (Optional)ResetsthedefaultUDPporttheclientusestosendtotheserver to514.
Defaults
Atleastoneoptionalparametermustbeentered. Allthreeoptionalkeywordsmustbeenteredtoresetallloggingvaluestodefaults.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresettheSyslogdefaultseveritylevelto6:
C2(su)->clear logging default severity
Syntax
show logging local
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythestateofmessagelogging.Inthiscase,loggingtothe consoleisenabledandloggingtoapersistentfileisdisabled.
C2(su)->show logging local Syslog Console Logging enabled
SecureStack C2 Configuration Guide 11-9
Syntax
set logging local console {enable | disable} file {enable | disable}
Parameters
consoleenable|disable fileenable|disable Enablesordisablesloggingtotheconsole. Enablesordisablesloggingtoapersistentfile.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thiscommandshowshowtoenableloggingtotheconsoleanddisableloggingtoapersistentfile:
C2(su)->set logging local console enable file disable
Syntax
clear logging local
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearlocallogging:
C2(su)->clear logging local
11-10
Syntax
show logging buffer
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowsaportionoftheinformationdisplayedwiththeshowloggingbuffer command:
C2(su)->show logging buffer <165>Sep 4 07:43:09 10.42.71.13 CLI[5]User:rw logged in from 10.2.1.122 (telnet) <165>Sep 4 07:43:24 10.42.71.13 CLI[5]User: debug failed login from 10.4.1.100 (telnet)
11-11
Commands
Commandstomonitorswitchnetworkeventsandstatusarelistedbelow.
For information about... history show history set history ping show users disconnect Refer to page... 11-12 11-13 11-13 11-14 11-15 11-15
history
Usethiscommandtodisplaythecontentsofthecommandhistorybuffer.Thecommandhistory bufferincludesalltheswitchcommandsentereduptoamaximumof100,asspecifiedintheset historycommand(sethistoryonpage 1113).
Syntax
history
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythecontentsofthecommandhistorybuffer.Itshowsthereare fivecommandsinthebuffer:
C2(su)->history 1 hist 2 show gvrp 3 show vlan 4 show igmp 5 show ip address
11-12
show history
show history
Usethiscommandtodisplaythesize(inlines)ofthehistorybuffer.
Syntax
showhistory
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythesizeofthehistorybuffer:
C2(su)->show history History buffer size: 20
set history
Usethiscommandtosetthesizeofthehistorybuffer.
Syntax
sethistorysize[default]
Parameters
size default Specifiesthesizeofthehistorybufferinlines.Validvaluesare1to100. (Optional)Makesthissettingpersistentforallfuturesessions.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthesizeofthecommandhistorybufferto30lines:
C2(su)->set history 30
11-13
ping
ping
UsethiscommandtosendICMPechorequestpacketstoanothernodeonthenetworkfromthe switchCLI.
Syntax
pinghost
Parameters
host SpecifiestheIPaddressofthedevicetowhichthepingwillbesent.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtopingIPaddress134.141.89.29.Inthiscase,thishostisalive:
C2(su)->ping 134.141.89.29 134.141.89.29 is alive
Inthisexample,thehostatIPaddressisnotresponding:
C2(su)->ping 134.141.89.255 no answer from 134.141.89.255
11-14
show users
show users
UsethiscommandtodisplayinformationabouttheactiveconsoleportorTelnetsession(s)logged intotheswitch.
Syntax
showusers
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtousetheshowuserscommand.Inthisoutput,therearetwoTelnet usersloggedinwithReadWriteaccessprivilegesfromIPaddresses134.141.192.119and 134.141.192.18:
C2(su)->show users Session User Location -------- ----- -------------------------* telnet rw 134.141.192.119 telnet rw 134.141.192.18
disconnect
UsethiscommandtocloseanactiveconsoleportorTelnetsessionfromtheswitchCLI.
Syntax
disconnect{ipaddr|console}
Parameters
ipaddr console SpecifiestheIPaddressoftheTelnetsessiontobedisconnected.This addressisdisplayedintheoutputshowninshowusersonpage 1115. Closesanactiveconsoleport.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
11-15
disconnect
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtocloseaTelnetsessiontohost134.141.192.119:
C2(su)->disconnect 134.141.192.119
Thisexampleshowshowtoclosethecurrentconsolesession:
C2(su)->disconnect console
11-16
Commands
Commandstomanageswitchnetworkaddressesandroutesarelistedbelow.
For information about... show arp clear arp traceroute show mac show mac agetime set mac algorithm show mac algorithm Refer to page... 11-17 11-18 11-19 11-20 11-21 11-22 11-22
show arp
UsethiscommandtodisplaytheswitchsARPtable.
Syntax
showarp
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheARPtable:
C2(su)->show arp LINK LEVEL ARP TABLE IP Address Phys Address Flags Interface ----------------------------------------------------10.20.1.1 00-00-5e-00-01-1 S host 134.142.21.194 00-00-5e-00-01-1 S host 134.142.191.192 00-00-5e-00-01-1 S host 134.142.192.18 00-00-5e-00-01-1 S host
SecureStack C2 Configuration Guide 11-17
clear arp
clear arp
UsethiscommandtodeleteaspecificentryorallentriesfromtheswitchsARPtable.
Syntax
cleararp{ip|all}
Parameters
ip|all SpecifiestheIPaddressintheARPtabletobecleared,orclearsallARP entries.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodeleteentry10.1.10.10fromtheARPtable:
C2(su)->clear arp 10.1.10.10
11-18
traceroute
traceroute
UsethiscommandtodisplayahopbyhoppaththroughanIPnetworkfromthedevicetoa specificdestinationhost.ThreeUDPorICMPprobeswillbetransmittedforeachhopbetweenthe sourceandthetraceroutedestination.
traceroute [-w waittime] [-f first-ttl] [-m max-ttl] [-p port] [-q nqueries] [-r] [-d] [-n] [-v] host
Parameters
wwaittime ffirstttl mmaxttl pport qnqueries r d n v host (Optional)Specifiestimeinsecondstowaitforaresponsetoaprobe. (Optional)Specifiesthetimetolive(TTL)ofthefirstoutgoingprobe packet. (Optional)Specifiesthemaximumtimetolive(TTL)usedinoutgoing probepackets. (Optional)SpecifiesthebaseUDPportnumberusedinprobes. (Optional)Specifiesthenumberofprobeinquiries. (Optional)Bypassesthenormalhostroutingtables. (Optional)Setsthedebugsocketoption. (Optional)Displayshopaddressesnumerically.(Supportedinafuture release.) (Optional)Displaysverboseoutput,includingthesizeanddestinationof eachresponse. SpecifiesthehosttowhichtherouteofanIPpacketwillbetraced.
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,waittimewillbesetto5seconds. Ifnotspecified,firstttlwillbesetto1second. Ifnotspecified,maxttlwillbesetto30seconds. Ifnotspecified,portwillbesetto33434. Ifnotspecified,nquerieswillbesetto3. Ifrisnotspecified,normalhostroutingtableswillbeused. Ifdisnotspecified,thedebugsocketoptionwillnotbeused. Ifvisnotspecified,summaryoutputwillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtousetraceroutetodisplayaroundtrippathtohost192.167.252.17.In thiscase,hop1istheSecureStackC2switch,hop2is14.1.0.45,andhop3isbacktothehostIP address.RoundtriptimesforeachofthethreeUDPprobesaredisplayednexttoeachhop:
C2(su)->traceroute 192.167.252.17 traceroute to 192.167.252.17 (192.167.252.17), 30 hops max, 40 byte packets 1 matrix.enterasys.com (192.167.201.40) 20.000 ms 20.000 ms 20.000 ms
11-19
show mac
2 3
14.1.0.45 (14.1.0.45) 40.000 ms 10.000 ms 20.000 ms 192.167.252.17 (192.167.252.17) 50.000 ms 0.000 ms 20.000 ms
show mac
UsethiscommandtodisplayMACaddressesintheswitchsfilteringdatabase.Theseare addresseslearnedonaportthroughtheswitchingprocess.
Syntax
showmac[addressmacaddress][fidfid][portportstring][type{other|learned|self|mgmt}]
Parameters
addressmacaddress fidfid portportstring (Optional)DisplaysaspecificMACaddress(ifitisknownbythe device). (Optional)DisplaysMACaddressesforaspecificfilterdatabase identifier. (Optional)DisplaysMACaddressesforspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntax UsedintheCLIonpage 42. (Optional)Displaysinformationrelatedtoother,learned,selfor mgmt(management)addresstype.
typeother|learned| self|mgmt
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,allMACaddressesforthedevicewillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayMACaddressinformationforge.2.4:
C2(su)->show mac port ge.2.4 MAC Address ----------------00-00-39-EB-F8-35 00-00-5E-00-01-01 00-00-F6-00-86-71 00-00-F8-07-1C-EE 00-00-F8-07-41-68 00-00-F8-78-D3-55 00-01-03-84-7C-44 00-01-03-85-3F-8B 00-01-F4-EE-7D-B8 00-10-A4-B3-C4-B7 00-10-A4-B8-D7-C3 00-80-C7-E9-D2-6B 00-90-27-A5-86-ED 00-90-27-A7-C1-D3 00-A0-C9-00-BA-B5 00-A0-C9-36-ED-40 00-A0-C9-73-9D-16 FID ---------1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Port -----------ge.2.4 ge.2.4 ge.2.4 ge.2.4 ge.2.4 ge.2.4 ge.2.4 ge.2.4 ge.2.4 ge.2.4 ge.2.4 ge.2.4 ge.2.4 ge.2.4 ge.2.4 ge.2.4 ge.2.4 Type ------learned learned learned learned learned learned learned learned learned learned learned learned learned learned learned learned learned
11-20
Syntax
show mac agetime
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheMACtimeoutperiod:
C2(su)->show mac agetime Aging time: 300 seconds
11-21
Syntax
set mac algorithm {mac-crc16-lowerbits | mac-crc16-upperbits | mac-crc32-lowerbits | mac-crc32-upperbits}
Parameters
maccrc16lowerbits maccrc16upperbits maccrc32lowerbits maccrc32upperbits SelecttheMACCRC16lowerbitsalgorithmforhashing. SelecttheMACCRC16upperbitsalgorithmforhashing. SelecttheMACCRC32lowerbitsalgorithmforhashing. SelecttheMACCRC32upperbitsalgorithmforhashing.
Defaults
ThedefaultMACalgorithmismaccrc16upperbits.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
EachalgorithmisoptimizedforadifferentspreadofMACaddresses.Whenchangingthismode, theswitchwilldisplayawarningmessageandpromptyoutorestartthedevice. ThedefaultMACalgorithmismaccrc16upperbits.
Example
Thisexamplesetsthehashingalgorithmtomaccrc32upperbits.
C2(rw)->set mac algorithm mac-crc32-upperbits
Syntax
show mac algorithm
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
11-22
Example
Thisexampleshowstheoutputofthiscommand.
C2(su)->show mac algorithm Mac hashing algorithm is mac-crc16-upperbits.
11-23
Commands
For information about... show sntp set sntp client clear sntp client set sntp server clear sntp server set sntp poll-interval clear sntp poll-interval set sntp poll-retry clear sntp poll-retry set sntp poll-timeout clear sntp poll-timeout Refer to page... 11-24 11-26 11-26 11-27 11-27 11-28 11-28 11-29 11-29 11-30 11-30
show sntp
UsethiscommandtodisplaySNTPclientsettings.
Syntax
show sntp
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySNTPclientsettings:
C2(su)->show sntp SNTP Version: 3 Current Time: TUE SEP 09 16:13:33 2003
11-24
show sntp
Timezone: 'EST', offset from UTC is -4 hours and 0 minutes Client Mode: unicast Broadcast Count: 0 Poll Interval: 512 seconds Poll Retry: 1 Poll Timeout: 5 seconds SNTP Poll Requests: 1175 Last SNTP Update: TUE SEP 09 16:05:24 2003 Last SNTP Request: TUE SEP 09 16:05:24 2003 Last SNTP Status: Success SNTP-Server Precedence Status ------------------------------------------10.2.8.6 2 Active 144.111.29.19 1 Active
SNTP Poll Requests Total number of SNTP poll requests. Last SNTP Update Last SNTP Request Last SNTP Status SNTP-Server Precedence Date and time of most recent SNTP update. Date and time of most recent SNTP request. Whether or not broadcast reception or unicast transmission and reception was successful. IP address(es) of SNTP server(s). Precedence level of SNTP server in relation to its peers. Highest precedence is 1 and lowest is 10. Default of 1 can be reset using the set sntp server command (set sntp server on page 11-27). Whether or not the SNTP server is active.
Status
11-25
Syntax
set sntp client {broadcast | unicast | disable}
Parameters
broadcast unicast disable EnablesSNTPinbroadcastclientmode. EnablesSNTPinunicast(pointtopoint)clientmode.Inthismode,the clientmustsupplytheIPaddressfromwhichtoretrievethecurrenttime. DisablesSNTP.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableSNTPinbroadcastmode:
C2(su)->set sntp client broadcast
Syntax
clear sntp client
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheSNTPclientsoperationalmode:
C2(su)->clear sntp client
11-26
Syntax
set sntp server ip-address [precedence]
Parameters
ipaddress precedence SpecifiestheSNTPserversIPaddress. (Optional)SpecifiesthisSNTPserversprecedenceinrelationtoitspeers. Validvaluesare1(highest)to10(lowest).
Defaults
Ifprecedenceisnotspecified,1willbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheserveratIPaddress10.21.1.100 asan SNTPserver:
C2(su)->set sntp server 10.21.1.100
Syntax
clear sntp server {ip-address | all}
Parameters
ipaddress all SpecifiestheIPaddressofaservertoremovefromtheSNTPserverlist. RemovesallserversfromtheSNTPserverlist.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoremovetheserveratIPaddress10.21.1.100 fromtheSNTPserverlist:
C2(su)->clear sntp server 10.21.1.100
11-27
Syntax
set sntp poll-interval interval
Parameters
interval Specifiesthepollintervalinseconds.Validvaluesare16to16284.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheSNTPpollintervalto30seconds:
C2(su)->set sntp poll-interval 30
Syntax
clear sntp poll-interval
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheSNTPpollinterval:
C2(su)->clear sntp poll-interval
11-28
Syntax
set sntp poll-retry retry
Parameters
retry Specifiesthenumberofretries.Validvaluesare0to10.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthenumberofSNTPpollretriesto5:
C2(su)->set sntp poll-retry 5
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearthenumberofSNTPpollretries:
C2(su)->clear sntp poll-retry
11-29
Parameters
timeout Specifiesthepolltimeoutinseconds.Validvaluesare1to30.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheSNTPpolltimeoutto10seconds:
C2(su)->set sntp poll-timeout 10
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheSNTPpolltimeout:
C2(su)->clear sntp poll-timeout
11-30
Commands
For information about... show nodealias config set nodealias clear nodealias config Refer to page... 11-31 11-32 11-33
Syntax
show nodealias config [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysnodealiasconfigurationsettingsforspecificport(s).For adetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,nodealiasconfigurationswillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaynodealiasconfigurationsettingsforportsfe.2.1through9:
C2(rw)->show nodealias config fe.2.1-9 Port Number Max Entries --------------------fe.2.1 16 fe.2.2 47 fe.2.3 47 fe.2.4 47 fe.2.5 47 fe.2.6 47 fe.2.7 47 fe.2.8 47 fe.2.9 4000 Used Entries -----------0 0 2 0 0 2 0 0 1 Status -----Enable Enable Enable Enable Enable Enable Enable Enable Enable
11-31
set nodealias
set nodealias
Usethiscommandtoenableordisableanodealiasagentononeormoreports,orsetthe maximumnumberofaliasentriesperport.
Syntax
set nodealias {enable | disable | maxentries maxentries} port-string
Parameters
enable|disable maxentriesmaxentries portstring Enablesordisablesanodealiasagent. Setthemaximumnumberofaliasentriesperports.Validrangeis0to 4096.Thedefaultvalueis32. Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtoenable/disablenodealiasagentorset amaximumnumberofentries.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossible portstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIon page 42.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Uponpacketreception,nodealiasesaredynamicallyassignedtoportsenabledwithanalias agent,whichisthedefaultsettingonSecureStackC2devices.Nodealiasescannotbestatically created,butcanbedeletedusingtheclearnodealiascommandasdescribedinclearnodealias configonpage 1133.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisablethenodealiasagentonfe.1.3:
C2(su)->set nodealias disable fe.1.3
11-32
Syntax
clear nodealias config port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtoresetthenodealiasconfiguration.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoresetthenodealiasconfigurationonfe.1.3:
C2(su)->clear nodealias config fe.1.3
11-33
11-34
12
Configuring RMON
ThischapterdescribesthecommandsusedtoconfigureRMONonaSecureStackC2switch.
For information about... RMON Monitoring Group Functions Statistics Group Commands History Group Commands Alarm Group Commands Event Group Commands Filter Group Commands Packet Capture Commands Refer to page... 12-1 12-3 12-7 12-10 12-15 12-19 12-24
12-1
Table 12-1
RMON Group History
Alarm
Periodically gathers statistical samples from variables in the probe and compares them with previously configured thresholds. If the monitored variable crosses a threshold, an event is generated. Controls the generation and notification of events from the device.
show rmon alarm on page 12-10 set rmon alarm properties on page 12-11 set rmon alarm status on page 12-13 clear rmon alarm on page 12-14
Event
show rmon event on page 12-15 set rmon event properties on page 12-16 set rmon event status on page 12-17 clear rmon event on page 12-18
Filter
Allows packets to be matched by a filter equation. These matched packets form a data stream or channel that may be captured.
show rmon channel on page 12-19 set rmon channel on page 12-20 clear rmon channel on page 12-21 show rmon filter on page 12-21 set rmon filter on page 12-22 clear rmon filter on page 12-23
Packet Capture
show rmon capture on page 12-24 set rmon capture on page 12-25 clear rmon capture on page 12-26
12-2
Configuring RMON
Commands
For information about... show rmon stats set rmon stats clear rmon stats Refer to page... 12-3 12-5 12-6
Syntax
show rmon stats [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysRMONstatisticsforspecificport(s).
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,RMONstatswillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayRMONstatisticsforGigabitEthernetport1inswitch1.
C2(su)->show rmon stats ge.1.1
:
Port: ge.1.1 ------------------------------------Index = 1 Owner = monitor Data Source = ifIndex.1 Drop Events Collisions Jabbers Broadcast Pkts Multicast Pkts CRC Errors Undersize Pkts Oversize Pkts = = = = = = = = 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Packets Octets 0 64 65 - 127 128 - 255 256 - 511 512 - 1023 1024 - 1518 = = = = = = = = 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
12-3
Fragments
= 0
Packets Octets 0 64 Octets 65 127 Octets 128 255 Octets 256 511 Octets 512 1023 Octets
12-4
Configuring RMON
Table 12-2
Output
Syntax
set rmon stats index port-string [owner]
Parameters
index portstring owner Specifiesanindexforthisstatisticsentry. Specifiesport(s)towhichthisentrywillbeassigned. (Optional)Assignsanownerforthisentry.
Defaults
Ifownerisnotspecified,monitorwillbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoconfigureRMONstatisticsentry2forge.1.20:
C2(rw)->set rmon stats 2 ge.1.20
12-5
Syntax
clear rmon stats {index-list | to-defaults}
Parameters
indexlist todefaults Specifiesoneormorestatsentriestobedeleted,causingthemtodisappear fromanyfutureRMONqueries. Resetsallhistoryentriestodefaultvalues.Thiswillcauseentriesto reappearinRMONqueries.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodeleteRMONstatisticsentry2:
C2(rw)->clear rmon stats 2
12-6
Configuring RMON
Commands
For information about... show rmon history set rmon history clear rmon history Refer to page... 12-7 12-8 12-9
Syntax
show rmon history [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysRMONhistoryentriesforspecificport(s).
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,informationaboutallRMONhistoryentrieswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayRMONhistoryentriesforGigabitEthernetport1inswitch1. Acontrolentrydisplaysfirst,followedbyactualentriescorrespondingtothecontrolentry.Inthis case,thedefaultsettingsforentryowner,samplinginterval,andmaximumnumberofentries. (buckets)havenotbeenchangedfromtheirdefaultvalues.Foradescriptionofthetypesof statisticsshown,refertoTable 122.
C2(su)->show rmon history ge.1.1
:
Port: ge.1.1 ------------------------------------Index 1 Owner = monitor Status = valid Data Source = ifIndex.1 Interval = 30 Buckets Requested = 50 Buckets Granted = 10
SecureStack C2 Configuration Guide 12-7
Sample 2779 Drop Events Octets Packets Broadcast Pkts Multicast Pkts CRC Align Errors
= = = = = =
Interval Start: 1 days 0 hours 2 minutes 22 seconds 0 Undersize Pkts = 0 0 Oversize Pkts = 0 0 Fragments = 0 0 Jabbers = 0 0 Collisions = 0 0 Utilization(%) = 0
Syntax
set rmon history index [port-string] [buckets buckets] [interval interval] [owner owner]
Parameters
indexlist portstring bucketsbuckets intervalinterval ownerowner Specifiesanindexnumberforthisentry. (Optional)Assignsthisentrytoaspecificport. (Optional)Specifiesthemaximumnumberofentriestomaintain. (Optional)Specifiesthesamplingintervalinseconds. (Optional)Specifiesanownerforthisentry.
Defaults
Ifbucketsisnotspecified,themaximumnumberofentriesmaintainedwillbe50. Ifnotspecified,intervalwillbesetto30seconds. Ifownerisnotspecified,monitorwillbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowconfigureRMONhistoryentry1onportfe.2.1tosampleevery20 seconds:
C2(rw)->set rmon history 1 fe.2.1 interval 20
12-8
Configuring RMON
Syntax
clear rmon history {index-list | to-defaults}
Parameters
indexlist todefaults Specifiesoneormorehistoryentriestobedeleted,causingthemto disappearfromanyfutureRMONqueries. Resetsallhistoryentriestodefaultvalues.Thiswillcauseentriesto reappearinRMONqueries.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodeleteRMONhistoryentry1:
C2(rw)->clear rmon history 1
12-9
Commands
For information about... show rmon alarm set rmon alarm properties set rmon alarm status clear rmon alarm Refer to page... 12-10 12-11 12-13 12-14
Syntax
show rmon alarm [index]
Parameters
index (Optional)DisplaysRMONalarmentriesforaspecificentryindexID.
Defaults
Ifindexisnotspecified,informationaboutallRMONalarmentrieswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayRMONalarmentry3:
C2(rw)->show rmon alarm 3 Index 3 --------------------Owner = Status = Variable = Sample Type = Interval = Rising Threshold = Rising Event Index =
Manager valid 1.3.6.1.4.1.5624.1.2.29.1.2.1.0 delta Startup Alarm 30 Value 1 Falling Threshold 2 Falling Event Index
= = = =
rising 0 0 0
Table 123providesanexplanationofthecommandoutput.
12-10 Configuring RMON
Table 12-3
Output Index Owner Status Variable Sample Type
Startup Alarm Interval Rising Threshold Falling Threshold Rising Event Index Falling Event Index
Syntax
set rmon alarm properties index [interval interval] [object object] [type {absolute | delta}] [startup {rising | falling | either}] [rthresh rthresh] [fthresh fthresh] [revent revent] [fevent fevent] [owner owner]
Parameters
index intervalinterval objectobject Specifiesanindexnumberforthisentry.Maximumnumberorentriesis 50.Maximumvalueis65535. (Optional)Specifiesaninterval(inseconds)forRMONtoconductsample monitoring. (Optional)SpecifiesaMIBobjecttobemonitored.
Note: This parameter is not mandatory for executing the command, but must be specified in order to enable the alarm entry configuration.
typeabsolute| delta
(Optional)Specifiesthemonitoringmethodas:samplingtheabsolute valueoftheobject,orthedifference(delta)betweenobjectsamples.
12-11
startuprising| falling|either
(Optional)Specifiesthetypeofalarmgeneratedwhenthiseventisfirst enabledas: RisingSendsalarmwhenanRMONeventreachesamaximum thresholdconditionisreached,forexample,morethan30collisions persecond. FallingSendsalarmwhenRMONeventfallsbelowaminimum thresholdcondition,forexamplewhenthenetworkisbehaving normallyagain. EitherSendsalarmwheneitherarisingorfallingthresholdis reached.
Defaults
interval3600seconds typeabsolute startuprising rthresh0 fthresh0 revent0 fevent0 ownermonitor
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoconfigurearisingRMONalarm.Thisentrywillconductmonitoring ofthedeltabetweensamplesevery30seconds:
C2(rw)->set rmon alarm properties 3 interval 30 object 1.3.6.1.4.1.5624.1.2.29.1.2.1.0 type delta rthresh 1 revent 2 owner Manager
12-12
Configuring RMON
Syntax
set rmon alarm status index enable
Parameters
index enable Specifiesanindexnumberforthisentry.Maximumnumberorentriesis 50.Maximumvalueis65535. Enablesthisalarmentry.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
AnRMONalarmentrycanbecreatedusingthiscommand,configuredusingthesetrmonalarm propertiescommand(setrmonalarmpropertiesonpage 1211),thenenabledusingthis command.AnRMONalarmentrycanbecreatedandconfiguredatthesametimebyspecifying anunusedindexwiththesetrmonalarmpropertiescommand.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableRMONalarmentry3:
C2(rw)->set rmon alarm status 3 enable
12-13
Syntax
clear rmon alarm index
Parameters
index Specifiestheindexnumberofentrytobecleared.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearRMONalarmentry1:
C2(rw)->clear rmon alarm 1
12-14
Configuring RMON
Commands
For information about... show rmon event set rmon event properties set rmon event status clear rmon event Refer to page... 12-15 12-16 12-17 12-18
Syntax
show rmon event [index]
Parameters
index (Optional)DisplaysRMONpropertiesandlogentriesforaspecificentry indexID.
Defaults
Ifindexisnotspecified,informationaboutallRMONentrieswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayRMONevententry3:
C2(rw)->show rmon event 3 Index 3 ---------------Owner = Status = Description = Type = Community = Last Time Sent =
Manager valid STP Topology change log-and-trap public 0 days 0 hours 0 minutes 37 seconds
Table 124providesanexplanationofthecommandoutput.
12-15
Table 12-4
Output Index Owner Status Description Type Community
Syntax
set rmon event properties index [description description] [type {none | log | trap | both}] [community community] [owner owner]
Parameters
index description description typenone|log| trap|both community community Specifiesanindexnumberforthisentry.Maximumnumberofentriesis 100.Maximumvalueis65535. (Optional)Specifiesatextstringdescriptionofthisevent. (Optional)SpecifiesthetypeofRMONeventnotificationas:none,alog tableentry,anSNMPtrap,orbothalogentryandatrapmessage. (Optional)SpecifiesanSNMPcommunitynametouseifthemessage typeissettotrap.FordetailsonsettingSNMPtrapsandcommunity names,refertoCreatingaBasicSNMPTrapConfigurationon page 543. (Optional)Specifiesthenameoftheentitythatconfiguredthisentry.
ownerowner
Defaults
Ifdescriptionisnotspecified,nonewillbeapplied. Ifnotspecified,typenonewillbeapplied. Ifownerisnotspecified,monitorwillbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
12-16
Configuring RMON
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateandenableanRMONevententrycalledSTPtopology changethatwillsendbothalogentryandanSNMPtrapmessagetothepubliccommunity:
C2(rw)->set rmon event properties 2 description "STP topology change" type both community public owner Manager
Syntax
set rmon event status index enable
Parameters
index enable Specifiesanindexnumberforthisentry.Maximumnumberofentriesis 100.Maximumvalueis65535. Enablesthisevententry.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
AnRMONevententrycanbecreatedusingthiscommand,configuredusingthesetrmonevent propertiescommand(setrmoneventpropertiesonpage 1216),thenenabledusingthis command.AnRMONevententrycanbecreatedandconfiguredatthesametimebyspecifyingan unusedindexwiththesetrmoneventpropertiescommand.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableRMONevententry1:
C2(rw)->set rmon event status 1 enable
12-17
Syntax
clear rmon event index
Parameters
index Specifiestheindexnumberoftheentrytobecleared.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearRMONevent1:
C2(rw)->clear rmon event 1
12-18
Configuring RMON
Commands
For information about... show rmon channel set rmon channel clear rmon channel show rmon filter set rmon filter clear rmon filter Refer to page... 12-19 12-20 12-21 12-21 12-22 12-23
Syntax
show rmon channel [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysRMONchannelentriesforaspecificport(s).
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,informationaboutallchannelswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayRMONchannelinformationforfe.2.12:
12-19
C2(rw)->show rmon channel fe.2.12 Port fe.2.12 Channel index= 628 EntryStatus= valid ---------------------------------------------------------Control off AcceptType matched OnEventIndex 0 OffEventIndex 0 EventIndex 0 Status ready Matches 4498 Description Thu Dec 16 12:57:32 EST 2004 Owner NetSight smith
Syntax
set rmon channel index port-string [accept {matched | failed}] [control {on | off}] [description description] [owner owner]
Parameters
index Specifiesanindexnumberforthisentry.Anentrywillautomaticallybe createdifanunusedindexnumberischosen.Maximumnumberof entriesis2.Maximumvalueis65535. Specifiestheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored. (Optional)Specifiestheactionofthefiltersonthischannelas: controlon|off description description ownerowner matchedPacketswillbeacceptedonfiltermatches failedPacketswillbeacceptediftheyfailamatch
Defaults
Ifanactionisnotspecified,packetswillbeacceptedonfiltermatches. Ifnotspecified,controlwillbesettooff. Ifadescriptionisnotspecified,nonewillbeapplied. Ifownerisnotspecified,itwillbesettomonitor.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateanRMONchannelentry:
C2(rw)->set rmon channel 54313 fe.2.12 accept failed control on description "capture all"
12-20
Configuring RMON
Syntax
clear rmon channel index
Parameters
index Specifiesthechannelentrytobecleared.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearRMONchannelentry2:
C2(rw)->clear rmon channel 2
Syntax
show rmon filter [index index | channel channel]
Parameters
indexindex| channelchannel (Optional)Displaysinformationaboutaspecificfilterentry,oraboutall filterswhichbelongtoaspecificchannel.
Defaults
Ifnooptionsarespecified,informationforallfilterentrieswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayallRMONfilterentriesandchannelinformation:
C2(rw)->show rmon filter Index= 55508 Channel Index= 628 EntryStatus= valid ---------------------------------------------------------Data Offset 0 PktStatus 0 PktStatusMask 0 PktStatusNotMask 0 Owner ETS,NAC-D -----------------------------
12-21
Syntax
set rmon filter index channel-index [offset offset] [status status] [smask smask] [snotmask snotmask] [data data] [dmask dmask] [dnotmask dnotmask] [owner owner]
Parameters
index Specifiesanindexnumberforthisentry.Anentrywillautomaticallybe createdifanunusedindexnumberischosen.Maximumnumberof entriesis10.Maximumvalueis65535. Specifiesthechanneltowhichthisfilterwillbeapplied. (Optional)Specifiesanoffsetfromthebeginningofthepackettolookfor matches. (Optional)Specifiespacketstatusbitsthataretobematched. (Optional)Specifiesthemaskappliedtostatustoindicatewhichbitsare significant. (Optional)Specifiestheinversionmaskthatindicateswhichbitsshould besetornotset (Optional)Specifiesthedatatobematched. (Optional)Specifiesthemaskappliedtodatatoindicatewhichbitsare significant. (Optional)Specifiestheinversionmaskthatindicateswhichbitsshould besetornotset. (Optional)Specifiesthenameoftheentitythatconfiguredthisentry.
Defaults
Ifownerisnotspecified,itwillbesettomonitor. Ifnootheroptionsarespecified,none(0)willbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateRMONfilter1andapplyittochannel9:
C2(rw)->set rmon filter 1 9 offset 30 data 0a154305 dmask ffffffff
12-22
Configuring RMON
Syntax
clear rmon filter {index index | channel channel}
Parameters
indexindex| channelchannel Clearsaspecificfilterentry,orallentriesbelongingtoaspecificchannel.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearRMONfilterentry1:
C2(rw)->clear rmon filter index 1
12-23
Purpose
TodisplayRMONcaptureentries,configure,enable,ordisablecaptureentries,andclearcapture entries.
Commands
For information about... show rmon capture set rmon capture clear rmon capture Refer to page... 12-24 12-25 12-26
Syntax
show rmon capture [index [nodata]]
Parameters
index nodata (Optional)Displaysthespecifiedbuffercontrolentryandallcaptured packetsassociatedwiththatentry. (Optional)Displaysonlythebuffercontrolentryspecifiedbyindex.
Defaults
Ifnooptionsarespecified,allbuffercontrolentriesandassociatedcapturedpacketswillbe displayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayRMONcaptureentriesandassociatedbufferentries:
C2(rw)->show rmon capture Buf.control= 28062 Channel= 38283 EntryStatus= valid ---------------------------------------------------------FullStatus avail FullAction lock Captured packets 251 Capture slice 1518 Download size 100 Download offset 0 Max Octet Requested 50000 Max Octet Granted 50000 Start time 1 days 0 hours 51 minutes 15 seconds
12-24
Configuring RMON
Owner
monitor
captureEntry= 1 Buff.control= 28062 -------------------------------------------Pkt ID 9 Pkt time 1 days 0 hours 51 minutes 15 seconds Pkt Length 93 Pkt status 0 Data: 00 00 5e 00 01 01 00 01 f4 00 7d ce 08 00 45 00 00 4b b4 b9 00 00 40 11 32 5c 0a 15 43 05 86 8d bf e5 00 a1 0e 2b 00 37 cf ca 30 2d 02 01 00 04 06 70 75 62 6c 69 63 a2 20 02 02 0c 92 02 01 00 02 01 00 30 14 30 12 06 0d 2b 06 01 02 01 10 07 01 01 0b 81 fd 1c 02 01 01 00 11 0b 00
Syntax
set rmon capture index {channel [action {lock}] [slice slice] [loadsize loadsize] [offset offset] [asksize asksize] [owner owner]}
Parameters
index channel actionlock Specifiesabuffercontrolentry. Specifiesthechanneltowhichthiscaptureentrywillbeapplied. (Optional)Specifiestheactionofthebufferwhenitisfullas: sliceslice loadsizeloadsize offsetoffset asksizeasksize owner lockPacketswillceasetobeaccepted
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,actiondefaultstolock. Ifnotspecified,offsetdefaultsto0. Ifnotspecified,asksizedefaultsto1(whichwillrequestasmanyoctetsaspossible) Ifsliceisnotspecified,1518willbeapplied. Ifloadsizeisnotspecified,100willbeapplied. Ifownerisnotspecified,itwillbesettomonitor.
12-25
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateRMONcaptureentry1tolistenonchannel628:
C2(rw)->set rmon capture 1 628
Syntax
clear rmon capture index
Parameters
index Specifiesthecaptureentrytobecleared.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearRMONcaptureentry1:
C2(rw)->clear rmon capture 1
12-26
Configuring RMON
13
Configuring DHCP Server
ThischapterdescribesthecommandstoconfiguretheIPv4DHCPserverfunctionalityona SecureStackC2switch.
For information about... DHCP Overview Configuring General DHCP Server Parameters Configuring IP Address Pools Refer to page... 13-1 13-3 13-11
DHCP Overview
DynamicHostConfigurationProtocol(DHCP)forIPv4isanetworklayerprotocolthat implementsautomaticormanualassignmentofIPaddressesandotherconfigurationinformation toclientdevicesbyservers.ADHCPservermanagesauserconfiguredpoolofIPaddressesfrom whichitcanmakeassignmentsuponclientrequests.ArelayagentpassesDHCPmessages betweenclientsandserverswhichareondifferentphysicalsubnets.
DHCP Server
DHCPserverfunctionalityallowstheSecureStackC2switchtoprovidebasicIPconfiguration informationtoaclientonthenetworkwhorequestssuchinformationusingtheDHCPprotocol. DHCPprovidesthefollowingmechanismsforIPaddressallocationbyaDHCPserver: AutomaticDHCPserverassignsanIPaddresstoaclientforalimitedperiodoftime(or untiltheclientexplicitlyrelinquishestheaddress)fromadefinedpoolofIPaddresses configuredontheserver. ManualAclientsIPaddressisassignedbythenetworkadministrator,andDHCPisused simplytoconveytheassignedaddresstotheclient.Thisismanagedbymeansofstatic addresspoolsconfiguredontheserver.
13-1
DHCP Overview
TheamountoftimethataparticularIPaddressisvalidforasystemiscalledalease.The SecureStackC2maintainsaleasedatabasewhichcontainsinformationabouteachassignedIP address,theMACaddresstowhichitisassigned,theleaseexpiration,andwhethertheaddress assignmentisdynamic(automatic)orstatic(,manual).TheDHCPleasedatabaseisstoredinflash memory. InadditiontoassigningIPaddresses,theDHCPservercanalsobeconfiguredtoassignthe followingtorequestingclients: Defaultrouter(s) DNSserver(s)anddomainname NetBIOSWINSserver(s)andnodename Bootfile DHCPoptionsasdefinedbyRFC2132
Note: A total of 16 address pools, dynamic and/or static, can be configured on the SecureStack C2.
2.
3.
4. 5.
13-2
Commands
CommandstoconfigureDHCPserverparametersandtodisplayandclearDHCPserver informationarelistedbelow.
For information about... set dhcp set dhcp bootp set dhcp conflict logging show dhcp conflict clear dhcp conflict set dhcp exclude clear dhcp exclude set dhcp ping clear dhcp ping show dhcp binding clear dhcp binding show dhcp server statistics clear dhcp server statistics Refer to page... 13-3 13-4 13-4 13-5 13-5 13-6 13-7 13-7 13-8 13-8 13-9 13-9 13-10
set dhcp
UsethiscommandtoenableordisabletheDHCPserverfunctionalityontheSecureStackC2.
Syntax
set dhcp {enable | disable}
Parameters
enable|disable EnableordisableDHCPserverfunctionality.Bydefault,DHCPserveris disabled.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
SecureStack C2 Configuration Guide 13-3
Example
ThisexampleenablesDHCPserverfunctionality.
C2(rw)->set dhcp enable
Syntax
set dhcp bootp {enable | disable}
Parameters
enable|disable EnableordisableaddressallocationforBOOTPclients.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleenablesaddressallocationforBOOTPclients.
C2(rw)->set dhcp bootp enable
Syntax
set dhcp conflict logging
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleenablesDHCPconflictlogging.
C2(rw)->set dhcp conflict logging
13-4 Configuring DHCP Server
Syntax
show dhcp conflict [address]
Parameters
address [Optional]Specifiestheaddressforwhichtodisplayconflictinformation.
Defaults
Ifnoaddressisspecified,conflictinformationforalladdressesisdisplayed.
Mode
Readonly.
Example
Thisexampledisplaysconflictinformationforalladdresses.Notethatpingistheonlydetection methodused.
C2(ro)->show dhcp conflict IP address ----------192.0.0.2 192.0.0.3 192.0.0.4 192.0.0.12 Detection Method ----------------Ping Ping Ping Ping Detection Time --------------0 days 19h:01m:23s 0 days 19h:00m:46s 0 days 19h:01m:25s 0 days 19h:01m:26s
Syntax
clear dhcp conflict {logging | ip-address| *}
Parameters
logging ipaddress * Disableconflictlogging. CleartheconflictinformationforthespecifiedIPaddress. CleartheconflictinformationforallIPaddresses.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
13-5
Examples
ThisexampledisablesDHCPconflictlogging.
C2(rw)->clear dhcp conflict logging
ThisexampleclearstheconflictinformationfortheIPaddress192.0.0.2.
C2(rw)->clear dhcp conflict 192.0.0.2
Syntax
set dhcp exclude low-ipaddr [high-ipaddr]
Parameters
lowipaddr highipaddr SpecifiesthefirstIPaddressintheaddressrangetobeexcludedfrom assignment. (Optional)SpecifiesthelastIPaddressintheaddressrangetobe excluded.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplefirstconfigurestheaddresspoolnamedauto1with255addressesfortheClassC network172,20.28.0,withthesetdhcppoolnetworkcommand.Then,theexamplelimitsthe scopeoftheaddressesthatcanbeassignedbyaDHCPserverbyexcludingaddresses172.20.28.80 100,withthesetdhcpexcludecommand.
C2(rw)set dhcp pool auto1 network 172.20.28.0 24 C2(rw)->set dhcp exclude 172.20.28.80 172.20.28.100
13-6
Syntax
clear dhcp exclude low-ipaddr [high-ipaddr]
Parameters
lowipaddr highipaddr SpecifiesthefirstIPaddressintheaddressrangetobecleared. (Optional)SpecifiesthelastIPaddressintheaddressrangetobecleared.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleclearsthepreviouslyexcludedrangeofIPaddressesbetween192.168.1.88through 192.168.1.100.
C2(rw)->clear dhcp exclude 192.168.1.88 192.168.1.100
Syntax
set dhcp ping packets number
Parameters
packetsnumber Specifiesthenumberofpingpacketstobesent.Thevalueofnumbercan be0,orrangefrom2to10.Entering0disablesthisfunction.Thedefault valueis2packets.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplesetsthenumberofpingpacketssentto3.
C2(rw)->set dhcp ping packets 3
13-7
Syntax
clear dhcp ping packets
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleresetsthenumberofpingpacketssentbacktothedefaultvalue.
C2(rw)->clear dhcp ping packets
Syntax
show dhcp binding [ip-address]
Parameters
ipaddress (Optional)SpecifiestheIPaddressforwhichtodisplaybinding information.
Defaults
IfnoIPaddressisspecified,bindinginformationforalladdressesisdisplayed.
Mode
Readonly.
Example
Thisexampledisplaysbindinginformationaboutalladdresses.
C2(rw)->show dhcp binding IP address Hardware Address --------------------------192.0.0.6 00:33:44:56:22:39 192.0.0.8 00:33:44:56:22:33 192.0.0.10 00:33:44:56:22:34 192.0.0.11 00:33:44:56:22:35 192.0.0.12 00:33:44:56:22:36
13-8 Configuring DHCP Server
infinite infinite
Manual Manual
Syntax
clear dhcp binding {ip-addr | *}
Parameters
ipaddr * SpecifiestheIPaddressforwhichtoclear/deletetheDHCPbinding. Deletealladdressbindings.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampledeletestheDHCPaddressbindingforIPaddress192.168.1.1.
C2(rw)->clear dhcp binding 192.168.1.1
Syntax
show dhcp server statistics
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Readonly.
Example
Thisexampledisplaysserverstatistics.
C2(ro)->show dhcp server statistics Automatic Bindings Expired Bindings Malformed Bindings 36 6 0
SecureStack C2 Configuration Guide 13-9
Messages ---------DHCP DISCOVER DHCP REQUEST DHCP DECLINE DHCP RELEASE DHCP INFORM Messages ---------DHCP OFFER DHCP ACK DHCP NACK
Syntax
clear dhcp server statistics
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleclearsallDHCPservercounters.
C2(rw)->clear dhcp server statistics
13-10
Purpose
ToconfigureandclearDHCPaddresspoolparameters,andtodisplayaddresspoolconfiguration information.
Note: A total of 16 address pools, dynamic and/or static, can be configured on the SecureStack C2.
Commands
CommandstoconfigureDHCPdynamic(automatic)andstatic(manual)addresspoolsandto displayDHCPaddresspoolconfigurationsarelistedbelow.
For information about... set dhcp pool clear dhcp pool set dhcp pool network clear dhcp pool network set dhcp pool hardware-address clear dhcp pool hardware-address set dhcp pool host clear dhcp pool host set dhcp pool client-identifier clear dhcp pool client-identifier Refer to page... 13-13 13-13 13-14 13-14 13-15 13-16 13-16 13-17 13-17 13-18
13-11
For information about... set dhcp pool client-name clear dhcp pool client-name set dhcp pool bootfile clear dhcp pool bootfile set dhcp pool next-server clear dhcp pool next-server set dhcp pool lease clear dhcp pool lease set dhcp pool default-router clear dhcp pool default-router set dhcp pool dns-server clear dhcp pool dns-server set dhcp pool domain-name clear dhcp pool domain-name set dhcp pool netbios-name-server clear dhcp pool netbios-name-server set dhcp pool netbios-node-type clear dhcp pool netbios-node-type set dhcp pool option clear dhcp pool option show dhcp pool configuration
Refer to page... 13-19 13-19 13-20 13-20 13-21 13-21 13-22 13-22 13-23 13-24 13-24 13-25 13-25 13-26 13-26 13-27 13-27 13-28 13-28 13-29 13-30
13-12
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplecreatesanaddresspoolnamedauto1.
C2(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampledeletestheaddresspoolnamedauto1.
C2(rw)->clear dhcp pool auto1
13-13
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname network number {mask | prefix-length}
Parameters
poolname number mask prefixlength Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. SpecifiesanIPsubnetfortheaddresspool. Specifiesthesubnetmaskindottedquadnotation. Specifiesthesubnetmaskasaninteger.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
UsethiscommandtoconfigureasetofIPaddressestobeassignedbytheDHCPserverusingthe specifiedaddresspool.Inordertolimitthescopeoftheaddressesconfiguredwiththiscommand, usethesetdhcpexcludecommanddescribedonpage136.
Examples
ThisexampleconfigurestheIPsubnet172.20.28.0withaprefixlengthof24fortheautomatic DHCPpoolnamedauto1.Alternatively,themaskcouldhavebeenspecifiedas255.255.255.0.
C2(rw)set dhcp pool auto1 network 172.20.28.0 24
Thisexamplelimitsthescopeof255addressescreatedfortheClassCnetwork172,20.28.0bythe previousexample,byexcludingaddresses172.20.28.80100.
C2(rw)set dhcp exclude 172.20.28.80 172.20.28.100
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname network
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
13-14
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampledeletesthenetworkandmaskfromtheaddresspoolnamedauto1.
C2(rw)->clear dhcp pool auto1 network
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname hardware-address hw-addr [type]
Parameters
poolname hwaddr type Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. SpecifiestheMACaddressoftheclientshardwareplatform.Thisvalue canbeenteredusingdottedhexadecimalnotationorcolons. (Optional)Specifiestheprotocolofthehardwareplatform.Validvalues are1forEthernetor6forIEEE802.Defaultvalueis1,Ethernet.
Defaults
Ifnotypeisspecified,Ethernetisassumed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplespecifies0001.f401.2710astheEthernetMACaddressforthemanualaddresspool namedmanual1.Alternatively,theMACaddresscouldhavebeenteredas00:01:f4:01:27:10.
C2(rw)->set dhcp pool manual1 hardware-address 0001.f401.2710
13-15
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname hardware-address
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampledeletestheclienthardwareaddressfromtheaddresspoolnamedmanual1.
C2(rw)->clear dhcp pool manual1 hardware-address
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname host ip-address [mask | prefix-length]
Parameters
poolname ipaddress mask prefixlength Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. SpecifiestheIPaddressformanualbinding. (Optional)Specifiesthesubnetmaskindottedquadnotation. (Optional)Specifiesthesubnetmaskasaninteger.
Defaults
Ifamaskorprefixisnotspecified,theclassA,B,orCnaturalmaskwillbeused.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoconfiguretheminimumrequirementsforamanualbindingaddress pool.First,thehardwareaddressoftheclientshardwareplatformisconfigured,followedby configurationoftheaddresstobeassignedtothatclientmanually.
13-16 Configuring DHCP Server
C2(rw)->set dhcp pool manual1 hardware-address 0001.f401.2710 C2(rw)->set dhcp pool manual1 host 15.12.1.99 255.255.248.0
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname host
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampledeletesthehostIPaddressfromtheaddresspoolnamedmanual1.
C2(rw)->clear dhcp pool manual1 host
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname client-identifier id
Parameters
poolname id Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. Specifiestheuniqueclientidentifierforthisclient.Thevaluemustbe enteredinxx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xxformat.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
13-17
Usage
TheclientidentifierisformedbyconcatenatingthemediatypeandtheMACaddress.For example,iftheclienthardwaretypeisEthernetandtheclientMACaddressis00:01:22:33:44:55, thentheclientidentifierconfiguredwiththiscommandmustbe01:00:01:22:33:44:55.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoconfiguretheminimumrequirementsforamanualbindingaddress pool,usingaclientidentifierratherthanthehardwareaddressoftheclientshardwareplatform.
C2(rw)->set dhcp pool manual2 client-identifier 01:00:01:22:33:44:55 C2(rw)->set dhcp pool manual2 host 10.12.1.10 255.255.255.0
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname client-identifier
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampledeletestheclientidentifierfromtheaddresspoolnamedmanual1.
C2(rw)->clear dhcp pool manual1 client-identifier
13-18
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname client-name name
Parameters
poolname name Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. Specifiesthenametobeassignedtothisclient.Clientnamesmaybeupto 31charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleconfigurestheclientnameappsvr1tothemanualbindingpoolmanual2.
C2(rw)->set dhcp pool manual2 client-identifier 01:22:33:44:55:66 C2(rw)->set dhcp pool manual2 host 10.12.1.10 255.255.255.0 C2(rw)->set dhcp pool manual2 client-name appsvr1
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname client-name
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampledeletestheclientnamefromthemanualbindingpoolmanual2.
C2(rw)->clear dhcp pool manual2 client-name
13-19
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname bootfile filename
Parameters
poolname filename Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. Specifiesthebootimagefilename.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplesetsthebootimagefilenameforaddresspoolnamedauto1.
C2(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1 bootfile image1.img
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname bootfile
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleremovesthebootimagefilenamefromaddresspoolnamedauto1.
C2(rw)->clear dhcp pool auto1 bootfile
13-20
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname next-server ip-address
Parameters
poolname ipaddress Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. SpecifiestheIPaddressofthefileservertheDHCPclientshouldcontact toloadthedefaultbootimage.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplespecifiesthefileserverfromwhichclientsbeingservedbyaddresspoolauto1 shoulddownloadthebootimagefileimage1.img.
C2(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1 bootfile image1.img C2(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1 next-server 10.1.1.10
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname next-server
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleremovesthefileserverfromaddresspoolauto1.
C2(rw)->clear dhcp pool auto1 next-server
13-21
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname lease {days [hours [minutes]] | infinite}
Parameters
poolname days hours minutes Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. Specifiesthenumberofdaysanaddressleasewillremainvalid.Valuecan rangefrom0to59. (Optional)Whenadaysvaluehasbeenassigned,specifiesthenumberof hoursanaddressleasewillremainvalid.Valuecanrangefrom0to1439. (Optional)Whenadaysvalueandanhoursvaluehavebeenassigned, specifiesthenumberofminuteanaddressleasewillremainvalid.Value canrangefrom0to86399. Specifiesthatthedurationoftheleasewillbeunlimited.
infinite
Defaults
Ifnoleasetimeisspecified,aleasedurationof1dayisconfigured.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleconfiguresaleasedurationof12hoursfortheaddresspoolbeingconfigured.Note thattoconfigurealeasetimelessthanoneday,enter0fordays,thenthenumberofhoursand minutes.
C2(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1 lease 0 12
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname lease
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
Clearstheleasetimeforthisaddresspooltothedefaultvalueofoneday.
13-22
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplerestoresthedefaultleasedurationofonedayforaddresspoolauto1.
C2(rw)->clear dhcp pool auto1 lease
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname default-router address [address2 ... address8]
Parameters
poolname address address2...address8 Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. SpecifiestheIPaddressofadefaultrouter. (Optional)Specifies,inorderofpreference,upto7additionaldefault routeraddresses.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleassignsadefaultrouterat10.10.10.1totheaddresspoolnamedauto1.
C2(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1 default-router 10.10.10.1
13-23
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname default-router
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleremovesthedefaultrouterfromtheaddresspoolauto1.
C2(rw)->clear dhcp pool auto1 default-router
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname dns-server address [address2 ... address8]
Parameters
poolname address address2...address8 Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. SpecifiestheIPaddressofaDNSserver. (Optional)Specifies,inorderofpreference,upto7additionalDNS serveraddresses.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleassignsaDNSserverat10.14.10.1totheaddresspoolauto1.
C2(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1 dns-server 10.14.10.1
13-24
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname dns-server
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleremovestheDNSserverlistfromtheaddresspoolauto1.
C2(rw)->clear dhcp pool auto1 dns-server
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname domain-name domain
Parameters
poolname domain Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. Specifiesthedomainnamestring.Thedomainnamecanbeupto255 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleassignsthemycompany.comdomainnametotheaddresspoolauto1.
C2(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1 domain-name mycompany.com
13-25
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname domain-name
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleremovesthedomainnamefromtheaddresspoolauto1.
C2(rw)->clear dhcp pool auto1 domain-name
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname netbios-name-server address [address2 ... address8]
Parameters
poolname address address2...address8 Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. SpecifiestheIPaddressofaNetBIOSnameserver. (Optional)Specifies,inorderofpreference,upto7additionalNetBIOS nameserveraddresses.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleassignsaNetBIOSnameserverat10.15.10.1totheaddresspoolbeingconfigured.
C2(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1 netbios-name-server 10.15.10.1
13-26
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleremovestheNetBIOSnameserverlistfromtheaddresspoolauto1.
C2(rw)->clear dhcp pool auto1 netbios-name-server
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname netbios-node-type {b-node | h-node | p-node | m-node}
Parameters
poolname bnode hnode pnode mnode Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. SpecifiestheNetBIOsnodetypetobebroadcast(noWINS). SpecifiestheNetBIOsnodetypetobehybrid(WINS,thenbroadcast). SpecifiestheNetBIOsnodetypetobepeer(WINSonly). SpecifiestheNetBIOsnodetypetobemixed(broadcast,thenWINS).
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexamplespecifieshybridastheNetBIOSnodetypefortheaddresspoolauto1.
C2(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1 netbios-node-type h-node
SecureStack C2 Configuration Guide 13-27
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname netbios-node-type
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleremovestheNetBIOSnodetypefromtheaddresspoolauto1.
C2(rw)->clear dhcp pool auto1 netbios-node-type
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname option code {ascii string | hex string-list | ip addresslist}
Parameters
poolname code asciistring hexstringlist ipaddresslist Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. SpecifiestheDHCPoptioncode,asdefinedinRFC2132.Valuecanrange from1to254. SpecifythedatainASCIIformat.AnASCIIcharacterstringcontaininga spacemustbeenclosedinquotations. SpecifythedatainHEXformat.Upto8HEXstringscanbeentered. SpecifythedatainIPaddressformat.Upto8IPaddressescanbeentered.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
13-28
Examples
ThisexampleconfiguresDHCPoption19,whichspecifieswhethertheclientshouldconfigureits IPlayerforpacketforwarding.Inthiscase,IPforwardingisenabledwiththe01value.
C2(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1 option 19 hex 01
ThisexampleconfiguresDHCPoption72,whichassignsoneormoreWebserversforDHCP clients.Inthiscase,twoWebserveraddressesareconfigured.
C2(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1 option 72 ip 168.24.3.252 168.24.3.253
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname option code
Parameters
poolname code Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. SpecifiestheDHCPoptioncode,asdefinedinRFC2132.Valuecanrange from1to254.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleremovesoption19fromaddresspoolauto1.
C2(rw)->clear dhcp pool auto1 option 19
13-29
Syntax
show dhcp pool configuration {poolname | all}
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Readonly.
Example
Thisexampledisplaysconfigurationinformationforalladdresspools.
C2(rw)->show dhcp pool configuration all Pool: Atg_Pool Pool Type Network Lease Time Default Routers Pool: static1 Pool Type Client Name Client Identifier Host Lease Time Option Pool: static2 Pool Type Hardware Address Hardware Address Type Host Lease Time
13-30
14
Preparing for Router Mode
Thischapterdescribeshowtopreparetheswitchforrouting.
For information about ... Pre-Routing Configuration Tasks Enabling Router Configuration Modes Activating Licensed Features 14-1 14-3 14-4 Refer to page ...
14-1
Table 14-1
From admin (su) mode, enable router mode. Enable router Privileged EXEC mode. Enable global router configuration mode. Enable interface configuration mode using the routing VLAN or loopback id. Assign an IP address to the routing interface. Enable the interface for IP routing.
Step 5
Step 6
no shutdown
Example
ThefollowingexampleshowshowtoconfigureVLAN1onIPaddress182.127.63.1255.255.255.0 asaroutinginterface.
C2(su)->router C2(su)->router>enable C2(su)->router#configure Enter configuration commands: C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip address 182.127.63.1 255.255.255.0 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#no shutdown
14-2
Note: To jump to a lower configuration mode, type exit at the command prompt. To revert back to switch CLI, type exit from Privileged EXEC router mode.
14-3
Purpose
Toactivateandverifylicensedfeatures.
Commands
Thecommandsusedtoactivateandverifylicensedfeaturesarelistedbelow.
For information about... license advanced show license no license advanced Refer to page... 14-4 14-5 14-5
license advanced
Whenanadvancedlicenseisavailable,usethiscommandtoactivatelicensedfeatures.Ifthisis availableonyourSecureStackC2switch,auniquelicensekeywilldisplayintheshowlicense commandoutput.
Syntax
license advanced activation-key
Parameters
activationkey Specifiesyourunique16digithexadecimaladvancedlicensingkey.
Note: When available, the licensing key will display at the top of the show running-config command output. To see an example of this output, refer to show running-config on page 15-6.
Command Type
Routercommand.
Mode
Globalconfiguration:router(Config)#
Defaults
None.
14-4
show license
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtouselicensekeyabcdefg123456789toactivateadvancedrouting features:
C2(su)->router# configure Enter configuration commands: C2(su)->router(Config)# license advanced abcdefg123456789
show license
Whenavailableandactivated,usethiscommandtodisplayyourlicensekey.
Syntax
show license
Parameters
None.
Command Type
Routercommand.
Mode
PrivilegedEXEC:router#
Defaults
None.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayyourlicensekeyinformation:
C2(su)->router# show license license advanced abcdefg123456789
no license advanced
Usethiscommandtoremovethelicensekey.
Syntax
no license advanced
Parameters
None.
Command Type
Routercommand.
Mode
Globalconfiguration:router(Config)#
14-5
no license advanced
Defaults
None.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoremoveanadvancedlicensekey:
C2(su)->router# configure Enter configuration commands: C2(su)->router(Config)# no license advanced
14-6
15
IP Configuration
ThischapterdescribestheInternetProtocol(IP)configurationsetofcommandsandhowtouse them.
Router: Unless otherwise noted, the commands covered in this chapter can be executed only when the device is in router mode. For details on how to enable router configuration modes, refer to Enabling Router Configuration Modes on page 14-3. For information about... Configuring Routing Interface Settings Reviewing and Configuring the ARP Table Configuring Broadcast Settings Reviewing IP Traffic and Configuring Routes Refer to page... 15-1 15-8 15-13 15-15
Commands
Thecommandsusedtoreviewandconfigureinterfacesettingsarelistedbelow:
For information about... show interface interface show ip interface ip address show running-config no shutdown no ip routing Refer to page... 15-2 15-3 15-4 15-5 15-6 15-7 15-7
15-1
show interface
show interface
Usethiscommandtodisplayinformationaboutoneormoreinterfaces(VLANsorloopbacks) configuredontherouter.
Syntax
show interface [vlan vlan-id ] [loopback loop-id]
Parameters
vlanvlanid (Optional)DisplaysinterfaceinformationforaspecificVLANinterface. ThisinterfacemustbeconfiguredforIProutingasdescribedinPre RoutingConfigurationTasksonpage 141. (Optional)Displaysinterfaceinformationforaspecificloopbackinterface.
loopbackloopid
Defaults
Ifinterfacetypeisnotspecified,informationforallroutinginterfaceswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayinformationforallinterfacesconfiguredontherouter.Fora detaileddescriptionofthisoutput,refertoTable 151:
C2(su)->router#show interface Vlan 1 is Administratively DOWN Vlan 1 is Operationally DOWN Mac Address is: 0001.f4da.2cba The name of this device is Vlan 1 The MTU is 1500 bytes The bandwidth is 10000 Mb/s Encapsulation ARPA, Loopback not set ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout: 14400 seconds
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayinformationforloopbackinterface1.
C2(su)->router#show interface loopback 1 Loopback 1 is Administratively UP Loopback 1 is Operationally UP Internet Address is 10.1.192.100 , Subnet Mask is The name of this device is Loopback 1 The MTU is 1500 bytes
255.255.255.0
15-2
IP Configuration
interface
interface
UsethiscommandtoconfigureinterfacesforIProuting.
Syntax
interface vlan vlan-id | loopback loop-id
Parameters
vlanvlanid SpecifiesthenumberoftheVLANinterfacetobeconfiguredforrouting. ThisinterfacemustbeconfiguredforIProutingasdescribedinPre RoutingConfigurationTasksonpage 141. Specifiesthenumberoftheloopbackinterfacetobeconfiguredforrouting. Thevalueofloopidcanrangefrom0to7.
loopbackloopid
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerglobalconfigurationmode:C2(su)>router(Config)#
Usage
Thiscommandenablesinterfaceconfigurationmodefromglobalconfigurationmode,and,ifthe interfacehasnotpreviouslybeencreated,thiscommandcreatesanewroutinginterface.For detailsonconfigurationmodessupportedbytheSecureStackC2deviceandtheiruses,referto Table 142inEnablingRouterConfigurationModesonpage 143. VLANsmustbecreatedfromtheswitchCLIbeforetheycanbeconfiguredforIProuting.For detailsoncreatingVLANsandconfiguringthemforIP,refertoEnablingRouterConfiguration Modesonpage 143. EachVLANinterfacemustbeconfiguredforroutingseparatelyusingtheinterfacecommand.To endconfigurationononeinterfacebeforeconfiguringanother,typeexitatthecommandprompt. Enablinginterfaceconfigurationmodeisrequiredforcompletinginterfacespecificconfiguration tasks.Foranexampleofhowthesecommandsareused,refertoPreRoutingConfiguration Tasksonpage 141. Aloopbackinterfaceisalwaysexpectedtobeup.Thisinterfacecanprovidethesourceaddressfor sentpacketsandcanreceivebothlocalandremotepackets.Theloopbackinterfaceistypically usedbyroutingprotocols. EachSecureStackC2systemcansupportupto256routinginterfaces.Eachinterfacecanbe configuredfortheRIPand/orOSPFroutingprotocols.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtoenterconfigurationmodeforVLAN1:
C2(su)->router#configure C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#
Thisexampleshowshowtoenterconfigurationmodeforloopback1:
C2(su)->router#configure C2(su)->router(Config)#interface loopback 1
SecureStack C2 Configuration Guide 15-3
show ip interface
C2(su)->router(Config-if(Lpbk 1))#
show ip interface
Usethiscommandtodisplayinformation,includingadministrativestatus,IPaddress,MTU (MaximumTransmissionUnit)sizeandbandwidth,andACLconfigurations,forinterfaces configuredforIP.
Syntax
show ip interface [vlan vlan-id] [loopback loop-id]
Parameters
vlanvlanid (Optional)DisplaysinformationforaspecificVLANinterface.This interfacemustbeconfiguredforIProutingasdescribedinPreRouting ConfigurationTasksonpage 141. (Optional)Displaysinterfaceinformationforaspecificloopbackinterface.
loopbackloopid
Defaults
Ifinterfacetypeisnotspecified,statusinformationforallroutinginterfaceswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayconfigurationinformationforVLAN1:
C2(su)->router#show ip interface vlan 1 Vlan 1 is Admin DOWN Vlan 1 is Oper DOWN Primary IP Address is 192.168.10.1 Frame Type Ethernet MAC-Address 0001.F45C.C993 Incoming Accesslist is not set Outgoing AccessList is not set MTU is 6145 bytes ARP Timeout is 1 seconds Direct Broadcast Disabled Proxy ARP is Disabled
Mask
255.255.255.0
15-4
IP Configuration
ip address
Table 15-1
Output
Incoming Access List Outgoing Access List MTU ARP Timeout Direct Broadcast Proxy Arp
ip address
Usethiscommandtoset,remove,ordisableaprimaryorsecondaryIPaddressforaninterface. ThenoformofthiscommandremovesthespecifiedIPaddressanddisablestheinterfaceforIP processing.
Syntax
ip address ip-address ip-mask [secondary] no ip address ip-address ip-mask
Parameters
ipaddress ipmask secondary SpecifiestheIPaddressoftheinterfacetobeaddedorremoved. SpecifiesthemaskfortheassociatedIPsubnet. (Optional)SpecifiesthattheconfiguredIPaddressisasecondaryaddress.
Defaults
Ifsecondaryisnotspecified,theconfiguredaddresswillbetheprimaryaddressfortheinterface.
Mode
Routerinterfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Usage
EachSecureStackC2systemsupportsupto256routinginterfaces,withupto50secondary addresses(200maximumperrouter)allowedforeachprimaryIPaddress.
Example
ThisexamplesetstheIPaddressto192.168.1.1andthenetworkmaskto255.255.255.0forVLAN1:
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip address 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0
15-5
show running-config
show running-config
Usethiscommandtodisplaythenondefault,usersuppliedcommandsenteredwhileconfiguring thedevice.
Syntax
show running-config
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythecurrentrouteroperatingconfiguration:
C2(su)->router#show running-config ! interface vlan 10 ip address 99.99.2.10 255.255.255.0 no shutdown ! router ospf 1 network 99.99.2.0 0.0.0.255 area 0.0.0.0 network 192.168.100.1 0.0.0.0 area 0.0.0.0
15-6
IP Configuration
no shutdown
no shutdown
UsethiscommandtoenableaninterfaceforIProutingandtoallowtheinterfacetoautomatically beenabledatdevicestartup.
Syntax
no shutdown shutdown
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Usage
TheshutdownformofthiscommanddisablesaninterfaceforIProuting.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableVLAN1forIProuting:
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#no shutdown
no ip routing
UsethiscommandtodisableIProutingonthedeviceandremovetheroutingconfiguration.By default,IProutingisenabledwheninterfacesareconfiguredforitasdescribedinConfiguring RoutingInterfaceSettingsonpage 151.
Syntax
no ip routing
Parameters
None.
Mode
Globalconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Config)#
Defaults
None.
Example
This example shows how to disable IP routing on the device:
C2(su)->router(Config)#no ip routing
SecureStack C2 Configuration Guide 15-7
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoreviewandconfiguretheARPtablearelistedbelow:
For information about... show ip arp arp ip proxy-arp arp timeout clear arp-cache Refer to page... 15-8 15-10 15-11 15-11 15-12
show ip arp
UsethiscommandtodisplayentriesintheARP(AddressResolutionProtocol)table.ARP convertsanIPaddressintoaphysicaladdress.
Syntax
show ip arp [ip-address] [vlan vlan-id] [output-modifier]
Parameters
ipaddress vlanvlanid (Optional)DisplaysARPentriesrelatedtoaspecificIPaddress. (Optional)DisplaysonlyARPentrieslearnedthroughaspecificVLAN interface.ThisVLANmustbeconfiguredforIProutingasdescribedin PreRoutingConfigurationTasksonpage 141. (Optional)DisplaysARPentrieswithinaspecificrange.Optionsare: |beginipaddressDisplaysonlyARPentriesthatbeginwiththe specifiedIPaddress. |excludeipaddressExcludesARPentriesmatchingthespecified IPaddress. |includeipaddressIncludesARPentriesmatchingthespecified IPaddress.
outputmodifier
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,allentriesintheARPcachewillbedisplayed.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
15-8
IP Configuration
show ip arp
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtousetheshowiparpcommand:
C2(su)->router#show ip arp Protocol Internet Internet Internet Address 134.141.235.251 134.141.235.165 134.141.235.167 Age (min) Hardware Addr 0 4 0003.4712.7a99 0002.1664.a5b3 00d0.cf00.4b74 Type ARPA ARPA ARPA Interface Vlan1 Vlan1 Vlan2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C2(su)->router#show ip arp 134.141.235.165 Protocol Internet Address 134.141.235.165 Age (min) Hardware Addr Type 0002.1664.a5b3 ARPA Interface Vlan2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C2(su)->router#show ip arp vlan 2 Protocol Internet Address 134.141.235.251 Age (min) Hardware Addr Type 0 0003.4712.7a99 ARPA Interface Vlan2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15-9
arp
arp
Usethiscommandtoaddorremovepermanent(static)ARPtableentries.Upto1,000staticARP entriesaresupportedperSecureStackC2system.AmulticastMACaddresscanbeusedinastatic ARPentry.ThenoformofthiscommandremovesthespecifiedpermanentARPentry:
Syntax
arp ip-address mac-address arpa no arp ip-address
Parameters
ipaddress macaddress arpa SpecifiestheIPaddressofadeviceonthenetwork.ValidvaluesareIP addressesindotteddecimalnotation. Specifiesthe48bithardwareaddresscorrespondingtotheipaddress expressedinhexadecimalnotation. SpecifiesARPAasthetypeofARPmapping.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Globalconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Config)#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoaddapermanentARPentryfortheIPaddress130.2.3.1andMAC address0003.4712.7a99:
C2(su)->router(Config)#arp 130.2.3.1 0003.4712.7a99 arpa
15-10
IP Configuration
ip proxy-arp
ip proxy-arp
UsethiscommandtoenableproxyARPonaninterface.Thenoformofthiscommanddisables proxyARP.
Syntax
ip proxy-arp no ip proxy-arp
Parameters
None.
Defaults
Disabled.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Usage
ThisvariationoftheARPprotocolallowstheroutertosendanARPresponseonbehalfofanend nodetotherequestinghost.ProxyARPcanbeusedtoresolveroutingissuesonendstationsthat areunabletorouteinthesubnettedenvironment.TheSecureStackC2willanswertoARPrequests onbehalfoftargetedendstationsonneighboringnetworks.Itisdisabledbydefault.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableproxyARPonVLAN1:
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip proxy-arp
arp timeout
Usethiscommandtosettheduration(inseconds)fordynamicallylearnedentriestoremaininthe ARPtablebeforeexpiring.Thenoformofthiscommandrestoresthedefaultvalueof14,400 seconds.
arp timeout seconds no arp timeout
Parameters
seconds SpecifiesthetimeinsecondsthatanentryremainsintheARPcache.Valid valuesare065535.Avalueof0specifiesthatARPentrieswillneverbe agedout.
Defaults
14,400seconds.
Mode
Globalconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Config)#
15-11
clear arp-cache
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheARPtimeoutto7200seconds:
C2(su)->router(Config)#arp timeout 7200
clear arp-cache
Usethiscommandtodeleteallnonstatic(dynamic)entriesfromtheARPtable.
clear arp-cache
Parameters
None.
Mode
PrivilegedEXEC:C2(su)>router#
Defaults
None.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodeletealldynamicentriesfromtheARPtable:
C2(su)->router#clear arp-cache
15-12
IP Configuration
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoconfigureIPbroadcastsettingsarelistedbelow:
For information about... ip directed-broadcast ip helper-address Refer to page... 15-13 15-14
ip directed-broadcast
UsethiscommandtoenableordisableIPdirectedbroadcastsonaninterface.Thenoformofthis commanddisablesIPdirectedbroadcastglobally.
Syntax
ip directed-broadcast no ip directed-broadcast
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>Router1(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableIPdirectedbroadcastsonVLAN1:
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip directed-broadcast
15-13
ip helper-address
ip helper-address
UsethiscommandtoenableDHCP/BOOTPrelayandtheforwardingoflocalUDPbroadcasts specifyinganewdestinationaddressonaroutinginterface.Upto3IPhelperaddressesmaybe configuredperinterface. ThenoformofthiscommanddisablestheforwardingofUDPdatagramstothespecifiedaddress.
Syntax
ip helper-address address no ip helper-address address
Parameters
address AddressofthehostwhereUDPbroadcastpacketsshouldbeforwarded.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>Router1(Configif(Vlan1))#
Usage
About DHCP/BOOTP Relay
DHCP/BOOTPrelayfunctionalityisappliedwiththehelpofIPbroadcastforwarding.Atypical situationoccurswhenahostrequestsanIPaddresswithnoDHCPserverlocatedonthatsegment. AroutercanforwardtheDHCPrequesttoaserverlocatedonanothernetworkiftheaddressof theDHCPserverisconfiguredasahelperaddressonthereceivinginterfaceoftherouter forwardingtherequest,usingthiscommand(iphelperaddress). TheDHCP/BOOTPrelayfunctionwilldetecttheDHCPrequestandmakethenecessarychanges totheheader,replacingthedestinationaddresswiththeaddressoftheserver,andthesourcewith itsownaddress,andsendittotheserver.Whentheresponsecomesfromtheserver,theDHCP/ BOOTPrelayfunctionsendsittothehost.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoforwardDHCP/BOOTPbroadcaststoaDHCP/BOOTPserverwithan IPaddressof191.168.1.23onVLAN1:
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip helper-address 192.168.1.28
15-14
IP Configuration
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoreviewIPtrafficandconfigureroutesarelistedbelow:
For information about... show ip route ip route ping traceroute Refer to page... 15-15 15-16 15-17 15-18
show ip route
UsethiscommandtodisplayinformationaboutIProutes.
Syntax
show ip route [destination-prefix destination-prefix-mask longer-prefixes | connected | ospf | rip | static | summary]
Parameters
destinationprefix destinationprefix masklonger prefixes connected ospf rip static summary (Optional)Convertsthespecifiedaddressandmaskintoaprefixand displaysanyroutesthatmatchtheprefix.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,allIProuteinformationwillbedisplayed.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
15-15
ip route
Usage
RoutesaremanagedbytheRTM(RouteTableManager),andarecontainedintheRIB(Route InformationBase).Thisdatabasecontainsalltheactivestaticroutes,alltheRIProutes,andupto threebestroutestoeachnetworkasdeterminedbyOSPF. TheRTMselectsuptothreeofthebestroutestoeachnetworkandinstallstheseroutesintheFIB (ForwardingInformationBase).
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayallIProuteinformation.Inthiscase,thereareroutesdirectly connectedtoVLANs1and2,twostaticroutesconnectedtoVLAN1(oneindirectly,andonevia anothernetworkIP),andoneRIProute.Distance/costisdisplayedas[x/y]:
C2(su)->router#show ip route Codes: C connected, S static, R RIP, O OSPF, IA OSPF inter area, N1 OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 OSPF NSSA external type 2, E1 OSPF external type 1, E2 OSPF external type 2, * - candidate default, U per user static route C C S S R 192.168.27.0/24 192.168.32.0/24 2.0.0.0/8 3.0.0.0/8 1.0.0.0/8 [ [ [ [ [ 0/0001] 0/0001] 65/0001] 0/0001] 70/0002] directly connected, vlan 1 directly connected, vlan 2 via 192.168.72.1, vlan 1 directly connected vlan 1 via 192.168.72.22 vlan 1
ip route
UsethiscommandtoaddorremoveastaticIProute.Thenoformofthiscommandremovesthe staticIProute.
ip route prefix mask dest-addr [distance] no ip route prefix mask forward-addr
Parameters
prefix mask destaddr distance SpecifiesadestinationIPaddressprefix. Specifiesadestinationprefixmask. Specifiesaforwarding(gateway)IPaddress. (Optional)Specifiesanadministrativedistancemetricforthisroute.Valid valuesare1(default)to255.Routeswithlowervaluesreceivehigher preferenceinrouteselection.
Defaults
Ifdistanceisnotspecified,thedefaultvalueof1willbeapplied.
Mode
Globalconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Config)#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetIPaddress10.1.2.3asthenexthopgatewaytodestinationaddress 10.0.0.0:
C2(su)->router(Config)#ip route 10.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 10.1.2.3
15-16
IP Configuration
ping
ping
UsethiscommandtotestroutingnetworkconnectivitybysendingIPpingrequests.
Syntax
ping ip-address
Parameters
ipaddress SpecifiestheIPaddressofthesystemtoping.
Defaults
None.
Mode
PrivilegedEXEC:C2(su)>router#
Usage
Thiscommandisalsoavailableinswitchmode.
Examples
ThisexampleshowsoutputfromasuccessfulpingtoIPaddress182.127.63.23:
C2(su)->router#ping 182.127.63.23 182.127.63.23 is alive
ThisexampleshowsoutputfromanunsuccessfulpingtoIPaddress182.127.63.24:
C2(su)->router#ping 182.127.63.24 no answer from 182.127.63.24
15-17
traceroute
traceroute
UsethiscommandtodisplayahopbyhoppaththroughanIPnetworkfromthedevicetoa specificdestinationhost.ThreeICMPprobeswillbetransmittedforeachhopbetweenthesource andthetraceroutedestination.
Syntax
traceroute host
Parameters
host SpecifiesahosttowhichtherouteofanIPpacketwillbetraced.
Defaults
None.
Mode
PrivilegedEXEC:C2(su)>router#
Usage
Thereisalsoatraceroutecommandavailableinswitchmode.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtousetraceroutetodisplayaroundtrippathtohost192.141.90.183.
C2(su)->router#traceroute 192.141.90.183 Traceroute to 192.141.90.183, 30 hops max, 40 byte packets 1 10.1.56.1 0.000 ms 0.000 ms 2 10.1.48.254 10.000 ms 0.000 ms 3 10.1.0.2 0.000 ms 0.000 ms 4 192.141.89.17 0.000 ms 0.000 ms 5 192.141.100.13 0.000 ms 10.000 ms 6 192.141.100.6 0.000 ms 0.000 ms 7 192.141.90.183 0.000 ms 0.000 ms
ms ms ms ms ms ms ms
15-18
IP Configuration
16
IPv4 Routing Protocol Configuration
ThischapterdescribestheIPv4RoutingProtocolConfigurationsetofcommandsandhowtouse them.
Router: The commands covered in this chapter can be executed only when the device is in router mode. For details on how to enable router configuration modes, refer to Enabling Router Configuration Modes on page 14-3. For information about... Activating Advanced Routing Features Configuring RIP Configuring OSPF Configuring DVMRP Configuring IRDP Configuring VRRP Configuring PIM-SM Refer to page... 16-1 16-2 16-12 16-36 16-40 16-45 16-54
16-1
Configuring RIP
Configuring RIP
Purpose
ToenableandconfiguretheRoutingInformationProtocol(RIP).
16-2
router rip
router rip
UsethiscommandtoenableordisableRIPconfigurationmode.Thenoformofthiscommand disablesRIP.
Syntax
router rip no router rip
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Globalconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Config)#
Usage
YoumustexecutetherouterripcommandtoenabletheprotocolbeforecompletingmanyRIP specificconfigurationtasks.Fordetailsonenablingconfigurationmodes,refertoTable 142in EnablingRouterConfigurationModesonpage143.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableRIP:
C2(su)->router#configure C2(su)->router(Config)#router rip C2(su)->router(Config-router)#
ip rip enable
UsethiscommandtoenableRIPonaninterface.ThenoformofthiscommanddisablesRIPonan interface:
Syntax
ip rip enable no ip rip enable
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
16-3
distance
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableRIPontheVLAN1interface:
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip rip enable
distance
UsethiscommandtoconfiguretheadministrativedistanceforRIProutes.Thenoformofthis commandresetsRIPadministrativedistancetothedefaultvalueof120.
Syntax
distance weight no distance [weight]
Parameters
weight SpecifiesanadministrativedistanceforRIProutes.Validvaluesare1255.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Usage
Ifseveralroutes(comingfromdifferentprotocols)arepresentedtotheSecureStackC2Route TableManager(RTM),theprotocolwiththelowestadministrativedistancewillbechosenfor routeinstallation.Bydefault,RIPadministrativedistanceissetto120.Thedistancecommandcan beusedtochangethisvalue,resettingRIPsroutepreferenceinrelationtootherroutesasshown inthetablebelow.
Route Source Connected Static OSPF RIP Default Distance 0 1 110 120
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtochangethedefaultadministrativedistanceforRIPto1001:
C2(su)->router(Config)#router rip C2(su)->router(Config-router)#distance 100
16-4
Syntax
ip rip send version {1 | 2 | r1compatible} no ip rip send version
Parameters
1 2 r1compatible SpecifiesRIPversion1. SpecifiesRIPversion2.Thisisthedefaultsetting. Specifiesthatpacketsbesentasversion2packets,buttransmitstheseas broadcastpacketsratherthanmulticastpacketssothatsystemswhichonly understandRIPversion1canreceivethem.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheRIPsendversionto2forpacketstransmittedontheVLAN1 interface:
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip rip send version 2
Syntax
ip rip receive version {1 | 2 | 1 2 | none} no ip rip receive version
Parameters
1 2 12 none SpecifiesRIPversion1. SpecifiesRIPversion2.Thisisthedefaultsetting. SpecifiesRIPversions1and2. SpecifiesthatnoRIProuteswillbeprocessedonthisinterface.
16-5
ip rip authentication-key
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Defaults
None.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheRIPreceiveversionto2forupdatepacketsreceivedonthe VLAN1interface:
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip rip receive version 2
ip rip authentication-key
UsethiscommandtoenableordisableaRIPauthenticationkey(password)foruseonan interface.ThenoformofthiscommandpreventsRIPfromusingauthentication.
Syntax
ip rip authentication-key name no ip rip authentication key
Parameters
name SpecifiesthepasswordtoenableordisableforRIPauthentication.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheRIPauthenticationkeychaintopasswordontheVLAN1 interface:
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip rip authentication-key password
16-6
ip rip message-digest-key
ip rip message-digest-key
UsethiscommandtoenableordisableaRIPMD5authenticationkey(password)foruseonan interface.ThenoformofthiscommandpreventsRIPfromusingauthentication.
Syntax
ip rip message-digest-key keyid md5 key no ip rip message-digest-key keyid
Parameters
keyid md5 key SpecifiesthekeyIDtoenableordisableforRIPauthentication.Validvalues are1to255. SpecifiesuseoftheMD5algorithm. SpecifiestheRIPauthenticationpassword.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Defaults
None.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheMD5authenticationIDto5fortheRIPauthenticationkeyset ontheVLAN1interface:
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip rip message-digest-key 5 md5 password
16-7
no auto-summary
no auto-summary
Usethiscommandtodisableautomaticroutesummarization.
Syntax
no auto-summary auto-summary
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Usage
Bydefault,RIPversion2supportsautomaticroutesummarization,whichsummarizes subprefixestotheclassfulnetworkboundarywhencrossingnetworkboundaries.Disabling automaticroutesummarizationenablesCIDR,allowingRIPtoadvertiseallsubnetsandhost routinginformationontheSecureStackC2device.Toverifywhichroutesaresummarizedforan interface,usetheshowiproutecommandasdescribedinshowiprouteonpage1515.The reverseofthecommandreenablesautomaticroutesummarization.
Note: This command is necessary for enabling CIDR for RIP on the SecureStack C2 device.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisableRIPautomaticroutesummarization:
C2(su)->router(Config)#router rip C2(su)->router(Config-router)#no auto-summary
16-8
split-horizon poison
split-horizon poison
UsethiscommandtoenableordisablesplithorizonpoisonreversemodeforRIPpackets.Theno formofthiscommanddisablessplithorizonpoisonreverse.
Syntax
split-horizon poison no split-horizon poison
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Usage
Splithorizonpreventspacketsfromexitingthroughthesameinterfaceonwhichtheywere received.Poisonreverseexplicitlyindicatesthatanetworkisunreachable,ratherthanimplyingit bynotincludingthenetworkinroutingupdates.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisablesplithorizonpoisonreverseforRIPpacketstransmittedon theVLAN1interface:
C2(su)->router(Config)#router rip C2(su)->Router1(Config-router)#no split-horizon poison
passive-interface
UsethiscommandtopreventRIPfromtransmittingupdatepacketsonaninterface.Thenoform ofthiscommanddisablespassiveinterface.
Syntax
passive-interface vlan vlan-id no passive-interface vlan vlan-id
Parameters
vlanvlanid SpecifiesthenumberoftheVLANtomakeapassiveinterface.ThisVLAN mustbeconfiguredforIProutingasdescribedinPreRouting ConfigurationTasksonpage141.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configrouter)#
SecureStack C2 Configuration Guide 16-9
receive-interface
Usage
ThiscommanddoesnotpreventRIPfrommonitoringupdatesontheinterface.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetVLAN2asapassiveinterface.NoRIPupdateswillbetransmitted onVLAN2:
C2(su)->router(Config)#router rip C2(su)->router(Config-router)#passive-interface vlan 2
receive-interface
UsethiscommandtoallowRIPtoreceiveupdatepacketsonaninterface.Thenoformofthis commanddeniesthereceptionofRIPupdates.
Syntax
receive-interface vlan vlan-id no receive-interface vlan vlan-id
Parameters
vlanvlanid SpecifiesthenumberoftheVLANtomakeareceiveinterface.ThisVLAN mustbeconfiguredforIProutingasdescribedinPreRouting ConfigurationTasksonpage141.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Usage
ThiscommanddoesnotaffectthesendingofRIPupdatesonthespecifiedinterface.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodenythereceptionofRIPupdatesonVLAN2:
C2(su)->router(Config)#router rip C2(su)->router(Config-router)#no receive-interface vlan 2
16-10
redistribute
redistribute
UsethiscommandtoallowroutinginformationdiscoveredthroughnonRIPprotocolstobe distributedinRIPupdatemessages.Thenoformofthiscommandclearsredistribution parameters.
Syntax
redistribute {connected | ospf process-id | static} [metric metric value] [subnets] no redistribute {connected | ospf process-id | static}
Parameters
connected ospf processid SpecifiesthatnonRIProutinginformationdiscoveredviadirectly connectedinterfaceswillberedistributed. SpecifiesthatOSPFroutinginformationwillberedistributedinRIP. SpecifiestheprocessID,aninternallyusedidentificationnumberforeach instanceoftheOSPFroutingprocessrunonarouter.Validvaluesare1to 65535. SpecifiesthatnonRIProutinginformationdiscoveredviastaticrouteswill beredistributed.Staticroutesarethosecreatedusingtheiproute commanddetailediniprouteonpage1516. (Optional)Specifiesametricfortheconnected,OSPForstatic redistributionroute.Thisvalueshouldbeconsistentwiththedesignation protocol. (Optional)Specifiesthatconnected,OSPForstaticroutesthatare subnettedwillberedistributed.
static
metricmetricvalue
subnets
Mode
Routerconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Defaults
Ifmetricvalueisnotspecified,1willbeapplied. Ifsubnetsisnotspecified,onlynonsubnettedrouteswillberedistributed.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoredistributeroutinginformationdiscoveredthroughOSPFprocessID 1nonsubnettedroutesintoRIPupdatemessages:
C2(su)->router(Config)#router rip C2(su)->router(Config-router)#redistribute ospf 1
16-11
Configuring OSPF
Configuring OSPF
* Advanced License Required *
OSPF is an advanced routing feature that must be enabled with a license key. If you have purchased an advanced license key, and have enabled routing on the device, you must activate your license as described in Activating Licensed Features on page 14-4 in order to enable the OSPF command set. If you wish to purchase an advanced routing license, contact Enterasys Networks Sales.
Purpose
ToenableandconfiguretheOpenShortestPathFirst(OSPF)routingprotocol.
Enable or disable RFC 1583 compatibility. Configure OSPF Interface Parameters. Enable OSPF on the interface. Configure an OSPF area. Set the cost of sending a packet on an OSPF interface. Set a priority to help determine the OSPF designated router for the network. Adjust timers and message intervals.
ip ospf enable on page 16-16 ip ospf areaid on page 16-16 ip ospf cost on page 16-17 ip ospf priority on page 16-17 timers spf on page 16-18 ip ospf retransmit-interval on page 16-19 ip ospf transmit-delay on page 16-19 ip ospf hello-interval on page 16-20 ip ospf dead-interval on page 16-21
ip ospf authentication-key on page 16-21 ip ospf message digest key md5 on page 16-22
Configure OSPF Areas. Configure an administrative distance. Define the range of addresses to be used by Area Boundary Routers (ABRs). distance ospf on page 16-23 area range on page 16-24
16-12
Configuring OSPF
Table 16-2
To do this...
Define an area as a stub area. Set the cost value for the default route that is sent into a stub area. Define an area as an NSSA. Create virtual links. Enable redistribution from non-OSPF routes. Monitor and maintain OSPF.
16-13
router id
router id
UsethiscommandtosettheOSPFrouterIDforthedevice.ThisIPaddressmustbesetmanually inordertorunOSPF.ThenoformofthiscommandremovestherouterIDforthedevice.
Syntax
router id ip-address no router id
Parameters
ipaddress SpecifiestheIPaddressthatOSPFwilluseastherouterID.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheOSPFrouterIDtoIPaddress182.127.62.1:
C2(su)->router(Config-router)#router id 182.127.62.1
router ospf
UsethiscommandtoenableordisableOpenShortestPathFirst(OSPF)configurationmode.The noformofthiscommanddisablesOSPFconfigurationmode.
Syntax
router ospf process-id no router ospf process-id
Parameters
processid SpecifiestheprocessID,aninternallyusedidentificationnumberforan OSPFroutingprocessrunonarouter.OnlyoneOSPFprocessisallowedper stack.Validvaluesare1to65535.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Globalconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Config)#
Usage
YoumustexecutetherouterospfcommandtoenabletheprotocolbeforecompletingmanyOSPF specificconfigurationtasks.Fordetailsonenablingconfigurationmodes,refertoTable 142in EnablingRouterConfigurationModesonpage143. OnlyoneOSPFprocess(processid)isallowedperSecureStackC2router.
16-14 IPv4 Routing Protocol Configuration
1583compatibility
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableroutingforOSPFprocess1:
C2(su)->router#conf terminal C2(su)->router(Config)#router ospf 1 C2(su)->router(Config-router)#
1583compatibility
UsethiscommandtoenableRFC1583compatibilityonOSPFinterfaces.Thenoformofthis commanddisablesRFC1583compatibilityonOSPFinterfaces.
Syntax
1583compatability no 1583compatability
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableRFC1583compatibility:
C2(su)->router(Config)#router ospf 1 C2(su)->router(Config-router)#1583compatability
16-15
ip ospf enable
ip ospf enable
UsethiscommandtoenableOSPFonaninterface.ThenoformofthiscommanddisablesOSPFon aninterface.
Syntax
ip ospf enable no ip ospf enable
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableOSPFontheVLAN1interface:
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip ospf enable
ip ospf areaid
UsethiscommandtoconfigureareaIDsforOSPFinterfaces.IfOSPFisenabledonaninterfaceas describedinipospfenableonpage1616,theOSPFareawilldefaultto0.0.0.0.Thenoformof thiscommandremovesOSPFroutingfortheinterfaces.
Syntax
ip ospf areaid area-id no ip ospf areaid
Parameters
areaid SpecifiestheareaidtobeassociatedwiththeOSPFinterface.Validvalues aredecimalvaluesorIPaddresses.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoconfiguretheVLAN1interfaceasarea0.0.0.31:
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip ospf areaid 0.0.0.31
16-16
ip ospf cost
ip ospf cost
UsethiscommandtosetthecostofsendinganOSPFpacketonaninterface.Thenoformofthis commandresetstheOSPFcosttothedefaultof10.
Syntax
ip ospf cost cost no ip ospf cost
Parameters
cost Specifiesthecostofsendingapacket.Validvaluesrangefrom1to65535.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Usage
EachrouterinterfacethatparticipatesinOSPFroutingisassignedadefaultcost.Thiscommand overwritesthedefaultof10.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheOSPFcostto20fortheVLAN1interface:
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip ospf cost 20
ip ospf priority
UsethiscommandtosettheOSPFpriorityvalueforrouterinterfaces.Thenoformofthis commandresetsthevaluetothedefaultof1.
Syntax
ip ospf priority number no ip ospf priority
Parameters
number SpecifiestheroutersOSPFpriorityinarangefrom0to255.Defaultvalueis 1.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
16-17
timers spf
Usage
Thepriorityvalueiscommunicatedbetweenroutersbymeansofhellomessagesandinfluences theelectionofadesignatedrouter.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheOSPFpriorityto20fortheVLAN1interface:
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip ospf priority 20
timers spf
UsethiscommandtochangeOSPFtimervaluestofinetunetheOSPFnetwork.Thenoformof thiscommandrestoresthedefaulttimervalues(5secondsfordelayand10secondsforholdtime).
Syntax
timers spf spf-delay spf-hold no timers spf
Parameters
spfdelay spfhold Specifiesthedelay,inseconds,betweenthereceiptofanupdateandtheSPF execution.Validvaluesare0to4294967295. Specifiestheminimumamountoftime,inseconds,betweentwo consecutiveOSPFcalculations.Validvaluesare0to4294967295.Avalueof 0meansthattwoconsecutiveOSPFcalculationsareperformedone immediatelyaftertheother.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetSPFdelaytimeto7secondsandholdtimeto3:
C2(su)->router(Config)#router ospf 1 C2(su)->router(Config-router)#timers spf 7 3
16-18
ip ospf retransmit-interval
ip ospf retransmit-interval
Usethiscommandtosettheamountoftimebetweenretransmissionsoflinkstateadvertisements (LSAs)foradjacenciesthatbelongtoaninterface.Thenoformofthiscommandresetsthe retransmitintervalvaluetothedefault,5seconds.
Syntax
ip ospf retransmit-interval seconds no ip ospf retransmit-interval
Parameters
seconds Specifiestheretransmittimeinseconds.Validvaluesare1to65535.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheOSPFretransmitintervalfortheVLAN1interfaceto20:
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip ospf retransmit-interval 20
ip ospf transmit-delay
Usethiscommandtosettheamountoftimerequiredtotransmitalinkstateupdatepacketonan interface.Thenoformofthiscommandresetstheretransmitintervalvaluetothedefault,1 second.
Syntax
ip ospf transmit-delay seconds no ip ospf transmit-delay
Parameters
seconds Specifiesthetransmitdelayinseconds.Validvaluesarefrom1to65535.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
16-19
ip ospf hello-interval
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthetimerequiredtotransmitalinkstateupdatepacketonthe VLAN1interfaceat20seconds:
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip ospf transmit-delay 20
ip ospf hello-interval
Usethiscommandtosetthenumberofsecondsaroutermustwaitbeforesendingahellopacket toneighborroutersonaninterface.Thenoformofthiscommandsetsthehellointervalvalueto thedefaultvalueof10seconds.
Syntax
ip ospf hello-interval seconds no ip ospf hello-interval
Parameters
seconds Specifiesthehellointervalinseconds.Hellointervalmustbethesameon neighboringrouters(onaspecificsubnet),butcanvarybetweensubnets. Thisparameterisanunsignedintegerwithvalidvaluesbetween1and 65535.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthehellointervalto5fortheVLAN1interface:
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip ospf hello-interval 5
16-20
ip ospf dead-interval
ip ospf dead-interval
Usethiscommandtosetthenumberofsecondsaroutermustwaittoreceiveahellopacketfrom itsneighborbeforedeterminingthattheneighborisoutofservice.Thenoformofthiscommand setsthedeadintervalvaluetothedefaultvalueof40seconds.
Syntax
ip ospf dead-interval seconds no ip ospf dead-interval
Parameters
seconds Specifiesthenumberofsecondsthataroutermustwaittoreceiveahello packetbeforedeclaringtheneighborasdeadandremovingitfromthe OSPFneighborlist.Deadintervalmustbethesameonneighboringrouters (onaspecificsubnet),butcanvarybetweensubnets.Thisparameterisan unsignedintegerrangingfrom1to65535.Defaultvalueis40seconds.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthedeadintervalto20fortheVLAN1interface:
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip ospf dead-interval 20
ip ospf authentication-key
UsethiscommandtoassignapasswordtobeusedbyneighboringroutersusingOSPFssimple passwordauthentication.ThenoformofthiscommandremovesanOSPFauthentication passwordonaninterface.
Syntax
ip ospf authentication-key password no ip ospf authentication-key
Parameters
password SpecifiesanOSPFauthenticationpassword.Validvaluesarealphanumeric stringsupto8charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
16-21
Usage
ThispasswordisusedasakeythatisinserteddirectlyintotheOSPFheaderinroutingprotocol packets.AseparatepasswordcanbeassignedtoeachOSPFnetworkonaperinterfacebasis. Allneighboringroutersonthesamenetworkmusthavethesamepasswordconfiguredtobeable toexchangeOSPFinformation.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenablesanOSPFauthenticationkeyontheVLAN1interfacewiththe passwordyourpass:
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip ospf authentication-key yourpass
Syntax
ip ospf message-digest-key keyid md5 key no ip ospf message-digest-key keyid
Parameters
keyid key SpecifiesthekeyidentifierontheinterfacewhereMD5authenticationis enabled.Validvaluesareintegersfrom1to255. SpecifiesapasswordforMD5authenticationtobeusedwiththekeyid.Valid valuesarealphanumericstringsofupto16characters.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableOSPFMD5authenticationontheVLAN1interface,setthekey identifierto20,andsetthepasswordtopassone:
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip ospf message-digest-key 20 md5 passone
16-22
distance ospf
distance ospf
UsethiscommandtoconfiguretheadministrativedistanceforOSPFroutes.Thenoformofthis commandresetsOSPFadministrativedistancetothedefaultvalues.
Syntax
distance ospf {external | inter-area | intra-area}weight no distance ospf {external | inter-area | intra-area}
Parameters
external|inter area|intraarea Appliesthedistancevaluetoexternal(type5andtype7),tointerarea,orto intraarearoutes.
Note: The value for intra-area distance must be less than the value for inter-area distance, which must be less than the value for external distance.
weight
SpecifiesanadministrativedistanceforOSPFroutes.Validvaluesare1 255.
Defaults
Ifroutetypeisnotspecified,thedistancevaluewillbeappliedtoallOSPFroutes.
Mode
Routerconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Usage
Ifseveralroutes(comingfromdifferentprotocols)arepresentedtotheSecureStackC2Route TableManager(RTM),theprotocolwiththelowestadministrativedistancewillbechosenfor routeinstallation.Bydefault,OSPFadministrativedistanceissetto110.Thedistanceospf commandcanbeusedtochangethisvalue,resettingOSPFsroutepreferenceinrelationtoother routesasshowninthetablebelow.
Route Source Connected Static OSPF RIP Default Distance 0 1 Intra-area - 8; Inter-area - 10; External type 1 - 13; External type 2 - 150 15
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtochangethedefaultadministrativedistanceforexternalOSPFroutesto 100:
C2(su)->router(Config)#router ospf 1 C2(su)->router(Config-router)#distance ospf external 100
16-23
area range
area range
UsethiscommandtodefinetherangeofaddressestobeusedbyAreaBorderRouters(ABRs) whentheycommunicateroutestootherareas.EachSecureStackC2stackcansupportupto4 OSPFareas.Thenoformofthiscommandstopstheroutesfrombeingsummarized.
Syntax
area area-id range ip-address ip-mask [advertise | no-advertise] no area area-id range ip-address ip-mask
Parameters
areaid ipaddress ipmask advertise|no advertise Specifiestheareafromwhichroutesaretobesummarized.Thisisa decimalvaluefrom0to429496295. SpecifiestheIPaddressassociatedwiththeareaID. SpecifiesthemaskfortheIPaddress. (Optional)Entersaddressrangeinadvertisemode,ordonotadvertise mode.
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,advertisemodewillbeset.
Mode
Routerconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodefinetheaddressrangeas172.16.0.0/16forsummarizedroutesfrom area0.0.0.8:
C2(su)->router(Config)#router ospf 1 C2(su)->router(Config-router)#area 0.0.0.8 range 172.16.0.0 255.255.0.0
area stub
UsethiscommandtodefineanOSPFareaasastubarea.ThisisanareaintowhichAutonomous SystemexternalASAswillnotbeflooded.Thenoformofthiscommandchangesthestubbackto aplainarea.
Syntax
area area-id stub [no-summary] no area area-id stub [no-summary]
Parameters
areaid nosummary Specifiesthestubarea.Validvaluesaredecimalvaluesoripaddresses. (Optional)PreventsanAreaBorderRouter(ABR)fromsendingLinkState Advertisements(LSAs)intothestubarea.Whenthisparameterisused,it meansthatalldestinationsoutsideofthestubareaarerepresentedby meansofadefaultroute.
16-24
Mode
Routerconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Defaults
Ifnosummaryisnotspecified,thestubareawillbeabletoreceiveLSAs.
Example
ThefollowingexampleshowshowtodefineOSPFarea10asastubarea:
C2(su)->router(Config)#router ospf 1 C2(su)->router(Config-router)#area 10 stub
Syntax
area area-id default-cost cost no area area-id default-cost
Parameters
areaid cost Specifiesthestubarea.ValidvaluesaredecimalvaluesorIPaddresses. Specifiesacostvalueforthesummaryroutethatissentintoastubareaby default.Validvaluesare24bitnumbers,from0to16777215.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Usage
TheuseofthiscommandisrestrictedtoABRsattachedtostubandNSSAareas.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthecostvalueforstubarea10to99:
C2(su)->router(Config)#router ospf 1 C2(su)->router(Config-router)#area 10 default-cost 99
16-25
area nssa
area nssa
UsethiscommandtoconfigureanareaasaNotSoStubbyArea(NSSA).Thenoformofthis commandchangestheNSSAbacktoaplainarea.
Syntax
area area-id nssa [default-information-originate] no area area-id nssa [default-information-originate]
Parameters
areaid default information originate SpecifiestheNSSAarea.ValidvaluesaredecimalvaluesorIPaddresses. (Optional)GeneratesadefaultofType7intotheNSSA.Thisisusedwhen therouterisanNSSAABR.
Defaults
Ifdefaultinformationoriginateisnotspecified,nodefaulttypewillbegenerated.
Mode
Routerconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Usage
AnNSSAallowssomeexternalroutesrepresentedbyexternalLinkStateAdvertisements(LSAs) tobeimportedintoit.Thisisincontrasttoastubareathatdoesnotallowanyexternalroutes. ExternalroutesthatarenotimportedintoanNSSAcanberepresentedbymeansofadefault route.ThisconfigurationisusedwhenanOSPFinternetworkisconnectedtomultiplenonOSPF routingdomains.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoconfigurearea10asanNSSAarea:
C2(su)->router(Config)#router ospf 1 C2(su)->router(Config-router)#area 10 nssa default-information-originate
16-26
area virtual-link
area virtual-link
UsethiscommandtodefineanOSPFvirtuallink,whichrepresentsalogicalconnectionbetween thebackboneandanonbackboneOSPFarea.Thenoformofthiscommandremovesthevirtual linkand/oritsassociatedsettings.
Syntax
area area-id virtual-link router-id no area area-id virtual-link router-id
Inadditiontothesyntaxabove,theoptionsforusingthiscommandare:
area area-id virtual-link router-id authentication-key key no area area-id virtual-link router-id authentication-key key area area-id virtual-link router-id dead-interval seconds no area area-id virtual-link router-id dead-interval seconds area area-id virtual-link router-id hello-interval seconds no area area-id virtual-link router-id hello-interval seconds area area-id virtual-link router-id retransmit-interval seconds no area area-id virtual-link router-id retransmit-interval seconds area area-id virtual-link router-id transmit-delay seconds no area area-id virtual-link router-id transmit-delay seconds
Parameters
areaid Specifiesthetransitareaforthevirtuallink.Validvaluesaredecimalvalues orIPaddresses.Atransitareaisanareathroughwhichavirtuallinkis established. SpecifiestherouterIDofthevirtuallinkneighbor. Specifiesapasswordtobeusedbythevirtuallink.Validvaluesare alphanumericstringsofupto8characters.Neighborvirtuallinkrouterson anetworkmusthavethesamepassword. Specifiesthenumberofsecondsthataroutermustwaittoreceiveahello packetbeforedeclaringtheneighborasdeadandremovingitfromthe OSPFneighborlist.Thisvaluemustbethesameforallvirtuallinksattached toacertainsubnet,anditisavaluerangingfrom1to8192. Specifiesthenumberofsecondsbetweenhellopacketsonthevirtuallink. Thisvaluemustbethesameforallvirtuallinksattachedtoanetworkandit isavaluerangingfrom1to8192. Specifiesthenumberofsecondsbetweensuccessiveretransmissionsofthe sameLSAs.Validvaluesaregreaterthantheexpectedamountoftime requiredfortheupdatepackettoreachandreturnfromtheinterface,and rangefrom1to8192.Defaultis5seconds. Specifiestheestimatednumberofsecondsbeforealinkstateupdatepacket ontheinterfacetobetransmitted.Validvaluesrangefrom1to8192.Default is1second.
transmitdelay seconds
Defaults
None.
16-27
redistribute
Mode
Routerconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoconfigureavirtuallinkovertransitionarea0.0.0.2torouterID 192.168.7.2:
C2(su)->router(Config)#router ospf 1 C2(su)->router(Config-router)#area 0.0.0.2 virtual-link 192.168.7.2
redistribute
UsethiscommandtoallowroutinginformationdiscoveredthroughnonOSPFprotocolstobe distributedinOSPFupdatemessages.Thenoformofthiscommandclearsredistribution parameters.
Syntax
redistribute {connected | rip | static} [metric metric value] [metric-type typevalue] [subnets] no redistribute {connected | rip | static}
Parameters
connected rip static SpecifiesthatnonOSPFinformationdiscoveredviadirectlyconnected interfaceswillberedistributed. SpecifiesthatRIProutinginformationwillberedistributedinOSPF. SpecifiesthatnonOSPFinformationdiscoveredviastaticrouteswillbe redistributed.Staticroutesarethosecreatedusingtheiproutecommand detailediniprouteonpage1516. (Optional)Specifiesametricfortheconnected,RIPorstaticredistribution route.Thisvalueshouldbeconsistentwiththedesignationprotocol. (Optional)Specifiestheexternallinktypeassociatedwiththedefault connected,RIPorstaticrouteadvertisedintotheOSPFroutingdomain. Validvaluesare1fortype1externalroute,and2fortype2externalroute. (Optional)Specifiesthatconnected,RIP,orstaticroutesthataresubnetted routeswillberedistributed.
Defaults
Ifmetricvalueisnotspecified,0willbeapplied. Iftypevalueisnotspecified,type2(externalroute)willbeapplied. Ifsubnetsisnotspecified,onlytheshortestprefixmatchingrouteswillberedistributed.
Mode
Routerconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configrouter)#
16-28
show ip ospf
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoredistributeRIProutinginformationtononsubnettedroutesinOSPF routes:
C2(su)->router(Config)#router ospf C2(su)->router(Config-router)#redistribute rip
show ip ospf
UsethiscommandtodisplayOSPFinformation.
Syntax
show ip ospf
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayOSPFinformation:
C2(su)->router#show ip ospf Routing process "ospf 1" with ID 155.155.155.155 Supports only Normal TOS route. It is not an area border router and is an autonomous system boundary router. Redistributing External Routes from static Number of areas in this router is 2 Area 0.0.0.0 SPF algorithm executed 0 times Area ranges are Link State Age Interval is 10 Area 0.0.0.8 SPF algorithm executed 302 times Area ranges are Link State Age Interval is 10
16-29
Syntax
show ip ospf database
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayallOSPFlinkstatedatabaseinformation.Thisisaportionof thecommandoutput:
C2(su)->router#show ip ospf database OSPF Router with ID(155.155.155.155) Displaying Ipnet Sum Link States(Area 0.0.0.0) LinkID ADV Router Age Seq# 192.168.16.0 155.155.155.155 1751 0x80000036 Displaying As External Link States(Area 0.0.0.0) ADV Router Age Seq# 155.155.155.155 1306 0x8000003c 155.155.155.155 1306 0x8000003c 155.155.155.155 1306 0x8000003c 155.155.155.155 1306 0x8000003c 155.155.155.155 1307 0x8000003c 155.155.155.155 1307 0x8000003c 155.155.155.155 1307 0x8000003c 155.155.155.155 1307 0x8000003c 155.155.155.155 1307 0x8000003c
Checksum 0x18a
LinkID 191.2.2.0 191.3.3.3 191.3.3.4 191.3.3.5 191.3.3.6 191.3.3.7 191.3.3.8 191.3.3.9 191.4.0.0
Checksum 0x9096 0x5bc6 0x51cf 0x47d8 0x3de1 0x33ea 0x29f3 0x1ffc 0x8e98
Displaying Router Link States(Area 0.0.0.8) LinkID ADV Router Age Seq# 3.3.3.3 3.3.3.3 986 0x8000008e 155.155.155.155 155.155.155.155 977 0x8000009c Displaying Net Link States(Area 0.0.0.8) LinkID ADV Router Age Seq# 192.168.30.2 155.155.155.155 310 0x8000003b 192.168.31.2 155.155.155.155 997 0x80000002 192.168.32.2 155.155.155.155 997 0x80000002 192.168.33.2 155.155.155.155 998 0x80000002 Displaying Ipnet Sum Link States(Area 0.0.0.8) ADV Router Age Seq# 3.3.3.3 361 0x80000005 3.3.3.3 1512 0x80000003 3.3.3.3 1512 0x80000003
8.1.3.0 8.1.4.0
3.3.3.3 3.3.3.3
1502 1512
0x80000003 0x80000003
0x27f5 0x1c00
Router ID of the router originating the link state record. Age (in seconds) of the link state record. OSPF sequence number assigned to each link state record. Field in the link state record used to verify the contents upon receipt by another router. Link count of router link state records. This number is equal to, or greater than, the number of active OSPF interfaces on the originating router.
16-31
Syntax
show ip ospf interface [vlan vlan-id]
Parameters
vlanvlanid (Optional)DisplaysOSPFinformationforaspecificVLAN.ThisVLAN mustbeconfiguredforIProutingasdescribedinPreRouting ConfigurationTasksonpage141.
Defaults
Ifvlanidisnotspecified,OSPFstatisticswillbedisplayedforallVLANs.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayallOSPFrelatedinformationfortheVLAN6interface:
C2(su)->router#show ip ospf interface vlan 6 Vlan 6 Internet Address 192.168.6.2 Mask 255.255.255.0 , Area 0.0.0.0 Router ID 3.3.3.3 , Cost: 10 (computed) Transmit Delay is 1 sec , State designated-router , Priority 1 Designated Router id 3.3.3.3 , Interface Addr 192.168.6.2 Backup Designated Router id 2.2.2.2 , Timer intervals configured , Hello 10 , Dead 40 , Retransmit 5
16-32
Table 16-4
Output
Syntax
show ip ospf neighbor [detail] [ip-address] [vlan vlan-id]
Parameters
detail (Optional)Displaysdetailedinformationabouttheneighbors,includingthe areainwhichtheyareneighbors,whothedesignatedrouter/backup designatedrouterisonthesubnet,ifapplicable,andthedecimalequivalent oftheEbitvaluefromthehellopacketoptionsfield. (Optional)DisplaysOSPFneighborsforaspecificIPaddress. (Optional)DisplaysOSPFneighborsforaspecificVLAN.ThisVLANmust beconfiguredforIProutingasdescribedinPreRoutingConfiguration Tasksonpage141.
ipaddress vlanvlanid
Defaults
Ifdetailisnotspecified,summaryinformationwillbedisplayed. Ifipaddressisnotspecified,OSPFneighborswillbedisplayedforallIPaddressesconfiguredfor routing. Ifvlanidisnotspecified,OSPFneighborswillbedisplayedforallVLANsconfiguredforrouting.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtousetheshowospfneighborcommand:
C2(su)->router#show ip ospf neighbor ID Pri State Dead-Int 182.127.62.1 1 FULL 40 Address 182.127.63.1 Interface vlan1
Table 165providesanexplanationofthecommandoutput.
16-33
Table 16-5
Output ID Pri State Dead-Int Address Interface
Syntax
show ip ospf virtual-links
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayOSPFvirtuallinksinformation:
C2(su)->router#show ip ospf virtual-links Neighbor ID 155.155.155.155 Transit area 0.0.0.8 Transmit delay is 1 sec State point-to-point Timer intervals configured: Hello 10, Dead 40, Retransmit 5 Adjacency State Full
16-34
Table 16-6
Output
Syntax
clear ip ospf process process-id
Parameters
processid SpecifiestheprocessID,aninternallyusedidentificationnumberforeach instanceoftheOSPFroutingprocessrunonarouter.Validvaluesare1to 65535.
Defaults
None.
Mode
PrivilegedEXEC:C2(su)>router#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresetOSPFprocess1:
C2(su)->router#clear ip ospf process 1
16-35
Configuring DVMRP
Configuring DVMRP
* Advanced License Required *
DVMRP is an advanced routing feature that must be enabled with a license key. If you have purchased an advanced license key, and have enabled routing on the device, you must activate your license as described in Activating Licensed Features on page 14-4 in order to enable the DVMRP command set. If you wish to purchase an advanced routing license, contact Enterasys Networks Sales.
Purpose
ToenableandconfiguretheDistanceVectorMulticastRoutingProtocol(DVMRP)onaninterface. DVMRProutesmulticasttrafficusingatechniqueknownasReversePathForwarding.Whena routerreceivesapacket,itfloodsthepacketoutofallpathsexcepttheonethatleadsbacktothe packetssource.DoingsoallowsadatastreamtoreachallVLANs(possiblymultipletimes).Ifa routerisattachedtoasetofVLANsthatdonotwanttoreceivefromaparticularmulticastgroup, theroutercansendaprunemessagebackupthedistributiontreetostopsubsequentpackets fromtravelingwheretherearenomembers.DVMRPwillperiodicallyrefloodinordertoreach anynewhoststhatwanttoreceivefromaparticulargroup.
Note: IGMP must be enabled on all VLANs running DVMRP, and must also be globally enabled on the SecureStack C2 stack. For details on enabling IGMP, refer to Chapter 10.
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoenableandconfigureDVMRParelistedbelow:
For information about... ip dvmrp ip dvmrp enable ip dvmrp metric show ip dvmrp Refer to page... 16-37 16-37 16-38 16-38
16-36
ip dvmrp
ip dvmrp
UsethiscommandtoenabletheDVMRPprocess.Thenoformofthiscommanddisablesthe DVMRPprocess:
Syntax
ip dvmrp no ip dvmrp
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Globalconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Config)#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenabletheDVMRPprocess:
C2(su)->router(Config)#ip dvmrp
ip dvmrp enable
UsethiscommandtoenableDVMRPonaninterface.Thenoformofthiscommanddisables DVMRPonaninterface:
Syntax
ip dvmrp enable no ip dvmrp enable
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableDVMRPontheVLAN1interface:
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip dvmrp enable
16-37
ip dvmrp metric
ip dvmrp metric
UsethiscommandtoconfigurethemetricassociatedwithasetofdestinationsforDVMRP reports.
Syntax
ip dvmrp metric metric
Parameters
metric SpecifiesametricassociatedwithasetofdestinationsforDVMRP reports.Validvaluesarefrom1to31.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Usage
ToresettheDVMRPmetricbacktothedefaultvalueof1,enteripdvmrpmetric1.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetaDVMRPof16ontheVLAN1interface:
C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip dvmrp metric 16
show ip dvmrp
UsethiscommandtodisplayDVMRProutinginformation.
Syntax
show ip dvmrp [route | neighbor | status]
Parameters
route|neighbor| status (Optional)Displays,DVMRProutinginformation,neighborinformation, orDVMRPenablestatus.
Defaults
Ifnooptionalparametersarespecified,statusinformationwillbedisplayed.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
16-38
show ip dvmrp
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayDVMRPstatusinformation:
C2(su)->router#show ip dvmrp Vlan Id Metric Admin Status -----------------------10 Enabled 18 Enabled 20 Enabled 25 Enabled 32 Enabled 500 Enabled Oper. Status -----------Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Disabled
16-39
Configuring IRDP
Configuring IRDP
Purpose
ToenableandconfiguretheICMPRouterDiscoveryProtocol(IRDP)onaninterface.Thisprotocol enablesahosttodeterminetheaddressofarouteritcanuseasadefaultgateway.Itisdisabledby default.
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoenableandconfigureIRDParelistedbelow:
For information about... ip irdp enable ip irdp maxadvertinterval ip irdp minadvertinterval ip irdp holdtime ip irdp preference ip irdp broadcast show ip irdp Refer to page... 16-40 16-41 16-41 16-42 16-42 16-43 16-44
ip irdp enable
UsethiscommandtoenableIRDPonaninterface.ThenoformofthiscommanddisablesIRDPon aninterface.
Syntax
ip irdp enable no ip irdp enable
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableIRDPontheVLAN1interface:
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip irdp enable
16-40
ip irdp maxadvertinterval
ip irdp maxadvertinterval
UsethiscommandtosetthemaximumintervalinsecondsbetweenIRDPadvertisements.Theno formofthiscommandresetsthemaximumadvertisementintervaltothedefaultvalueof600 seconds.
Syntax
ip irdp maxadvertinterval interval no irdp maxadvertinterval
Parameters
interval Specifiesamaximumadvertisementintervalinseconds.Validvaluesare 4to1800.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthemaximumIRDPadvertisementintervalto1000secondsonthe VLAN1interface:
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip irdp maxadvertinterval 1000
ip irdp minadvertinterval
UsethiscommandtosettheminimumintervalinsecondsbetweenIRDPadvertisements.Theno formofthiscommanddeletesthecustomholdtimesetting,andresetstheminimum advertisementintervaltothedefaultvalueofthreefourthsofthemaxadvertintervalvalue,which isequalto450seconds.
Syntax
ip irdp minadvertinterval interval no irdp minadvertinterval
Parameters
interval Specifiesaminimumadvertisementintervalinseconds.Validvaluesare3 to1800.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
16-41
ip irdp holdtime
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheminimumIRDPadvertisementintervalto500secondsonthe VLAN1interface:
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip irdp minadvertinterval 500
ip irdp holdtime
UsethiscommandtosetthelengthoftimeinsecondsIRDPadvertisementsareheldvalid.Theno formofthiscommandresetstheholdtimetothedefaultvalueofthreetimesthe maxadvertintervalvalue,whichisequalto1800seconds.
Syntax
ip irdp holdtime holdtime no irdp holdtime
Parameters
holdtime Specifiestheholdtimeinseconds.Validvaluesare0to 9000.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheIRDPholdtimeto4000secondsontheVLAN1interface:
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip irdp holdtime 4000
ip irdp preference
UsethiscommandtosettheIRDPpreferencevalueforaninterface.ThisvalueisusedbyIRDPto determinetheinterfacesselectionasadefaultgatewayaddress.Thenoformofthiscommand resetstheinterfacesIRDPpreferencevaluetothedefaultof0.
Syntax
ip irdp preference preference no irdp preference
Parameters
preference Specifiesthevaluetoindicatetheinterfacesuseasadefaultrouter address.Validvaluesare2147483648to2147483647. Theminimumvalueindicatesthattheaddress,eventhoughitmaybe advertised,isnottobeusedbyneighboringhostsasadefaultrouter address.
16-42
ip irdp broadcast
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetIRDPpreferenceontheVLAN1interfacesothattheinterfaces addressmaystillbeadvertised,butcannotbeusedbyneighboringhostsasadefaultrouter address:
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip irdp preference -2147483648
ip irdp broadcast
UsethiscommandtoconfigureIRDPtousethelimitedbroadcastaddressof255.255.255.255.The defaultismulticastwithaddress224.0.0.1.ThenoformofthiscommandresetsIRDPtouse multicastonIPaddress224.0.0.1.
Syntax
ip irdp broadcast no ip irdp broadcast
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenablebroadcastforIRDPontheVLAN1interface:
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip irdp broadcast
16-43
show ip irdp
show ip irdp
UsethiscommandtodisplayIRDPinformation.
Syntax
show ip irdp [vlan vlan-id]
Parameters
vlanvlanid (Optional)DisplaysIRDPinformationforaspecificVLAN.ThisVLAN mustbeconfiguredforIProutingasdescribedinPreRouting ConfigurationTasksonpage141.
Defaults
Ifvlanvlanidisnotspecified,IRDPinformationforallinterfaceswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayIRDPinformationfortheVLAN1interface:
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(vlan 1))#show ip irdp vlan 1 Interface vlan 1 has router discovery enabled Advertisements will occur between 450 and 600 seconds Advertisements are sent with broadcasts Advertisements are valid for 1800 seconds Default preference will be 0
16-44
Configuring VRRP
Configuring VRRP
* Advanced License Required *
VRRP is an advanced routing feature that must be enabled with a license key. If you have purchased an advanced license key, and have enabled routing on the device, you must activate your license as described in Activating Licensed Features on page 14-4 in order to enable the VRRP command set. If you wish to purchase an advanced routing license, contact Enterasys Networks Sales.
Purpose
ToenableandconfiguretheVirtualRouterRedundancyProtocol(VRRP).Thisprotocoleliminates thesinglepointoffailureinherentinthestaticdefaultroutedenvironmentbytransferringthe responsibilityfromoneroutertoanotheriftheoriginalroutergoesdown.VRRPenabledrouters decidewhowillbecomemasterandwhowillbecomebackupintheeventthemasterfails.
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoenableandconfigureVRRParelistedbelow:
For information about... router vrrp create address priority advertise-interval preempt enable show ip vrrp Refer to page... 16-46 16-47 16-48 16-49 16-50 16-51 16-52 16-53
16-45
router vrrp
router vrrp
UsethiscommandtoenableordisableVRRPconfigurationmode.Thenoformofthiscommand removesallVRRPconfigurationsfromtherunningconfiguration.
Syntax
router vrrp no router vrrp
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Globalconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Config)#
Usage
Youmustexecutetheroutervrrpcommandtoenabletheprotocolbeforecompletingother VRRPspecificconfigurationtasks.Fordetailsonenablingconfigurationmodes,refertoTable 14 2inEnablingRouterConfigurationModesonpage143.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowenableVRRPconfigurationmode:
C2(su)->router#configure C2(su)->router(Config)#router vrrp C2(su)->router(Config-router)#
16-46
create
create
UsethiscommandtocreateaVRRPsession.EachSecureStackC2systemsupportsupto20VRRP sessions.ThenoformofthiscommanddisablestheVRRPsession.
Syntax
create vlan vlan-id vrid no create vlan vlan-id vrid
Parameters
vlanvlanid SpecifiesthenumberoftheVLANonwhichtocreateaVRRPsession.This VLANmustbeconfiguredforIProutingasdescribedinPreRouting ConfigurationTasksonpage141. SpecifiesauniqueVirtualRouterID(VRID)toassociatewiththerouting interface.
vrid
Defaults
None.
Mode
Router configuration: C2(su)->router(Config-router)#
Usage
ThiscommandmustbeexecutedtocreateaninstanceofVRRPonaroutinginterface(VLAN) beforeanyotherVRRPsettingscanbeconfigured.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateaVRRPsessionontheVLAN1interfacewithaVRIDof1:
C2(su)->router(Config)#router vrrp C2(su)->router(Config-router)#create vlan 1 1
16-47
address
address
UsethiscommandtoconfigureavirtualrouterIPaddress.Thenoformofthiscommandclears theVRRPaddressconfiguration.
Syntax
address vlan vlan-id vrid ip-address owner no address vlan vlan-id vrid ip-address owner
Parameters
vlanvlanid SpecifiesthenumberoftheVLANonwhichtoconfigureavirtualrouter address.ThisVLANmustbeconfiguredforIProutingasdescribedinPre RoutingConfigurationTasksonpage141. SpecifiesauniqueVirtualRouterID(VRID)associatedwiththerouting interface. SpecifiesthevirtualrouterIPaddresstoassociatewiththerouter. SpecifiesavaluetoindicateiftherouterownstheIPaddressasoneofits interfaces.Validvaluesare: 1toindicatetherouterownstheaddress. 0toindicatetherouterdoesnotowntheaddress.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Usage
IfthevirtualrouterIPaddressisthesameastheinterface(VLAN)addressownedbyaVRRP router,thentherouterowningtheaddressbecomesthemaster.Themastersendsan advertisementtoallotherVRRProutersdeclaringitsstatusandassumesresponsibilityfor forwardingpacketsassociatedwithitsvirtualrouterID(VRID). IfthevirtualrouterIPaddressisnotownedbyanyoftheVRRProuters,thentherouterscompare theirprioritiesandthehigherpriorityownerbecomesthemaster.Ifpriorityvaluesarethesame, thentheVRRProuterwiththehigherIPaddressisselectedmaster.Fordetailsonusingthe prioritycommand,refertopriorityonpage1649.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoconfigureavirtualrouteraddressof182.127.62.1ontheVLAN1 interface,VRID1,andtosettherouterconnectedtotheVLANviathisinterfaceasthemaster:
C2(su)->router(Config)#router vrrp C2(su)->router(Config-router)#address vlan 1 1 182.127.62.1 1
16-48
priority
priority
UsethiscommandtosetapriorityvalueforaVRRProuter.Thenoformofthiscommandclears theVRRPpriorityconfiguration.
Syntax
priority vlan vlan-id vrid priority-value no priority vlan vlan-id vrid priority-value
Parameters
vlanvlanid SpecifiesthenumberoftheVLANonwhichtoconfigureVRRPpriority. ThisVLANmustbeconfiguredforIProutingasdescribedinPreRouting ConfigurationTasksonpage141. SpecifiesauniqueVirtualRouterID(VRID)associatedwiththerouting interface.Validvaluesarefrom1to255. SpecifiestheVRRPpriorityvaluetoassociatewiththevrid.Validvaluesare from1to254,withthehighestvaluesettingthehighestpriority.Priority valueof255isreservedfortheVRRProuterthatownstheIPaddress associatedwiththevirtualrouter.Priority0isreservedforsignalingthatthe masterhasstoppedworkingandthebackuproutermusttransitionto masterstate.
vrid priorityvalue
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowsetaVRRPpriorityof200ontheVLAN1interface,VRID1:
C2(su)->router(Config)#router vrrp C2(su)->router(Config-router)#priority vlan 1 1 200
16-49
advertise-interval
advertise-interval
UsethiscommandtosettheintervalinsecondsbetweenVRRPadvertisements.Thenoformof thiscommandclearstheVRRPadvertiseintervalvalue.
Syntax
advertise-interval vlan vlan-id vrid interval no advertise-interval vlan vlan-id vrid interval
Parameters
vlanvlanid SpecifiesthenumberoftheVLANonwhichtoconfiguretheVRRP advertisementinterval.ThisVLANmustbeconfiguredforIProutingas describedinPreRoutingConfigurationTasksonpage141. SpecifiesauniqueVirtualRouterID(VRID)associatedwiththerouting interface.Validvaluesarefrom1to255. SpecifiesaVRRPadvertisementintervaltoassociatewiththevrid.Valid valuesarefrom1to255seconds.
vrid interval
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Usage
VRRPadvertisementsaresentbythemasterroutertootherroutersparticipatingintheVRRP masterselectionprocess,informingthemofitsconfiguredvalues.Oncethemasterisselected, thenadvertisementsaresenteveryadvertisingintervaltoletotherVRRProutersinthisVLAN/ VRIDknowtherouterisstillactingasmasteroftheVLAN/VRID. AllrouterswiththesameVRIDshouldbeconfiguredwiththesameadvertisementinterval.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowsetanadvertiseintervalof3secondsontheVLAN1interface,VRID1:
C2(su)->router(Config)#router vrrp C2(su)->router(Config-router)#advertise-interval vlan 1 1 3
16-50
preempt
preempt
UsethiscommandtoenableordisablepreemptmodeonaVRRProuter.Thenoformofthis commanddisablespreemptmode.
Syntax
preempt vlan-id vrid no preempt vlan-id vrid
Parameters
vlanvlanid SpecifiesthenumberoftheVLANonwhichtosetpreemptmode.This VLANmustbeconfiguredforIProutingasdescribedinPreRouting ConfigurationTasksonpage141. SpecifiesauniqueVirtualRouterID(VRID)associatedwiththerouting interface.Validvaluesarefrom1to255.
vrid
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Usage
PreemptisenabledonVRRProutersbydefault,whichallowsahigherprioritybackuprouterto preemptalowerprioritymaster. TherouterthatownsthevirtualrouterIPaddressalwayspreemptsotherrouters,regardlessof thissetting.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisablepreemptmodeontheVLAN1interface,VRID1:
C2(su)->router(Config)#router vrrp C2(su)->router(Config-router)#no preempt vlan 1 1
16-51
enable
enable
UsethiscommandtoenableVRRPonaninterface.ThenoformofthiscommanddisablesVRRP onaninterface.
Syntax
enable vlan vlan-id vrid no enable vlan vlan-id vrid
Parameters
vlanvlanid SpecifiesthenumberoftheVLANonwhichtoenableVRRP.ThisVLAN mustbeconfiguredforIProutingasdescribedinPreRouting ConfigurationTasksonpage141. SpecifiestheVirtualRouterID(VRID)associatedwiththevlanid.Valid valuesarefrom1to255.
vrid
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableVRRPontheVLAN1interface,VRID1:
C2(su)->router(Config)#router vrrp C2(su)->router(Config-router)#enable vlan 1 1
16-52
show ip vrrp
show ip vrrp
UsethiscommandtodisplayVRRProutinginformation.
Syntax
show ip vrrp
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayVRRPinformation
C2(su)->router(Config)#show ip vrrp -----------VRRP CONFIGURATION----------Vlan Vrid State Owner AssocIpAddr 2 1 Initialize 0 25.25.2.1
Priority 100
16-53
Configuring PIM-SM
Configuring PIM-SM
* Advanced License Required *
PIM is an advanced routing feature that must be enabled with a license key. If you have purchased an advanced license key, and have enabled routing on the device, you must activate your license as described in Activating Licensed Features on page 14-4 in order to enable the PIM command set. If you wish to purchase an advanced routing license, contact Enterasys Networks Sales.
Purpose
ToenableandconfigureProtocolIndependentMulticastinSparseMode(PIMSM).Thisprotocol providesthemeansofdynamicallylearninghowtoforwardmulticasttrafficinanenvironment wheregroupmembersaresparselylocatedthroughoutthenetworkandbandwidthislimited.In situationswheremembersaredenselylocatedandbandwidthisplentiful,DVMRPwouldsuffice (seeConfiguringDVMRPonpage1636.) PIMSMdeterminesthenetworktopologyusingtheunderlyingunicastroutingprotocoltobuild aMulticastRoutingInformationBase(MRIB).
Note: IGMP must be enabled on all VLANs running PIM-SM, and must also be globally enabled on the SecureStack C2 stack. For details on enabling IGMP, refer to Chapter 10.
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoenableandconfigureVRRParelistedbelow:
For information about... Global configuration commands ip pimsm ip pimsm staticrp Interface configuration commands ip pimsm enable ip pimsm query-interval Display commands show ip pimsm show ip pimsm componenttable show ip pimsm interface show ip pimsm neighbor show ip pimsm rp show ip pimsm rphash show ip pimsm staticrp 16-57 16-58 16-59 16-61 16-62 16-63 16-63 16-56 16-57 16-55 16-55 Refer to page...
16-54
ip pimsm
ip pimsm
ThiscommandsetsadministrativemodeofPIMSMmulticastroutingacrosstherouterto enabled.IGMPmustbeenabledbeforePIMSMcanbeenabled.Bydefault,bothIGMPandPIM aregloballydisabled.ThenoformofthiscommanddisablesPIMacrosstheentirestack.
Syntax
ip pimsm no ip pimsm
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Globalrouterconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Config)#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtogloballyenableanddisablePIM:
C2(su)->router(Config)# ip pimsm C2(su)->router(Config)# no ip pimsm
ip pimsm staticrp
ThiscommandisusedtocreateamanualRendezvousPointIPaddressforthePIMSMrouter. ThenoformofthiscommandremovesapreviouslyconfiguredRP.
Syntax
ip pimsm staticrp ipaddress groupadress groupmask no ip pimsm staticrp ipaddress groupadress groupmask
Parameters
ipaddress groupadress groupmask TheIPaddressoftheRendezvousPoint ThegroupaddresssupportedbytheRendezvousPoint Thegroupmaskforthegroupaddress
Defaults
None.
Mode
GlobalRouterconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Config)#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetanRPforaspecificmulticastgroup.
C2(su)->router(Config)#
ip pimsm enable
ip pimsm enable
ThiscommandsetstheadministrativemodeofPIMSMmulticastroutingonaroutinginterfaceto enabled.Bydefault,PIMisdisabledonallIPinterfaces.Thenoformofthiscommanddisables PIMonthespecificinterface.
Syntax
ip pimsm enable no ip pimsm enable
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenablePIMonIPinterfaceforVLAN1.
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip pimsm enable
16-56
ip pimsm query-interval
ip pimsm query-interval
Thiscommandconfiguresthetransmissionfrequencyofhellomessagesinsecondsbetween PIMenabledneighbors.Thenoformofthiscommandresetsthehellointervaltothedefault,30 seconds.
Syntax
ip pimsm query-interval seconds no ip pimsm query-interval
Parameters
seconds Thisfieldhasarangeof10to3600seconds.Defaultis30.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthehellointervalrateto100seconds.
C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip pimsm
query-interval 100
show ip pimsm
UsethiscommandtodisplaysystemwidePIMSMroutinginformation.
Syntax
show ip pimsm
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayPIMinformation.
C2(su)->router# show ip pimsm Admin Mode Enable Join/Prune Interval (secs) 60
16-57
PIM-SM INTERFACE STATUS VlanId Interface Mode --------- -------------8 Disable 16 Enable 17 Enable 20 Enable 30 Enable 31 Disable 32 Disable 33 Disable
Protocol State ---------------Non-Operational Operational Operational Operational Operational Non-Operational Non-Operational Non-Operational
Syntax
show ip pimsm componenttable
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayPIMrouterinformation:
C2(su)->router> show ip pimsm componenttable
16-58
COMPONENT TABLE Component Index ---------1 Component BSR Address Component BSR Expiry Time (hh:mm:ss) --------------- --------------192.168.30.2 00:02:10 Component CRP Hold Time (hh:mm:ss) ------------00:00:00
Syntax
show ip pimsm interface {vlan vlan-id | stats {vlan-id | all}}
Parameters
vlanvlanid stats vlanid|all DisplayPIMSMinformationforthespecifiedIPinterfaceenabledfor PIM. DisplayPIMSMinterfacestatistics. DisplaystatisticsforaspecificVLANorallVLANs.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayPIMinterfaceinformation.
C2(su)->router> show ip pimsm interface vlan 30
.
30 192.168.30.1 255.255.255.0
16-59
Mode Hello Interval (secs) CBSR Preference CRP Preference CBSR Hash Mask Length
enable 30 secs -1 -1 30
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayPIMinterfacestatistics.
C2(su)->router> show ip pimsm interface stats all
.
Vlan ID --------6 7 8 30
16-60
Syntax
show ip pimsm neighbor [vlan-id]
Parameters
vlanid (Optional)DisplayallneighborsdiscoveredonaspecificInterface.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
Defaults
IftheVLANidisomitted,allneighborsoffallinterfaceswillbedisplayed.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayPIMinformation:
C2(su)->router> show ip pimsm neighbor NEIGHBOR TABLE IP Address Up Time (hh:mm:ss) ---------------- ---------192.168.30.2 01:36:41 192.168.6.1 01:36:41
Vlan ID --------30 6
16-61
show ip pimsm rp
show ip pimsm rp
ThiscommanddisplaysthePIMinformationforcandidateRendezvousPoints(RPs)forallIP multicastgroupsorforaspecificgroupaddress.Theinformationinthetableisdisplayedforeach IPmulticastgroup.
Syntax
show ip pimsm rp {group-address group-mask | all | candidate}
Parameters
groupaddress groupmask all candidate ThemulticastgroupIPaddress. Themulticastgroupaddresssubnetmask. Forallknowngroupaddresses. DisplayPIMSMcandidateRPtableinformation.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheRPsetforaspecificgroupaddress.
C2(su)->router> show ip pimsm rp 224.0.0.0 240.0.0.0 RP SET TABLE Group Address Hold Time Expiry Time Component C-RP Priority (hh:mm:ss) (hh:mm:ss) --------- ---------- ----------- ---------- ----------- --------- ----------224.0.0.0 240.0.0.0 192.168.30.2 00:02:15 00:02:30 1 0 Group Mask Address
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythecandidateRPsforeachgroupaddress.
16-62
C2(su)->router> show ip pimsm rp candidate CANDIDATE RP TABLE Group Address Group Mask Address --------------- --------------- --------------224.0.0.0 240.0.0.0 192.168.30.2
Syntax
show ip pimsm rphash group-address
Parameters
groupaddress TheGroupAddressfortheRP.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayRPthatwillbeselectedforgroupaddress224.0.0.0:
C2(su)->router> show ip pimsm rphash 224.0.0.0 192.168.129.223
Syntax
show ip pimsm staticrp
Parameters
None.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
Defaults
None.
16-63
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayPIMinformation.
C2(su)->router# show ip pimsm staticrp STATIC RP TABLE Address Group Address Group Mask --------------- --------------- --------------123.231.111.121 234.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 192.168.129.223 224.0.0.0 240.0.0.0
16-64
17
Security Configuration
ThischapterdescribestheSecurityConfigurationsetofcommandsandhowtousethem.
For information about... Overview of Security Methods Configuring RADIUS Configuring 802.1X Authentication Configuring MAC Authentication Configuring Multiple Authentication Methods Configuring VLAN Authorization (RFC 3580) Configuring MAC Locking Configuring Port Web Authentication (PWA) Configuring Secure Shell (SSH) Configuring Access Lists Refer to page... 17-1 17-4 17-12 17-23 17-34 17-41 17-45 17-55 17-67 17-69
17-1
MACAuthenticationprovidesamechanismforadministratorstosecurelyauthenticate sourceMACaddressesandgrantappropriateaccesstoenduserdevicescommunicatingwith SecureStackC2ports.Fordetails,refertoConfiguringMACAuthenticationonpage 1723. MultipleAuthenticationMethodsallowsuserstoauthenticateusingmultiplemethodsof authenticationonthesameport.Fordetails,refertoConfiguringMultipleAuthentication Methodsonpage 1734. MultiUserAuthenticationOntheSecureStackC2,theonlytypeofmultipleuser authenticationsupportedisUser+IPPhone.TheUser+IPPhoneauthenticationfeature supportsauthenticationandauthorizationoftwodevices,specificallyaPCcascadedwithan IPphone,onasingleportontheC2.TheIPphonemustauthenticateusingMAC authentication,buttheusermayauthenticatebyanymethod.Thisfeatureallowsboththe usersPCandIPphonetosimultaneouslyauthenticateonasingleportandeachreceivea uniquelevelofnetworkaccess.Fordetails,refertoConfiguringMultiUserAuthentication (User+IPphone)onpage 1734. RFC3580TunnelAttributesprovideamechanismtocontainan802.1Xauthenticatedusertoa VLANregardlessofthePVID.RefertoConfiguringVLANAuthorization(RFC3580)on page 1741. MACLockinglocksaporttooneormoreMACaddresses,preventingtheuseof unauthorizeddevicesandMACspoofingontheportFordetails,refertoConfiguringMAC Lockingonpage 1745. PortWebAuthentication(PWA)locksdownaportauserisattachedtountilaftertheuser logsinusingawebbrowsertoaccesstheswitch.Theswitchwillpassalllogininformation fromtheendstationtoaRADIUSserverforauthenticationbeforeturningtheporton.PWAis analternativeto802.1XandMACauthentication.Fordetails,refertoConfiguringPortWeb Authentication(PWA)onpage 1755. SecureShell(SSH)providessecureTelnet.Fordetails,refertoConfiguringSecureShell (SSH)onpage 1767. IPAccessLists(ACLs)permitsordeniesaccesstoroutinginterfacesbasedonprotocoland inboundand/oroutboundIPaddressrestrictionsconfiguredinaccesslists.Fordetails,referto ConfiguringAccessListsonpage 1769.
17-3
Configuring RADIUS
Configuring RADIUS
Purpose
Toperformthefollowing: ReviewtheRADIUSclient/serverconfigurationontheswitch. EnableordisabletheRADIUSclient. Setlocalandremoteloginoptions. Setprimaryandsecondaryserverparameters,includingIPaddress,timeoutperiod, authenticationrealm,andnumberofuserloginattemptsallowed. ResetRADIUSserversettingstodefaultvalues. ConfigureaRADIUSaccountingserver.
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoreviewandconfigureRADIUSarelistedbelow:
For information about... show radius set radius clear radius show radius accounting set radius accounting clear radius accounting Refer to page... 17-5 17-6 17-8 17-9 17-10 17-11
17-4
Security Configuration
show radius
show radius
UsethiscommandtodisplaythecurrentRADIUSclient/serverconfiguration.
show radius [status | retries | timeout | server [index | all]]
Parameters
status retries timeout server index|all (Optional)DisplaystheRADIUSserversenablestatus. (Optional)DisplaysthenumberofretryattemptsbeforetheRADIUSserver timesout. (Optional)Displaysthemaximumamountoftime(inseconds)toestablish contactwiththeRADIUSserverbeforeretryattemptsbegin. (Optional)DisplaysRADIUSserverconfigurationinformation. Forusewiththeserverparametertoshowserverconfigurationforall serversoraspecificRADIUSserverasdefinedbyanindex.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,allRADIUSconfigurationinformationwillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayRADIUSconfigurationinformation:
C2(rw)->show radius RADIUS status: Enabled RADIUS retries: 3 RADIUS timeout: 20 seconds RADIUS Server IP Address ----------------------10 172.16.20.10
Auth-Port --------1812
Realm-Type ----------------management-access
RADIUS timeout
RADIUS Server
17-5
set radius
Table 17-1
Output Realm-Type
set radius
Usethiscommandtoenable,disable,orconfigureRADIUSauthentication.
Syntax
set radius {enable | disable} | {retries number-of-retries} | {timeout timeout} | {server index ip-address port [secret-value] [realm {management-access | any | network-access}} | {realm {management-access | any | network-access} {index| all}}
Parameters
enable|disable retriesnumberof retries timeouttimeout EnablesordisablestheRADIUSclient. SpecifiesthenumberofretryattemptsbeforetheRADIUSservertimesout. Validvaluesarefrom1to10.Defaultis3. Specifiesthemaximumamountoftime(inseconds)toestablishcontact withtheRADIUSserverbeforeretryattemptsbegin.Validvaluesarefrom1 to30.Defaultis20seconds. Specifiestheindexnumber,IPaddressandtheUDPauthenticationportfor theRADIUSserver. (Optional)Specifiesanencryptionkeytobeusedforauthentication betweentheRADIUSclientandserver. RealmallowsyoutodefinewhohastogothroughtheRADIUSserverfor authentication. managementaccess:Thismeansthatanyonetryingtoaccesstheswitch (Telnet,SSH,LocalManagement)hastoauthenticatethroughthe RADIUSserver. networkaccess:Thismeansthatalltheusershavetoauthenticatetoa RADIUSserverbeforetheyareallowedaccesstothenetwork. any:Meansthatbothmanagementaccessandnetworkaccesshave beenenabled.
Note: If the management-access or any access realm has been configured, the local admin account is disabled for access to the switch using the console, Telnet, or Local Management. Only the network-access realm allows access to the local admin account.
index|all
Appliestherealmsettingtoaspecificserverortoallservers.
Defaults
Ifsecretvalueisnotspecified,nonewillbeapplied.
17-6 Security Configuration
set radius
Ifrealmisnotspecified,theanyaccessrealmwillbeused.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
TheSecureStackC2deviceallowsupto10RADIUSaccountingserverstobeconfigured,withup totwoserversactiveatanygiventime. TheRADIUSclientcanonlybeenabledontheswitchonceaRADIUSserverisonline,anditsIP address(es)hasbeenconfiguredwiththesamepasswordtheRADIUSclientwilluse.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtoenabletheRADIUSclientforauthenticatingwithRADIUSserver1at IPaddress192.168.6.203,UDPauthenticationport1812,andanauthenticationpasswordof pwsecret.Aspreviouslynoted,theserversecretpasswordenteredheremustmatchthat alreadyconfiguredastheReadWrite(rw)passwordontheRADIUSserver:
C2(su)->set radius server 1 192.168.6.203 1812 pwsecret
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheRADIUStimeoutto5seconds:
C2(su)->set radius timeout 5
ThisexampleshowshowtosetRADIUSretriesto10:
C2(su)->set radius retries 10
17-7
clear radius
clear radius
UsethiscommandtoclearRADIUSserversettings.
Syntax
clear radius [retries] | [timeout] | [server {index | all | realm {index | all}}]
Parameters
retries timeout server index|all realm ResetsthemaximumnumberofattemptsausercancontacttheRADIUS serverbeforetimingoutto3. ResetsthemaximumamountoftimetoestablishcontactwiththeRADIUS serverbeforetimingoutto20seconds. Deletesserversettings. Forusewiththeserverparametertocleartheserverconfigurationforall serversoraspecificRADIUSserverasdefinedbyanindex. ResetstherealmsettingforallserversoraspecificRADIUSserveras definedbyanindex.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Defaults
None.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearallsettingsonallRADIUSservers:
C2(su)->clear radius server all
ThisexampleshowshowtoresettheRADIUStimeouttothedefaultvalueof20seconds:
C2(su)->clear radius timeout
17-8
Security Configuration
Syntax
show radius accounting [server] | [counter ip-address] | [retries] | [timeout]
Parameters
server counteripaddress retries timeout (Optional)DisplaysoneorallRADIUSaccountingserverconfigurations. (Optional)DisplayscountersforaRADIUSaccountingserver. (Optional)Displaysthemaximumnumberofattemptstocontactthe RADIUSaccountingserverbeforetimingout. (Optional)Displaythemaximumamountoftimebeforetimingout.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,allRADIUSaccountingconfigurationinformationwillbe displayed.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayRADIUSaccountingconfigurationinformation.Inthiscase, RADIUSaccountingisnotcurrentlyenabledandglobaldefaultsettingshavenotbeenchanged. Oneserverhasbeenconfigured. FordetailsonenablingandconfiguringRADIUSaccounting,refertosetradiusaccountingon page 1710:
C2(ro)->show radius accounting RADIUS accounting status: Disabled RADIUS Acct Server IP Address Acct-Port Retries Timeout Status ------------------ ---------- --------- ------- ------- -----1 172.16.2.10 1856 3 20 Disabled
17-9
Syntax
set radius accounting {[enable | disable][retries retries] [timeout timeout] [server ip_address port [server-secret]
Parameters
enable|disable retriesretries timeouttimeout EnablesordisablestheRADIUSaccountingclient. SetsthemaximumnumberofattemptstocontactaspecifiedRADIUS accountingserverbeforetimingout.Validretryvaluesare110. Setsthemaximumamountoftime(inseconds)toestablishcontactwitha specifiedRADIUSaccountingserverbeforetimingout.Validtimeout valuesare130. Specifiestheaccountingservers: IPaddress UDPauthenticationport(065535) serversecret(ReadWritepasswordtoaccessthisaccountingserver. Devicewillpromptforthisentryuponcreatingaserverinstance,as shownintheexamplebelow.)
serverip_address portserversecret
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Defaults
None.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtoenabletheRADIUSaccountingclientforauthenticatingwiththe accountingserveratIPaddress10.2.4.12,UDPauthenticationport1800.Aspreviouslynoted,the serversecretpasswordenteredheremustmatchthatalreadyconfiguredastheReadWrite(rw) passwordontheRADIUSaccountingserver:
C2(su)->set radius accounting server 10.2.4.12 1800 Enter secret: Re-enter secret:
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheRADIUSaccountingtimeoutto30seconds:
C2(su)->set radius accounting timeout 30
ThisexampleshowshowtosetRADIUSaccountingretriesto10:
C2(su)->set radius accounting retries 10
17-10
Security Configuration
Syntax
clear radius accounting {server ip-address | retries | timeout | counter}
Parameters
serveripaddress retries timeout counter Clearstheconfigurationononeormoreaccountingservers. Resetstheretriestothedefaultvalueof2. Resetsthetimeoutto5seconds. Clearscounters.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Defaults
None.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresettheRADIUSaccountingtimeoutto5seconds.
C2(su)->clear radius accounting timeout
17-11
Commands
Thecommandsusedtoreviewandconfigure802.1Xarelistedbelow:
For information about... show dot1x show dot1x auth-config set dot1x set dot1x auth-config clear dot1x auth-config show eapol set eapol clear eapol Refer to page... 17-13 17-14 17-16 17-17 17-18 17-19 17-21 17-22
17-12
Security Configuration
show dot1x
show dot1x
Usethiscommandtodisplay802.1Xstatus,diagnostics,statistics,andreauthenticationor initializationcontrolinformationforoneormoreports.
Syntax
show dot1x [auth-diag] [auth-stats] [port [init | reauth]] [port-string]
Parameters
authdiag authstats portinit|reauth portstring (Optional)Displaysauthenticationdiagnosticsinformation. (Optional)Displaysauthenticationstatistics. (Optional)Displaysthestatusofportinitializationandreauthentication controlfortheport. (Optional)Displaysinformationforspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,802.1Xstatuswillbedisplayed. Ifportstringisnotspecified,informationforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplay802.1Xstatus:
C2(su)->show dot1x DOT1X is disabled.
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayauthenticationdiagnosticsinformationforfe.1.1:
C2(su)->show dot1x auth-diag fe.1.1 Port : 1 Auth-Diag Enter Connecting: EAP Logoffs While Connecting: Enter Authenticating: Success While Authenticating Timeouts While Authenticating: Fails While Authenticating: ReAuths While Authenticating: EAP Starts While Authenticating: EAP logoff While Authenticating: Backend Responses: Backend Access Challenges: Backend Others Requests To Supp: Backend NonNak Responses From: Backend Auth Successes: Backend Auth Fails:
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
17-13
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayauthenticationstatisticsforfe.1.1:
C2(su)->show dot1x auth-stats Port: 1 Auth-Stats EAPOL Frames Rx: EAPOL Frames Tx: EAPOL Start Frames Rx: EAPOL Logoff Frames Rx: EAPOL RespId Frames Rx: EAPOL Resp Frames Rx: EAPOL Req Frames Tx: EAP Length Error Frames Rx: Last EAPOL Frame Version: Last EAPOL Frame Source: fe.1.1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00:00:00:00:00:00
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythestatusofportreauthenticationcontrolforfe.1.1through fe.1.6:
C2(su)->show dot1x port reauth fe.1.1-6 Port 1: Port reauthenticate: FALSE Port 2: Port reauthenticate: FALSE Port 3: Port reauthenticate: FALSE Port 4: Port reauthenticate: FALSE Port 5: Port reauthenticate: FALSE Port 6: Port reauthenticate: FALSE
Syntax
show dot1x auth-config [authcontrolled-portcontrol] [maxreq] [quietperiod] [reauthenabled] [reauthperiod] [servertimeout] [supptimeout] [txperiod] [portstring]
Parameters
authcontrolled portcontrol maxreq quietperiod reauthenabled reauthperiod servertimeout supptimeout txperiod (Optional)DisplaysthecurrentvalueofthecontrolledPortcontrol parameterfortheport. (Optional)Displaysthevaluesetformaximumrequestscurrentlyinuseby thebackendauthenticationstatemachine. (Optional)Displaysthevaluesetforquietperiodcurrentlyinusebythe authenticatorPAEstatemachine. (Optional)Displaysthestateofreauthenticationcontrolusedbythe ReauthenticationTimerstatemachine. (Optional)Displaysthevalue,inseconds,setforthereauthentication periodusedbythereauthenticationtimerstatemachine. (Optional)Displaystheservertimeoutvalue,inseconds,currentlyinuse bythebackendauthenticationstatemachine. (Optional)Displaystheauthenticationsupplicanttimeoutvalue,in seconds,currentlyinusebythebackendauthenticationstatemachine. (Optional)Displaysthetransmissionperiodvalue,inseconds,currentlyin usebytheauthenticatorPAEstatemachine.
17-14
Security Configuration
portstring
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,all802.1Xsettingswillbedisplayed. Ifportstringisnotspecified,informationforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheEAPOLportcontrolmodeforfe.1.1:
C2(su)->show dot1x auth-config authcontrolled-portcontrol fe.1.1 Port 1: Auth controlled port control: Auto
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythe802.1Xquietperiodsettingsforfe.1.1:
C2(su)->show dot1x auth-config quietperiod fe.1.1 Port 1: Quiet period: 30
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayall802.1Xauthenticationconfigurationsettingsforge.1.1:
C2(ro)->show dot1x auth-config Port : 1 Auth-Config PAE state: Backend auth state: Admin controlled directions: Oper controlled directions: Auth controlled port status: Auth controlled port control: Quiet period: Transmission period: Supplicant timeout: Server timeout: Maximum requests: Reauthentication period: Reauthentication control: ge.1.1 Initialize Initialize Both Both Authorized Auto 60 30 30 30 2 3600 Disabled
17-15
set dot1x
set dot1x
Usethiscommandtoenableordisable802.1Xauthentication,toreauthenticateoneormoreaccess entities,ortoreinitializeoneormoresupplicants.
Syntax
set dot1x {enable | disable | port {init | reauth} {true | false} [port-string]}
Parameters
enable|disable port init|reauth true|false portstring Enablesordisables802.1X. Enableordisable802.1Xreauthenticationorinitializationcontrolononeor moreports. Configureinitializationorreauthenticationcontrol. Enable(true)ordisable(false)reinitialization/reauthentication. (Optional)Specifiestheport(s)toreinitializeorreauthenticate.
Defaults
Ifnoportsarespecified,thereinitializationorreauthenticationsettingwillbeappliedtoallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Disabling802.1Xauthenticationglobally,bynotenteringaspecificportstringvalue,willenable theEAPpassthroughfeature.EAPpassthroughallowsclientauthenticationpacketstobe forwardedunmodifiedthroughtheSecureStackswitchtoanupstreamdevice.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtoenable802.1X:
C2(su)->set dot1x enable
Thisexampleshowshowtoreinitializege.1.2:
C2(rw)->set dot1x port init true ge.1.2
17-16
Security Configuration
Syntax
set dot1x auth-config {[authcontrolled-portcontrol {auto | forced-auth | forced-unauth}] [maxreq value] [quietperiod value] [reauthenabled {false | true}] [reauthperiod value] [servertimeout timeout] [supptimeout timeout] [txperiod value]} [port-string]
Parameters
authcontrolled portcontrol auto|forcedauth| forcedunauth Specifiesthe802.1Xportcontrolmode. maxreqvalue autoSetportcontrolmodetoautocontrolledportcontrol.This isthedefaultvalue. forcedauthSetportcontrolmodetoForcedAuthorized controlledportcontrol. forcedunauthSetportcontrolmodetoForcedUnauthorized controlledportcontrol.
Specifiesthemaximumnumberofauthenticationrequestsallowed bythebackendauthenticationstatemachine.Validvaluesare110. Defaultvalueis2. Specifiesthetime(inseconds)followingafailedauthentication beforeanotherattemptcanbemadebytheauthenticatorPAEstate machine.Validvaluesare065535.Defaultvalueis60seconds. Enables(true)ordisables(false)reauthenticationcontrolofthe reauthenticationtimerstatemachine.Defaultvalueisfalse. Specifiesthetimelapse(inseconds)betweenattemptsbythe reauthenticationtimerstatemachinetoreauthenticateaport.Valid valuesare065535.Defaultvalueis3600seconds. Specifiesatimeoutperiod(inseconds)fortheauthenticationserver, usedbythebackendauthenticationstatemachine.Validvaluesare1 300.Defaultvalueis30seconds. Specifiesatimeoutperiod(inseconds)fortheauthentication supplicantusedbythebackendauthenticationstatemachine.Valid valuesare1300.Defaultvalueis30seconds. Specifiestheperiod(inseconds)whichpassesbetweenauthenticator PAEstatemachineEAPtransmissions.Validvaluesare065535. Defaultvalueis30seconds. (Optional)Limitstheconfigurationofdesiredsettingstospecified port(s).Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refer toPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42.
quietperiodvalue
servertimeouttimeout
supptimeouttimeout
txperiodvalue
portstring
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,authenticationparameterswillbesetonallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
17-17
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtoenablereauthenticationcontrolonportsfe.1.13:
C2(su)->set dot1x auth-config reauthenabled true fe.1.1-3
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthe802.1Xquietperiodto120secondsonportsfe.1.13:
C2(su)->set dot1x auth-config quietperiod 120 fe.1.1-3
Syntax
clear dot1x auth-config [authcontrolled-portcontrol] [maxreq] [quietperiod] [reauthenabled] [reauthperiod] [servertimeout] [supptimeout] [txperiod] [portstring]
Parameters
authcontrolled portcontrol maxreq quietperiod reauthenabled reauthperiod servertimeout supptimeout txperiod portstring (Optional)Resetsthe802.1Xportcontrolmodetoauto. (Optional)Resetsthemaximumrequestsvalueto2. (Optional)Resetsthequietperiodvalueto60seconds. (Optional)Resetsthereauthenticationcontrolstatetodisabled(false). (Optional)Resetsthereauthenticationperiodvalueto3600seconds. (Optional)Resetstheservertimeoutvalueto30seconds. (Optional)Resetstheauthenticationsupplicanttimeoutvalueto30 seconds. (Optional)Resetsthetransmissionperiodvalueto30seconds. (Optional)Resetssettingsonspecificport(s).Foradetaileddescriptionof possibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIon page 42.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,allauthenticationparameterswillbereset. Ifportstringisnotspecified,parameterswillbesetonallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtoresetthe802.1Xportcontrolmodetoautoonallports:
C2(su)->clear dot1x auth-config authcontrolled-portcontrol
17-18
Security Configuration
show eapol
Thisexampleshowshowtoresetreauthenticationcontroltodisabledonportsfe.1.13:
C2(su)->clear dot1x auth-config reauthenabled fe.1.1-3
Thisexampleshowshowtoresetthe802.1Xquietperiodto60secondsonportsfe.1.13:
C2(su)->clear dot1x auth-config quietperiod fe.1.1-3
show eapol
UsethiscommandtodisplayEAPOLstatusorsettingsforoneormoreports.
Syntax
show eapol [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysEAPOLstatusforspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,onlyEAPOLenablestatuswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayEAPOLstatusforportsfe.1.13:
C2(su)->show eapol fe.1.1-3 EAPOL is disabled. Port -------fe.1.1 fe.1.2 fe.1.3 Authentication State -------------------Initialized Initialized Initialized Authentication Mode -------------------Auto Auto Auto
17-19
show eapol
Table 17-2
Output
Authentication State
authentication is disabled, authentication is enabled and the port is not linked, or authentication is enabled and the port is linked. (In this case very little time is spent in this state, it immediately transitions to the connecting state, via disconnected.
disconnected: The port passes through this state on its way to connected whenever the port is reinitialized, via link state change, reauthentication failure, or management intervention. connecting: While in this state, the authenticator sends request/ID messages to the end user. authenticating: The port enters this state from connecting after receiving a response/ID from the end user. It remains in this state until the entire authentication exchange between the end user and the authentication server completes. authenticated: The port enters this state from authenticating state after the exchange completes with a favorable result. It remains in this state until linkdown, logoff, or until a reauthentication begins. aborting: The port enters this state from authenticating when any event occurs that interrupts the login exchange. held: After any login failure the port remains in this state for the number of seconds equal to quietPeriod (can be set using MIB). forceAuth: Management is allowing normal, unsecured switching on this port. forceUnauth: Management is preventing any frames from being forwarded to or from this port. Authentication Mode Mode enabling network access for each port. Modes include: Auto: Frames are forwarded according to the authentication state of each port. Forced Authorized Mode: Meant to disable authentication on a port. It is intended for ports that support ISLs and devices that cannot authenticate, such as printers and file servers. If a default policy is applied to the port via the policy profile MIB, then frames are forwarded according to the configuration set by that policy, otherwise frames are forwarded according to the current configuration for that port. Authentication using 802.1X is not possible on a port in this mode. Forced Unauthorized Mode: All frames received on the port are discarded by a filter. Authentication using 802.1X is not possible on a port in this mode.
17-20
Security Configuration
set eapol
set eapol
UsethiscommandtoenableordisableEAPOLportbaseduserauthenticationwiththeRADIUS serverandtosettheauthenticationmodeforoneormoreports.
Syntax
set eapol [enable | disable] [auth-mode {auto | forced-auth | forced-unauth} portstring]
Parameters
enable|disable authmode auto| forcedauth| forcedunauth EnablesordisablesEAPOL. Specifiestheauthenticationmodeas: autoAutoauthorizationmode.Thisisthedefaultmodeandwill forwardframesaccordingtotheauthenticationstateoftheport.For detailsonthismode,refertoTable 172. forcedauthForcedauthorizedmode,whichdisablesauthentication ontheport. forcedunauthForcedunauthorizedmode,whichfiltersanddiscards allframesreceivedontheport.
portstring
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableEAPOL:
C2(su)->set eapol enable
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableEAPOLwithforcedauthorizedmodeonportfe.1.1:
C2(su)->set eapol auth-mode forced-auth fe.1.1
17-21
clear eapol
clear eapol
UsethiscommandtogloballycleartheEAPOLauthenticationmode,ortoclearsettingsforoneor moreports.
Syntax
clear eapol [auth-mode port-string] [port-string]
Parameters
authmode portstring (Optional)GloballyclearstheEAPOLauthenticationmode. Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtoclearEAPOLparameters.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
Ifauthmodeisnotspecified,allEAPOLsettingswillbecleared. Ifnotspecified,settingswillbeclearedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheEAPOLauthenticationmodeforportge.1.3:
C2(su)->clear eapol auth-mode ge.1.3
17-22
Security Configuration
Commands
Thecommandsneededtoreview,enable,disable,andconfigureMACauthenticationarelisted below:
For information about... show macauthentication show macauthentication session set macauthentication set macauthentication password clear macauthentication password set macauthentication port set macauthentication portinitialize set macauthentication portquietperiod clear macauthentication portquietperiod set macauthentication macinitialize set macauthentication reauthentication set macauthentication portreauthenticate set macauthentication macreauthenticate set macauthentication reauthperiod clear macauthentication reauthperiod Refer to page... 17-24 17-25 17-26 17-27 17-27 17-28 17-28 17-29 17-29 17-30 17-30 17-31 17-31 17-32 17-33
17-23
show macauthentication
show macauthentication
UsethiscommandtodisplayMACauthenticationinformationforoneormoreports.
Syntax
show macauthentication [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysMACauthenticationinformationforspecificport(s). Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,MACauthenticationinformationwillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayMACauthenticationinformationforge.2.1through8:
C2(su)->show macauthentication ge.2.1-8 MAC authentication: - enabled MAC user password: - NOPASSWORD Port username significant bits - 48 Port ------ge.2.1 ge.2.2 ge.2.3 ge.2.4 ge.2.5 ge.2.6 ge.2.7 ge.2.8 Port State -------disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled Reauth Period ---------3600 3600 3600 3600 3600 3600 3600 3600 Auth Allowed -------1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Auth Allocated --------1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Reauthentications ----------------disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled
17-24
Security Configuration
Table 17-3
Output
Syntax
show macauthentication session
Parameters
None.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,MACsessioninformationwillbedisplayedforallMAC authenticationports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
ChangingtheReauthPeriodwiththesetmacauthenticationreauthperiodcommanddoesnot affectcurrentsessions.Newsessionsdisplaythecorrectperiod.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayMACsessioninformation:
C2(su)->show macauthentication session Port MAC Address Duration Reauth Period Reauthentications
17-25
set macauthentication
----ge.1.2
----------------00:60:97:b5:4c:07
----------------disabled
Reauthentications
set macauthentication
UsethiscommandtogloballyenableordisableMACauthentication.
Syntax
set macauthentication {enable | disable}
Parameters
enable|disable GloballyenablesordisablesMACauthentication.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Defaults
None.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtogloballyenableMACauthentication:
C2(su)->set macauthentication enable
17-26
Security Configuration
Syntax
set macauthentication password password
Parameters
password SpecifiesatextstringMACauthenticationpassword.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheMACauthenticationpasswordtomacauth:
C2(su)->set macauthentication password macauth
Syntax
clear macauthentication password
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheMACauthenticationpassword:
C2(su)->clear macauthentication password
17-27
Syntax
set macauthentication port {enable | disable} port-string
Parameters
enable|disable portstring EnablesordisablesMACauthentication. Specifiesport(s)onwhichtoenableordisableMACauthentication.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Enablingport(s)forMACauthenticationrequiresgloballyenablingMACauthenticationonthe switchasdescribedinsetmacauthenticationonpage 1726,andthenenablingitonaportby portbasis.Bydefault,MACauthenticationisgloballydisabledanddisabledonallports.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableMACauthenticationonge.2.1though5:
C2(su)->set macauthentication port enable ge.2.1-5
Syntax
set macauthentication portinitialize port-string
Parameters
portstring SpecifiestheMACauthenticationport(s)toreinitialize.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
17-28
Security Configuration
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoforcege.2.1through5toinitialize:
C2(su)->set macauthentication portinitialize ge.2.1-5
Syntax
set macauthentication portquietperiod time port-string
Parameters
time portstring Periodinsecondstowaitafterafailedauthentication Specifiestheportsforwhichthequitperiodistobeapplied.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplesetsport1towait5secondsafterafailedauthenticationattemptbeforeanew attemptcanbemade:
C2(su)->set macauthentication portquietperiod 5 ge.1.1
Syntax
clear macauthentication portquietperiod port-string
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Specifiestheportsforwhichthequietperiodistobereset.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
Ifaportstringisnotspecifiedthenallportswillbesettothedefaultportquietperiod.
17-29
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleresetsthedefaultquitperiodonport1:
C2(su)->clear macauthentication portquietperiod ge.1.1
Syntax
set macauthentication macinitialize mac_addr
Parameters
mac_addr SpecifiestheMACaddressofthesessiontoreinitialize.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Defaults
None.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoforcetheMACauthenticationsessionforaddress006097b54c07 toreinitialize:
C2(su)->set macauthentication macinitialize 00-60-97-b5-4c-07
Syntax
set macauthentication reauthentication {enable | disable} port-string
Parameters
enable|disable portstring EnablesordisablesMACreauthentication. Specifiesport(s)onwhichtoenableordisableMACreauthentication.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
None.
17-30
Security Configuration
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableMACreauthenticationonge.4.1though5:
C2(su)->set macauthentication reauthentication enable ge.4.1-5
Syntax
set macauthentication portreauthenticate port-string
Parameters
portstring SpecifiesMACauthenticationport(s)tobereauthenticated.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoforcege.2.1though5toreauthenticate:
C2(su)->set macauthentication portreauthentication ge.2.1-5
Syntax
set macauthentication macreauthenticate mac_addr
Parameters
mac_addr SpecifiestheMACaddressofthesessiontoreauthenticate.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
17-31
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoforcetheMACauthenticationsessionforaddress006097b54c07 toreauthenticate:
C2(su)->set macauthentication macreauthenticate 00-60-97-b5-4c-07
Syntax
set macauthentication reauthperiod time port-string
Parameters
time portstring Specifiesthenumberofsecondsbetweenreauthenticationattempts.Valid valuesare14294967295. Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtosettheMACreauthenticationperiod.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
ChangingtheReauthPeriodwiththesetmacauthenticationreauthperiodcommanddoesnot affectcurrentsessions.Newsessionswillusethecorrectperiod.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheMACreauthenticationperiodto7200seconds(2hours)on ge.2.1through5:
C2(su)->set macauthentication reauthperiod 7200 ge.2.1-5
17-32
Security Configuration
Syntax
clear macauthentication reauthperiod [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)ClearstheMACreauthenticationperiodonspecificport(s).Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,thereauthenticationperiodwillbeclearedonallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtogloballycleartheMACreauthenticationperiod:
C2(su)->clear macauthentication reauthperiod
17-33
User+IPPhoneAuthenticationontheSecureStackC2isimplementedbyassigninganingressed packetreceivedonaporttoapolicyrolebasedontheVLANthepacketwasassignedto,andnot thepacketssourceMACaddress.Therefore,onaportconfiguredforUser+IPPhone Authentication,thereexiststwodifferentVLANtopolicyrolemappings. ThepolicyrolefortheIPphoneisstaticallymappedusingtheVLANtopolicymappingfeature whichassignsanypacketsreceivedwithaVLANtagsettoaspecificVID(forexample,Voice VLAN)toanindicatedpolicyrole(forexample,IPPhonepolicyrole).Therefore,itisrequiredthat IPphoneisconfiguredtosendVLANtaggedpacketstotheVoiceVLAN. Thesecondpolicyrole,fortheuser,caneitherbestaticallyconfiguredwiththedefaultpolicyrole ontheportordynamicallyassignedthroughauthenticationtothenetwork.Whenthedefault policyroleisassignedonaport,theVLANsetastheportsPVIDismappedtothedefaultpolicy role.Whenapolicyroleisdynamicallyappliedtoaportastheresultofasuccessfully authenticatedsession,theauthenticatedVLANismappedtothepolicyrolesetintheFilterID returnedfromtheRADIUSserver.TheauthenticatedVLANmayeitherbethePVIDoftheport, ifthePVIDOverrideforthepolicyprofileisdisabled,ortheVLANspecifiedinthePVIDOverride ifthePVIDOverrideisenabled.
Commands
Thecommandsneededtoreview,enable,disable,andconfiguremultipleauthenticationarelisted below:
For information about... show multiauth set multiauth mode clear multiauth mode set multiauth precedence clear multiauth precedence Refer to page... 17-35 17-36 17-36 17-37 17-37
17-34
Security Configuration
show multiauth
For information about... show multiauth port set multiauth port clear multiauth port show multiauth station
show multiauth
Usethiscommandtodisplaymultipleauthenticationsystemconfiguration.
Syntax
show multiauth
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaymultipleauthenticationsystemconfiguration:
C2(rw)->show multiauth Multiple authentication system configuration ------------------------------------------------Supported types : dot1x, pwa, mac Maximum number of users : 192 Current number of users : 0 System mode : multi Default precedence : dot1x, pwa, mac Admin precedence Operational precedence : dot1x, pwa, mac
17-35
Syntax
set multiauth mode {multi | strict}
Parameters
multi strict Allowthesystemtousemultipleauthenticatorssimultaneously(802.1x, PWA,andMACAuthentication)onaport.Thisisthedefaultmode. Usermustauthenticateusing802.1xauthenticationbeforenormaltraffic (anythingotherthanauthenticationtraffic)canbeforwarded.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
MultiauthmultimoderequiresthatMAC,PWA,and802.1Xauthenticationbeenabledglobally, andconfiguredappropriatelyonthedesiredportsaccordingtotheircorrespondingcommand setsdescribedinthischapter.RefertoConfiguring802.1XAuthenticationonpage 1712and ConfiguringMACAuthenticationonpage 1723andConfiguringPortWebAuthentication (PWA)onpage 1755.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoenablesimultaneousmultipleauthentications:
C2(rw)->set multiauth mode multi
Syntax
clear multiauth mode
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
17-36
Security Configuration
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearthesystemauthenticationmode:
C2(rw)->clear multiauth mode
Syntax
set multiauth precedence {[dot1x] [mac] [pwa]}
Parameters
dot1x mac pwa Setsprecedencefor802.1Xauthentication. SetsprecedenceforMACauthentication. Setsprecedenceforportwebauthentication
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Whenauserissuccessfullyauthenticatedbymorethanonemethodatthesametime,the precedenceoftheauthenticationmethodswilldeterminewhichRADIUSreturnedfilterIDwillbe processedandresultinanappliedtrafficpolicyprofile.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetprecedenceforMACauthentication:
C2(rw)->set multiauth precedence mac dot1x
Syntax
clear multiauth precedence
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
17-37
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearthemultipleauthenticationprecedence:
C2(rw)->clear multiauth precedence
Syntax
show multiauth port [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysmultipleauthenticationinformationforspecificport(s).
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,multipleauthenticationinformationwillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaymultipleauthenticationinformationforportsge.3.14:
C2(rw)->show multiauth port ge.3.1-4 Port Max users ------------ ------------ ---------ge.3.1 auth-opt 2 ge.3.2 auth-opt 2 ge.3.3 auth-opt 2 ge.3.4 auth-opt 2 Mode Allowed users ---------1 1 1 1 Current users ---------0 0 0 0
17-38
Security Configuration
Syntax
set multiauth port mode {auth-opt | auth-reqd | force-auth | force-unauth} | numusers numusers port-string
Parameters
mode authopt| authreqd| forceauth| forceunauth Specifiestheport(s)multipleauthenticationmodeas: authoptAuthenticationoptional(nonstrictbehavior).Ifauser doesnotattempttoauthenticateusing802.1x,orif802.1x authenticationfails,theportwillallowtraffictobeforwarded accordingtothedefineddefaultVLAN. authreqdAuthenticationisrequired. forceauthAuthenticationconsidered. forceunauthAuthenticationdisabled.
Specifiesthenumberofusersallowedauthenticationonport(s). Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtosetmultipleauthenticationproperties.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosettheportmultipleauthenticationmodetorequiredonge.3.14:
C2(rw)->set multiauth port mode auth-reqd ge.3.14
Syntax
clear multiauth port {mode | numusers} port-string
Parameters
mode numusers portstring Clearsthespecifiedportsmultipleauthenticationmode. Clearsthevaluesetforthenumberofusersallowedauthenticationonthe specifiedport. Specifiestheportorportsonwhichtoclearmultipleauthentication properties.
17-39
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtocleartheportmultipleauthenticationmodeonportge.3.14:
C2(rw)->clear multiauth port mode ge.3.14
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearthenumberofusersonportge.3.14:
C2(rw)->clear multiauth port numusers ge.3.14
Syntax
show multiauth station [mac address] [port port-string]
Parameters
macaddress portportstring (Optional)DisplaysmultipleauthenticationstationentriesforspecificMAC address(es). (Optional)Displaysmultipleauthenticationstationentriesforspecific port(s).
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Defaults
Ifnooptionsarespecified,multipleauthenticationstationentrieswillbedisplayedforallMAC addressesandports.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaymultipleauthenticationstationentries.Inthiscase,twoend userMACaddressesareshown:
C2(rw)->show Port -----------fe.1.20 fe.2.16 multiauth station Address type Address ------------ -----------------------mac 00-10-a4-9e-24-87 mac 00-b0-d0-e5-0c-d0
17-40
Security Configuration
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoconfigureRADIUStunnelattributesarelistedbelow.
For information about... set vlanauthorization set vlanauthorization egress clear vlanauthorization show vlanauthorization Refer to page... 17-42 17-42 17-43 17-44
17-41
set vlanauthorization
set vlanauthorization
EnableordisabletheuseoftheRADIUSVLANtunnelattributetoputaportintoaparticular VLANbasedontheresultofauthentication.
Syntax
set vlanauthorization {enable | disable} [port-string]
Parameters
enable|disable portstring Enablesordisablesvlanauthorization/tunnelattributes (Optional)SpecifieswhichportstoenableordisabletheuseofVLAN tunnelattributes/authorization.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleport stringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
VLANauthenticationisdisabledbydefault.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableVLANauthenticationforallFastEthernetports:
C2(rw)-> set vlanauthorization enable fe.*.*
ThisexampleshowshowtodisableVLANauthenticationforallFastEthernetportsonstack unit 3:
C2(rw)->
Syntax
set vlanauthorization egress {none | tagged | untagged} port-string
Parameters
none tagged untagged portstring Noegressmanipulationwillbemade. Theauthenticatingportwillbeaddedtothecurrenttaggedegressforthe VLANIDreturned. Theauthenticatingportwillbeaddedtothecurrentuntaggedegressfor theVLANIDreturned(default). Theportorlistofports.towhichthiscommandwillapply.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntax UsedintheCLIonpage 42.
17-42
Security Configuration
clear vlanauthorization
Defaults
Bydefault,administrativeegressissettountagged.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenabletheinsertionoftheRADIUSassignedVLANtoan802.1qtag foralloutboundframesforports10through15onunitnumber3.
C2(rw)->set vlanauthorization egress tagged ge.3.10-15
clear vlanauthorization
Usethiscommandtoreturnport(s)tothedefaultconfigurationofVLANauthorizationdisabled, egressuntagged.
Syntax
clear vlanauthorization [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Specifieswhichportsaretoberestoredtodefault configuration.Ifnoportstringisentered,theactionwillbeaglobal setting.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,referto PortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
Ifnoportstringisentered,allportsacrossthestackwillberesettodefaultconfigurationwith VLANauthorizationdisabledandegressframesuntagged.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowhowtoclearVLANauthorizationforallportsonslots3,4,and5:
C2(rw)->clear vlanauthorization ge.3-5.*
17-43
show vlanauthorization
show vlanauthorization
DisplaystheVLANauthenticationstatusandconfigurationinformationforthespecifiedports.
Syntax
show vlanauthorization [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysVLANauthenticationstatusforthespecifiedports.If noportstringisentered,thentheglobalstatusofthesettingisdisplayed. Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPort StringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
Ifnoportstringisentered,thestatusforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThiscommandshowshowtodisplayVLANauthorizationstatusforFastEthernetport1on unit 1:
C2(rw)-> show vlanauthorization fe.1.1 port ----fe.1.1 status ------enabled administrative egress ------------------------untagged operational egress --------------------none vlan id -------0
17-44
Security Configuration
Commands
ThecommandsneededtoconfigureMAClockingarelistedbelow:
For information about... show maclock show maclock stations set maclock enable set maclock disable set maclock clear maclock set maclock static clear maclock static set maclock firstarrival clear maclock firstarrival set maclock move set maclock trap Refer to page... 17-46 17-47 17-48 17-49 17-49 17-50 17-51 17-51 17-52 17-53 17-53 17-54
17-45
show maclock
show maclock
UsethiscommandtodisplaythestatusofMAClockingononeormoreports.
Syntax
show maclock [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysMAClockingstatusforspecifiedport(s).Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,MAClockingstatuswillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayMAClockinginformationforge.1.1through5:
C2(su)->show maclock ge.1.1-5 MAC locking is globally disabled Port Number -------ge.1.1 ge.1.2 ge.1.3 ge.1.4 ge.1.5 Port Status -------disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled Trap Status -------disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled Max Static Allocated ---------20 20 20 20 20 Max FirstArrival Allocated ---------------600 600 600 600 600 Violating MAC Address ----------------00:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00
Trap Status
17-46
Security Configuration
Table 17-6
Output
Syntax
show maclock stations [firstarrival | static] [port-string]
Parameters
firstarrival static portstring (Optional)DisplaysMAClockinginformationaboutendstationsfirst connectedtoMAClockedports. (Optional)DisplaysMAClockinginformationaboutstatic(management defined)endstationsconnectedtoMAClockedports. (Optional)Displaysendstationinformationforspecifiedport(s).Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,MAClockinginformationwillbedisplayedforallendstations.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayMAClockinginformationfortheendstationsconnectedtoall FastEthernetportsinunit2:
C2(su)->show maclock stations fe.2.* Port Number MAC Address Status ------------ -----------------------------fe.2.3 00-10-a4-e5-08-4e active fe.2.3 08-00-20-7c-e0-db active fe.2.6 00-60-08-14-4b-15 active fe.2.6 08-00-20-20-32-4b active fe.2.9 08-00-20-77-aa-80 active fe.2.12 00-03-ba-08-4c-f0 active fe.2.14 00-01-f4-2c-ad-b4 active State -------------first learned first learned first learned first learned first learned first learned first learned
Table 177providesanexplanationofthecommandoutput.
17-47
Table 17-7
Output Port Number
Syntax
setmaclockenable[portstring]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)EnablesMAClockingonspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,MAClockingwillbeenabledonallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
WhenenabledandconfiguredforaspecificMACaddressandportstring,thislocksaportsothat onlyoneendstationaddressisallowedtoparticipateinframerelay. MAClockingisdisabledbydefaultatdevicestartup.ConfiguringoneormoreportsforMAC lockingrequiresgloballyenablingitonthedeviceandthenenablingitonthedesiredports.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableMAClockingonfe.2.3:
C2(su)->set maclock enable fe.2.3
17-48
Security Configuration
Syntax
setmaclockdisable[portstring]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisablesMAClockingonspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,MAClockingwillbedisabledonallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisableMAClockingonfe.2.3:
C2(su)->set maclock disable fe.2.3
set maclock
UsethiscommandtocreateastaticMACaddressandenableordisableMAClockingforthe specifiedMACaddressandport.Whencreatedandenabled,thespecifiedMACaddressisthe onlyMACthatwillbepermittedtocommunicateontheport.
Syntax
set maclock mac_address port-string {create | enable | disable}
Parameters
mac_address portstring SpecifiestheMACaddressforwhichMAClockingwillbecreated, enabledordisabled. Specifiestheportonwhichtocreate,enableordisableMAClockingfor thespecifiedMAC.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstring values,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42. EstablishesaMAClockingassociationbetweenthespecifiedMAC addressandport.CreateautomaticallyenablesMAClockingbetweenthe specifiedMACaddressandport. EnablesordisablesMAClockingbetweenthespecifiedMACaddressand port.
create
enable|disable
Defaults
None.
17-49
clear maclock
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
ConfiguringoneormoreportsforMAClockingrequiresgloballyenablingitontheswitchfirst usingthesetmaclockenablecommandasdescribedinsetmaclockenableonpage 1748.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateaMAClockingassociationbetweenMACaddress0e03efd8 4455andportge.3.2:
C2(rw)->set maclock 0e-03-ef-d8-44-55 ge.3.2 create
clear maclock
UsethiscommandtoremoveastaticMACaddressentry.
Syntax
clear maclock mac_address port-string
Parameters
mac_address portstring SpecifiestheMACaddressthatwillberemovedfromthelistofstatic MACsallowedtocommunicateontheport. SpecifiestheportonwhichtocleartheMACaddress.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
TheMACaddressthatisclearedwillnolongerbeabletocommunicateontheportunlessthefirst arrivallimithasbeensettoavaluegreaterthan0andthislimithasnotyetbeenmet. Forexample,ifuserBsMACisremovedfromthestaticMACaddresslistandthefirstarrival limithasbeensetto0,thenuserBwillnotbeabletocommunicateontheport.IfuserAsMACis removedfromthestaticMACaddresslistandthefirstarrivallimithasbeensetto10,butonlyhas 7entries,userAwillbecomethe8thentryandallowedtocommunicateontheport.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoremoveaMACfromthelistofstaticMACsallowedtocommunicate onportge.3.2:
C2(rw)->clear maclock 0e-03-ef-d8-44-55 ge.3.2
17-50
Security Configuration
Syntax
set maclock static port-string value
Parameters
portstring SpecifiestheportonwhichtosetthemaximumnumberofstaticMACs allowed.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,referto PortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42. SpecifiesthemaximumnumberofstaticMACaddressesallowedper port.Validvaluesare0to20.
value
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthemaximumnumberofallowablestaticMACsto2onge.3.1:
C2(rw)->set maclock static ge.3.1 2
Syntax
clear maclock static port-string
Parameters
portstring SpecifiestheportonwhichtoresetnumberofstaticMACaddresses allowed.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,referto PortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
17-51
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresetthenumberofallowablestaticMACsonfe.2.3:
C2(rw)->clear maclock static fe.2.3
Syntax
set maclock firstarrival port-string value
Parameters
portstring SpecifiestheportonwhichtolimitMAClocking.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 42. SpecifiesthenumberoffirstarrivalendstationMACaddressestobe allowedconnectionstotheport.Validvaluesare0to600.
value
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Themaclockfirstarrivalcountresetswhenthelinkgoesdown.Thisfeatureisbeneficialifyou haveroamingusersthefirstarrivalcountwillbereseteverytimeausermovestoanotherport, butwillstillprotectagainstconnectingmultipledevicesonasingleportandwillprotectagainst MACaddressspoofing. IfyouwishtohaveonlystaticallysetMACs,setaportsfirstarrivallimitto0.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtorestrictMAClockingto6MACaddressesonfe.2.3:
C2(su)->set maclock firstarrival fe.2.3 6
17-52
Security Configuration
Syntax
clear maclock firstarrival port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheportonwhichtoresetthefirstarrivalvalue.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresetMACfirstarrivalsonfe.2.3:
C2(su)->clear maclock firstarrival fe.2.3
Syntax
set maclock move port-string
Parameters
portstring SpecifiestheportonwhichMACwillbemovedfromfirstarrivalMACs tostaticentries.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues, refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
IftherearemorefirstarrivalMACsthantheallowedmaximumstaticMACs,thenonlythelatest firstarrivalMACswillbemovedtostaticentries.Forexample,ifyousetthemaximumnumberof staticMACsto2withthesetmaclockstaticcommand,andthenexecutedthesetmaclockmove command,eventhoughtherewerefiveMACsinthefirstarrivaltable,onlythetwomostrecent MACentrieswouldbemovedtostaticentries.
SecureStack C2 Configuration Guide 17-53
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtomoveallcurrentfirstarrivalMACstostaticentriesonportsge.3.140:
C2(rw)->set maclock move ge.3.1-40
Syntax
set maclock trap port-string {enable | disable}
Parameters
portstring SpecifiestheportonwhichMAClocktrapmessagingwillbeenabledor disabled.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,referto PortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42. EnablesordisablesMAClocktrapmessaging.
enable|disable
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Whenenabled,thisfeatureauthorizestheswitchtosendanSNMPtrapmessageifanendstation isconnectedthatexceedsthemaximumvaluesconfiguredusingthesetmaclockfirstarrivaland setmaclockstaticcommands.ViolatingMACaddressesaredroppedfromthedevicesrouting table.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableMAClocktrapmessagingonfe.2.3:
C2(su)->set maclock trap fe.2.3 enable
17-54
Security Configuration
Purpose
Toreview,enable,disable,andconfigurePortWebAuthentication(PWA).
Commands
ThecommandsneededtoreviewandconfigurePWAarelistedbelow:
For information about... show pwa set pwa show pwa banner set pwa banner clear pwa banner set pwa displaylogo set pwa ipaddress set pwa protocol set pwa guestname clear pwa guestname set pwa guestpassword set pwa gueststatus Refer to page... 17-56 17-57 17-58 17-59 17-59 17-60 17-60 17-61 17-61 17-62 17-62 17-63
17-55
show pwa
For information about... set pwa initialize set pwa quietperiod set pwa maxrequest set pwa portcontrol show pwa session set pwa enhancedmode
show pwa
Usethiscommandtodisplayportwebauthenticationinformationforoneormoreports.
Syntax
show pwa [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysPWAinformationforspecificport(s).
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,PWAinformationwillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayPWAinformationforge.2.1:
C2(su)->show pwa ge.2.1 PWA Status PWA IP Address PWA Protocol PWA Enhanced Mode PWA Logo PWA Guest Networking Status PWA Guest Name PWA Redirect Time Port Mode -------- ---------------ge.2.1 disabled enabled 192.168.62.99 PAP N/A enabled disabled guest N/A QuietPeriod ----------60 MaxReq --------16
AuthStatus -------------disconnected
Table 178providesanexplanationofthecommandoutput.
17-56
Security Configuration
show pwa
Table 17-8
Output PWA Status
PWA IP Address
PWA Protocol
PWA Guest Password PWA Redirect Time Port Mode Auth Status Quiet Period
MaxReq
17-57
set pwa
set pwa
Usethiscommandtoenableordisableportwebauthentication.
Syntax
set pwa {enable | disable}
Parameters
enable|disable Enablesordisablesportwebauthentication.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoenableportwebauthentication:
C2(su)->set pwa enable
Syntax
show pwa banner
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythePWAloginbanner:
C2(su)->show pwa banner Welcome to Enterasys Networks
17-58
Security Configuration
Syntax
set pwa banner string
Parameters
string SpecifiesthePWAloginbanner.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthePWAloginbannertoWelcometoEnterasysNetworks:
C2(su)->set pwa banner Welcome to Enterasys Networks
Syntax
clear pwa banner
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresetthePWAloginbannertoablankstring
C2(su)->clear pwa banner
17-59
Syntax
set pwa displaylogo {display | hide}
Parameters
display|hide DisplaysorhidestheEnterasysNetworkslogowhenthePWAwebsite displays.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtohidetheEnterasysNetworkslogo:
C2(su)->set pwa displaylogo hide
Syntax
set pwa ipaddress ip-address
Parameters
ipaddress SpecifiesagloballyuniqueIPaddress.Thissamevaluemustbe configuredintoeveryauthenticatingswitchinthedomain.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetaPWAIPaddressof1.2.3.4:
C2(su)->set pwa ipaddress 1.2.3.4
17-60
Security Configuration
Syntax
set pwa protocol {chap | pap}
Parameters
chap|pap SetsthePWAprotocolto: CHAP(PPPChallengeHandshakeProtocol)encryptstheusername andpasswordbetweentheendstationandtheswitchport. PAP(PasswordAuthenticationProtocoldoesnotprovideany encryptionbetweentheendstationtheswitchport.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetathePWAprotocoltoCHAP:
C2(su)->set pwa protocol chap
Syntax
set pwa guestname name
Parameters
name Specifiesaguestusername.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthePWAguestusernametoguestuser:
C2(su)->set pwa guestname guestuser
17-61
Syntax
clear pwa guestname
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearthePWAguestusername
C2(su)->clear pwa guestname
Syntax
set pwa guestpassword
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
PWAwillusethispasswordandtheguestusernametograntnetworkaccesstoguestswithout establishedloginnamesandpasswords.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthePWAguestuserpasswordname:
C2(su)->set pwa guestpasword Guest Password: ********* Retype Guest Password: *********
17-62
Security Configuration
Syntax
set pwa gueststatus {authnone | authradius | disable}
Parameters
authnone
authradius
disable
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
PWAwilluseaguestpasswordandguestusernametograntnetworkaccesswithdefaultpolicy privilegestouserswithoutestablishedloginnamesandpasswords.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenablePWAguestnetworkingwithRADIUSauthentication:
C2(su)->set pwa guestnetworking authradius
Syntax
set pwa initialize [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Initializesspecificport(s).Foradetaileddescriptionofpossible portstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIon page 42.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,allportswillbeinitialized.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
17-63
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoinitializeportsfe.1.57:
C2(su)->set pwa initialize fe.1.5-7
Syntax
set pwa quietperiod time [port-string]
Parameters
time portstring Specifiesquiettimeinseconds. (Optional)Setsthequietperiodforspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,quietperiodwillbesetforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthePWAquietperiodto30secondsforportsfe.1.57:
C2(su)->set pwa quietperiod 30 fe.1.5-7
Syntax
set pwa maxrequests requests [port-string]
Parameters
maxrequests portstring Specifiesthemaximumnumberoflogonattempts. (Optional)Setsthemaximumrequestsforspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,maximumrequestswillbesetforallports.
17-64
Security Configuration
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthePWAmaximumrequeststo3forallports:
C2(su)->set pwa maxrequests 3
Syntax
set pwa portcontrol {enable | disable} [port-string]
Parameters
enable|disable portstring EnableordissablePWAonspecifiedports. (Optional)Setsthecontrolmodeonspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,PWAwillenabledonallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenablePWAonports122:
C2(su)->set pwa portcontrol enable ge.1.1-22
Syntax
show pwa session [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysPWAsessioninformationforspecificport(s).Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 42.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,sessioninformationforallportswillbedisplayed.
17-65
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayPWAsessioninformation:
C2(su)->show pwa session Port MAC -------- ----------------ge.2.19 00-c0-4f-20-05-4b ge.2.19 00-c0-4f-24-51-70 ge.2.19 00-00-f8-78-9c-a7 IP --------------172.50.15.121 172.50.15.120 172.50.15.61 User ------------pwachap10 pwachap1 pwachap11 Duration -----------0,14:46:55 0,15:43:30 0,14:47:58 Status --------active active active
Syntax
set pwa enhancedmode {enable | disable}
Parameters
enable|disable EnableordisablePWAenhancedmode.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenablePWAenhancedmode:
C2(su)->set pwa enhancedmode enable
17-66
Security Configuration
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoreviewandconfigureSSHarelistedbelow:
For information about... show ssh status set ssh set ssh hostkey Refer to page... 17-67 17-68 17-68
Syntax
show ssh status
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySSHstatusontheswitch:
C2(su)->show ssh status SSH Server status: Disabled
17-67
set ssh
set ssh
Usethiscommandtoenable,disableorreinitializeSSHserverontheswitch.Bydefault,theSSH serverisdisabled.
Syntax
set ssh {enable | disable | reinitialize}
Parameters
enable|disable reinitialize EnablesordisablesSSH,orreinitializestheSSHserver. ReinitializestheSSHserver.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisableSSH:
C2(su)->set ssh disable
Syntax
set ssh hostkey [reinitialize]
Parameters
reinitialize (Optional)Reinitializestheserverhostauthenticationkeys.
Defaults
Ifreinitializeisnotspecified,theusermustsupplySSHauthenticationkeyvalues.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoregenerateSSHkeys:
C2(su)->set ssh hostkey reinitialize
17-68
Security Configuration
Purpose
Toreviewandconfiguresecurityaccesscontrollists(ACLs),whichpermitordenyaccessto routinginterfacesbasedonprotocolandIPaddressrestrictions.
Commands
Thecommandsusedtoreviewandconfiguresecurityaccesslistsarelistedbelow:
For information about... show access-lists access-list (standard) access-list (extended) ip access-group Refer to page... 17-69 17-73 17-71 17-73
show access-lists
UsethiscommandtodisplayconfiguredIPaccesslistswhenoperatinginroutermode.
Syntax
showaccesslists[number]
Parameters
accesslist number (Optional)Displaysaccesslistinformationforaspecificaccesslistnumber. Validvaluesarebetween1and199.
Defaults
Ifnumberisnotspecified,theentiretableofaccesslistswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayIPaccesslistnumber101.Thisisanextendedaccesslist, whichpermitsordeniesICMP,UDPandIPframesbasedonrestrictionsconfiguredwiththeone oftheaccesslistcommands.Fordetailsonconfiguringstandardaccesslists,refertoaccesslist (standard)onpage 1770.Fordetailsonconfiguringextendedaccesslists,refertoaccesslist (extended)onpage 1771.
C2(su)->router#show access-lists 101 Extended IP access list 101
17-69
access-list (standard)
1: 2: 3: 4: 5:
permit icmp host 18.2.32.130 any permit udp host 198.92.32.130 host 171.68.225.126 deny ip 150.136.0.0 0.0.255.255 224.0.0.0 15.255.255.255 deny ip 11.6.0.0 0.1.255.255 224.0.0.0 15.255.255.255 deny ip 172.24.24.0 0.0.1.255 224.0.0.0 15.255.255.255
access-list (standard)
UsethiscommandtodefineastandardIPaccesslistbynumberwhenoperatinginroutermode. Thenoformofthiscommandremovesthedefinedaccesslistorentry.
Syntax
To create an ACL entry:
access-list access-list-number {deny | permit} source [source-wildcard] no access-list access-list-number [entry]
Parameters
accesslist number deny|permit source Specifiesastandardaccesslistnumber.Validvaluesarefrom1to99. Deniesorpermitsaccessifspecifiedconditionsaremet. Specifiesthenetworkorhostfromwhichthepacketwillbesent.Valid optionsforexpressingsourceare: sourcewildcard insert|replace entry movedestination source1source2 IPaddressorrangeofaddresses(A.B.C.D) anyAnysourcehost hostsourceIPaddressofasinglesourcehost
Defaults
Ifinsert,replaceormovearenotspecified,thenewentrywillbeappendedtotheaccesslist. Ifsource2isnotspecifiedwithmove,onlyoneentrywillbemoved.
Mode
Globalconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Config)#
17-70 Security Configuration
access-list (extended)
Usage
ValidaccesslistnumbersforstandardACLsare1to99.ForextendedACLs,validvaluesare100 to199. Accesslistsareappliedtointerfacesbyusingthe ipaccessgroupcommand(ipaccessgroup onpage 1773).
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtocreateaccesslist1withthreeentriesthatallowaccesstoonlythose hostsonthethreespecifiednetworks.Thewildcardbitsapplytothehostportionsofthenetwork addresses.Anyhostwithasourceaddressthatdoesnotmatchtheaccesslistentrieswillbe rejected:
C2(su)->router(Config)#access-list 1 permit 192.5.34.0 0.0.0.255 C2(su)->router(Config)#access-list 1 permit 128.88.0.0 0.0.255.255 C2(su)->router(Config)#access-list 1 permit 36.0.0.0 0.255.255.255
Thisexamplemovesentry16tothebeginningofACL22:
C2(su)->router(Config)#access-list 22 move 1 16
access-list (extended)
UsethiscommandtodefineanextendedIPaccesslistbynumberwhenoperatinginroutermode. Thenoformofthiscommandremovesthedefinedaccesslistorentry:
Syntax
To apply ACL restrictions to IP, UDP, ICMP or TCP packets:
access-list access-list-number {deny | permit} protocol source [source-wildcard] [operator [port]] destination [destination-wildcard] no access-list access-list-number [entry]
Parameters
accesslistnumber deny|permit protocol Specifiesanextendedaccesslistnumber.Validvaluesarefrom100to199. Deniesorpermitsaccessifspecifiedconditionsaremet. SpecifiesanIPprotocolforwhichtodenyorpermitaccess.Validvalues andtheircorrespondingprotocolsare: ipAnyInternetprotocol udpUserDatagramProtocol tcpTransmissionControlProtocol icmpInternetControlMessageProtocol
17-71
access-list (extended)
source
sourcewildcard operatorport
destination
Defaults
Ifinsert,replace,ormovearenotspecified,thenewentrywillbeappendedtotheaccesslist. Ifsource2isnotspecifiedwithmove,onlyoneentrywillbemoved. Ifoperatorandportarenotspecified,accessparameterswillbeappliedtoallTCPorUDPports.
Mode
Globalconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Config)#
Usage
Accesslistsareappliedtointerfacesbyusingtheipaccessgroupcommandasdescribedinip accessgrouponpage 1773. ValidaccesslistnumbersforextendedACLsare100to199.ForstandardACLs,validvaluesare1 to99.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodefineaccesslist101todenyICMPtransmissionsfromanysource andforanydestination:
C2(su)->router(Config)#access-list 101 deny ICMP any any
17-72
Security Configuration
ip access-group
ip access-group
Usethiscommandtoapplyaccessrestrictionstoinboundframesonaninterfacewhenoperating inroutermode.Thenoformofthiscommandremovesthespecifiedaccesslist.
Syntax
ip access-group access-list-number in no ip access-group access-list-number in
Parameters
accesslistnumber in Specifiesthenumberoftheaccesslisttobeappliedtotheaccesslist.This isadecimalnumberfrom1to199. Filtersinboundframes.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:C2(su)>router(Configif(Vlan<vlan_id>))#
Usage
ACLsmustbeappliedperroutinginterface.Anentry(rule)canbeappliedtoinboundframes only.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoapplyaccesslist1forallinboundframesontheVLAN1interface. Throughthedefinitionofaccesslist1,onlyframeswithasourceaddressonthe192.5.34.0/24 networkwillberouted.AlltheframeswithothersourceaddressesreceivedontheVLAN1 interfacearedropped:
C2(su)->router(Config)#access-list 1 permit 192.5.34.0 0.0.0.255 C2(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 C2(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip access-group 1 in
17-73
ip access-group
17-74
Security Configuration
Index
Numerics
802.1D 6-1 802.1p 8-18, 9-1 802.1Q 7-1 802.1s 6-1 802.1w 6-1 802.1x 17-6, 17-21 Configuration clearing switch parameters 3-64 modes for router operation 14-3 Configuration Files copying 3-44 deleting 3-44 displaying 3-42 executing 3-43 show running config 3-44 show running-config 15-6 Contexts (SNMP) 5-3 Copying Configuration or Image Files 3-44 Cost area default 16-25 OSPF 16-17, 16-25 Spanning Tree port 6-40 Ingress Filtering 7-8, 7-11 Interface Configuration Mode 15-3 Interface(s) configuring OSPF parameters 16-12 configuring settings for IP 15-1 RIP passive 16-9 RIP receive 16-10 RIP send 16-5 IP access lists 17-70 to 17-71 address, setting for a routing interface 15-5 routes, adding in router mode 15-16 routes, managing in switch mode 11-17 IRDP 16-40
A
Access Groups 17-73 Access Lists 17-70 to 17-71 Addresses MAC, adding entries to routing table 15-5 setting the router ID address 16-14 Advertised Ability 4-16 Alias node 11-31 Area Border Routers (ABRs) 16-24 ARP entries, adding in routing mode 15-10 proxy, enabling 15-11 timeout 15-11 Authentication EAPOL 17-21 MAC 17-23 MD5 16-22 OSPF MD5 16-22 simple password 16-21 Port web 17-55 RADIUS server 17-6, 17-10 SSH 17-68 Auto-negotiation 4-16
D
Defaults CLI behavior, described 1-8 factory installed 1-2 DHCP server, configuring 13-1 DHCP/BOOTP Relay 13-1, 15-14 DVMRP 16-36 Dynamic policy profile assignment 17-2
J
Jumbo Frame Support 4-14
K
Keyword Lookups 1-9
L
License key advanced routing 14-4, 16-1 Line Editing Commands 1-10 Link State Advertisements displaying 16-30 retransmit interval 16-19 transmit delay 16-19 Lockout set system 3-7 Logging 11-1 Login administratively configured 1-8 default 1-7 setting accounts 3-2 via Telnet 1-7
E
EAP pass-through 17-2, 17-16 EAPOL 17-21
F
Flow Control 4-20 Forbidden VLAN port 7-15
B
banner motd 3-20 Baud Rate 3-26 Broadcast settings for IP routing 15-13 suppression, enabling on ports 4-32
G
Getting Help iii-xxviii GVRP enabling and disabling 7-27 purpose of 7-23 timer 7-28
M
MAC Addresses displaying 11-20 MAC Authentication 17-23 MAC Locking 17-45 maximum static entries 17-51 static 17-51 Management VLAN 7-1 MD5 Authentication 16-22 motd 3-20 Multicast 16-54 Multicast Filtering 10-1, 10-2 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) 6-1
C
CDP Discovery Protocol 3-48 CIDR 16-8 Cisco Discovery Protocol 3-54 Class of Service 8-7, 8-12, 8-18 to 8-25, 9-1 Classification Policies 8-1 Clearing NVRAM 3-64 CLI closing 3-61 scrolling screens 1-9 starting 1-6 Command History Buffer 11-12, 11-13 Command Line Interface. See also CLI
H
Hardware show system 3-13, 3-21 Hello Packets 16-20 to 16-21 Help keyword lookups 1-9 Host VLAN 7-20
I
ICMP 11-14 IGMP 10-1 enabling and disabling 10-2, 10-11 Image File copying 3-44 downloading 3-32
Index-1
N
Name setting for a VLAN 7-6 setting for the system 3-22 Neighbors OSPF 16-33 Network Management addresses and routes 11-17 monitoring switch events and status 11-12 Networks OSPF 16-16 Node Alias 11-31 NSSA Areas 16-26 NVRAM clearing 3-64
O
OSPF Area Border Routers (ABRs) 16-24 areas, defining NSSAs 16-26 areas, defining range 16-24 areas, defining stub 16-24 configuration mode, enabling 16-14 configuration tasks 16-12 cost 16-17, 16-25 hello packet intervals 16-20 to 16-21 information, displaying 16-29 to 16-34 link state advertisements 16-30 neighbors 16-33 networks 16-16 priority 16-17 redistribute 16-28 retransmit interval 16-19 timers 16-18 transmit delay 16-19 virtual links 16-27, 16-34
Port(s) alias 4-10 assignment scheme 4-2 auto-negotiation and advertised ability 4-16 broadcast suppression 4-32 counters, reviewing statistics 4-6 duplex mode, setting 4-11 flow control 4-20 link flap about 4-22 configuration defaults 4-25 configuring 4-24 link traps, configuring 4-22 MAC lock 17-48 priority, configuring 9-2 speed, setting 4-11 status, reviewing 4-4 Power over Ethernet (PoE), configuring 3-28 Priority OSPF 16-17 VRRP 16-49 Priority to Transmit Queue Mapping 9-5 Prompt in router mode 14-3 set 3-19 Protocol Independant Multicast 16-54 PWA 17-55
S
Scrolling Screens 1-9 Secure Shell (SSH) 17-67 enabling 17-68 regenerating new keys 17-68 Security methods, overview of 17-1 Serial Port downloading upgrades via 3-32 show system utilization cpu 3-14 SNMP access rights 5-16 accessing in router mode 5-3 enabling on the switch 5-18 MIB views 5-20 notification parameters 5-33 notify filters 5-33 security models and levels 5-2 statistics 5-4 target addresses 5-29 target parameters 5-25 trap configuration example 5-43 users, groups and communities 5-8 SNTP 11-24 Spanning Tree 6-1 backup root 6-22, 6-23 bridge parameters 6-3 features 6-2 port parameters 6-34 Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) 6-1 Split Horizon 16-9 SSL WebView 3-67 stacks installing units 2-2 operation 2-1 virtual switch configuration 2-4 Stub Areas 16-24 Syslog 11-1 System Information displaying basic 3-12 setting basic 3-9
R
RADIUS 17-4 realm 17-6 RADIUS Filter-ID 17-2 attribute formats 17-3 RADIUS server 17-6, 17-10 Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) 6-1 Rate Limiting 9-12 Redistribute 16-11, 16-28 Reset 3-63 RFC 3580 17-41 RIP CIDR 16-8 configuration mode, enabling 16-3 configuration tasks 16-2 passive interface 16-9 redistribute 16-11 Router Mode(s) enabling 14-3 Routing Interfaces configuring 15-3 Routing Protocol Configuration DVMRP 16-36 IRDP 16-40 OSPF 16-12 RIP 16-2 VRRP 16-45
P
Password aging 3-6 history 3-6 set new 3-4 setting the login 3-4 PIM-SM 16-54 Ping 11-14, 15-17 Policy Management assigning ports 8-16 classifying to a VLAN or Class of Service 8-7, 8-12 dynamic assignment of profiles 17-2 profiles 8-2, 8-18 Port Mirroring 4-35 Port Priority configuring 9-2 Port String syntax used in the CLI 4-2 Port Trunking 4-39 Port web authentication configuring 17-55
T
Technical Support iii-xxviii Telnet disconnecting 11-15 enabling in switch mode 3-38 Terminal Settings 3-24 TFTP downloading firmware upgrades via 3-32 Timeout ARP 15-11 CLI, system 3-25 RADIUS 17-6 Timers OSPF 16-18 Traceroute in router mode 15-18
Index-2
Trap SNMP configuration example 5-43 Tunnel Attributes RFC 3580 RADIUS attributes 17-41
U
User Accounts default 1-7 setting 3-2
V
Version RIP receive 16-5 RIP send 16-5 Version Information 3-21 Virtual Links 16-27, 16-34 virtual switch, configuring 2-4 VLANs assigning ingress filtering 7-11 assigning port VLAN IDs 7-8 authentication 17-41, 17-44 classifying to 8-7, 8-12 creating static 7-5 dynamic egress 7-19 egress lists 7-14, 17-42 enabling GVRP 7-23 forbidden ports 7-15 host, setting 7-20 ingress filtering 7-8 naming 7-6 RADIUS 17-41 secure management, creating 7-1 VRRP configuration mode, enabling 16-46 creating a session 16-47 enabling on an interface 16-52 priority 16-49 virtual router address 16-48
W
WebView 1-2, 3-65 WebView SSL 3-67
Index-3
Index-4